California State College Bulletin

,

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE
IS FULLY ACCREDITED BY
THE MIDDLE STATES ASSOCIATIO1 OF COLLEGES A1 D
SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A D BY
THE

ATIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE ACCREDITATIO

OF

TEACHER EDUCATION
THE COLLEGE IS A MEMBER OF
ASSOCIATION OF STATE COLLEGES AND UN IVERSITIES
AND
AMERICA

ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES FOR TEACHER
EDUCATION .

CONTENTS

Page

I

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE TODA y

5

II

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

III

ACADEMIC PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . .

27

IV

STUDENT FEES AND EXPENSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . .

39

STUDENT AFFAIRS AND SERVICES

41

VI

ARTS AND SCIENCES DIVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • .

67

VII

TEACHER EDUCATION DIVISION . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

85

V

VIII
IX

X

DEPARTMENTAL COURSE OFFERINGS

119

DIRECTORY

..•. .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . .

207

INDEX . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

233

)

California State College Today

The College
The California State College is a state supported institution
established and maintained to help provide the schools of Pennsylvania with well trained, competent teachers as well as to provide a liberal education for those not plannin g to teach. Th e
program for teachers provides the student with a background
in general education th at is characteristic of educated men and
women everywhere, a thorough training in th e selected area of
specialization and well designed courses in professional edu cation. In addition, the college offers a variety of co-curricul ar activities of a social-cultural-academic nature designed to provide
the student with th e opportunity to develop his potentialities as
an individual.
To th ese ends the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has provid ed th e buildings, the professional and th e non -profession al
staff through many years of legislative support. Th e several fees
paid by students represent only a portion of th e cos t of operating the coll ege. Public support is the primary source of th e college's fund s.
As a result of its £n ancial interes t, th e Commonwealth has
established control of the state colleges through th e Dep artment
of Public Insb·uction . Since there are fourteen such institutions
the D epartment and th e Board of College Presidents coordinate
certain activities common to all state conb·olled schools. In addition, each school has a board of Trustees which assists the
President in adminisb·ation. Other supervision and control come
from such state agencies as the Council on Higher Education,
th e Auditor General, the Department of Property and Supplies
and the General State Authority. Each state college has th e support of many vital agencies whose resources may b e utilized at
any time.
The cmricula at California are es tablished in broad outlin e
by the D epartment of Public Insb·uction by means of its several
councils and study groups.
The special curricula are assigned to each college with California b eing assigned Industrial Arts, Special Educa tion, Elementary Education, Secondary Education and Arts and Sciences.
Students may elect to sp ecialize in any of these areas or
their subdivisions. Other state colleges offer additional specializations.
5

In order that additional study opportunities might b e made
available the college sponsors Summer Tours which make available low cost travel-study trips for interested p ersons.

Another constantly exp anding fea ture of the state college is
its in-service program for teachers in the service area. Under the
leadership of its several departments, the college sponsors evening programs for college students and experienced teachers
wherein exchange of exp eriences res ult in a more effective college program and a stimulated public school program.
The faculty at California represents a geographic cross-section of the United States, a long list of colleges and universities,
and many years of gra duate training. In addition to instruction
and extra-curricular activities, many members of the staff are
engaged in writing and research in their field of interest.
Additional information on th e fac ulty, administrative procedures, curriculum and student life are to be found in the appropriate division of the California Bulletin .
The California State College has had a history of continuous growth in stature, size and influence since its early days as
an academy. Founded by th e public spirited citizens of th e borough of California in 1852 it became a normal school under a
sta te charter and in 1914 was acquired by the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania and thus became a state owned institution.
In 1928, the State Council of Education granted to the college the right to offer a four-year curriculum in elementary and
secondary education. In 1929, the school became the State Teachers College and has graduated students with the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Education sin ce that time. In 1959, the
State Legislature voted to delete the word Teachers from the
school's title. The College is now known as California State
College.
The present prosp ects for future growth are exceptional.
The college enrollmen t in 1967-1968 was 4,100 and a sp ecial program for teachers-in-service attracted more than 417 part-time
students.
A program of graduate educa tion, initiated in 1961, leads
to the degree of Master of Education and has approximately 491
students currently enrolled. In addition, a series of workshops
and conferences provide in-service training and professional
6

stimulation for the college service area including Washington,
Fayette, Greene, and Somerset Counties.
A curriculum in Arts and Sciences ( Liberal Arts ) was approved and classes started in September 1962.
The college is located a t California, Pennsylvania; a community of 7,500 persons located on the fonongahela River, 35
miles south of Pittsburgh; 16 miles from Union town; 25 miles
from Washington, Pennsylvania; and 25 miles from Waynesburg.
TI1e college can be most easily reached over U.S . Route 40 which
com es within two m iles of California at Malden or over Penn sylvania Route 88 at Speers ( near Charleroi ) .
The community is within easy reach of th e lower Monongahela steel and coal producing region and is served by several
bus lines. A network of secondary roads provide transportation
for a large commuting population.

OBJECTIVES OF THE COLLEGE
California State College recogni zes that an educated p erson
must have a background of general knowledge, a mas tery of his
area of speciali za tion, and adequate professional training. The
California State College program is designed to provide this
b·aining through its competent faculty and a revised curr icular
and co-curricular program.
To secure th ese goals the faculty and administrative staff,
after long and free discussion, have adopted the following
resolution :
"Th e primary purpose for maintaining California State
College, is to educate people for th e teaching profession and
in the Arts and Sciences. To accomplish this goal we seek :
To provide the opportunity for a general educa tion in those
areas necessary to help students become responsible citi zens
and cap able leaders in a democratic society. To develop
their intellectual, social, physical, cultural, spiritual, and
aesthetic potentialities. To prepare students by requiring a
mastery of professional knowledge, skills essen tial to teaching and special proficiency in their areas of speciali zation.
To lead the student to develop a deep and abiding commibnent to the concepts, methods, and procedures of a
democratic society. To help the student become a crea tive
person capable of making critical judgments based upon
knowledge and reason."
7

To summarize: In educating a student at California State
College, our goal is to help in the development of a person who
will be generally educated, professionally oriented, creative,
critical, and loyal.
Students who come to California, in addition to th e standards established by the Admissions Committee, should possess
a love of learning and a spirit of inquiry that will enable them
to formulate questions, seek solutions to such questions and join
with enthusiasm as others seek to achieve similar goals.
THE CA 1PUS
Thirty-two buildings have b een carefully arranged on a
campus of 65 acres. It has been laid out by a lands cape architect with hedges, shade trees, flowers and shrubbery. Many uncommon plants an d trees are included in the coll ection which,
besides adding beauty to th e campus, offers a valuable laboratory for students in th e biological sciences. Large scale improvements and addition s to th e campus plantings have been made
•r ecently.
COLLEGE BUILD! TGS
MAIN HALL, th e oldest building on the campus, was opened
in 1870. This graceful old buildin g cmrently houses most of th e
administrative offices for th e college as well as providing classrooms . It also houses th e Audio-Visual Center and th e Faculty
Lounge.
NORTH H ALL was built in 1874 and is loca ted just to th e
north of Main Hall. It now serves to house th e offices of the
Graduate Division, Th e Division of Arts and Sciences, Academic
Guidance, Placement, College Infirmary and Colonial Room. The
upper floors serve as a women's dormitory.

SouTH H ALL was completed in 1876. This building has been
completely remodeled to house classrooms, offices for Th e Division of Teacher Education, offices for the Superintend ent of
the Buildings and Grounds and th e IBM record keeping departm ent.
Drxm H ALL was built in 1907. This building now serves
as a faculty office building an d the basement houses the Southwestern Regional Curriculum Materials Center. Current plans
call for a remodeling of the first Boor to provide additional administrative offi ces.
8

SCIENCE HALL which is commonly called "Old Science H all"
was built in 1892 and was remodeled in 1938. This building contains classrooms and faculty offices.
THE Noss LABORATORY SCHOOL was constructed in 1930 as
a laboratory school for children from kindergarten through th e
sixth grade. This school serves the college as a center for student
teaching, including observation and demonstration work. A Special Education Annex has recently been added.
THE I DUSTRIAL ART BUILDING was opened for use in 1939
and is located in the center of the campus. This building is one
of the best planned and most compl ete of its kind in the country.
It provides laboratories, classrooms, offices, storage rooms and
shop facilities for printing, woodwork, painting, machine shop,
sheet metal, forging, welding, auto mechanics, electricity, and
ceramics.
HERRON HALL loca ted on third street is used as a women's
gymnasium. The first floor serve as a convenient snack bar
which faces on the patio. The central portion of the building was
built in 1930 and th e classroom wings were added in 1932 and
1939. The gymnasium houses two gym floors and an excellent
glazed tile swimming pool.
VULCAN HALL, located toward the center of the campus, was
built in 1892 as a gymnasium. The upper floor of the building
now serves as a student lounge while the lower floor houses th e
offices of th e Student Activities Association and an automated
snack bar.
JoHNso HALL, located on Hickory Street, near th e a thletic
field, the gymnasium, and the Industrial Arts Building, houses
125 men. It includes an apartment for the D ean of Men, beautiful lounges, recreation and service rooms. The building is fireproof and modern in every resp ect; the furnishings throughout
are entirely new. It was fiTSt occupied, Sept. 1952.
THE ROBERT McGURDY STEELE AUDITOHIUM, a building
named in honor of a former president, is located along Third
Street on the eastern edge of the campus and has auditorium
facilities for 900 p ersons. The building was dedicated in October,
1953. There is adequate parking space adjacent to the building.
COLLEGE BooK STOIIB, occupies a structure in the center of
the campus near the Snack Bar. Textbooks and student supplies
are available in this newly renova ted building.
9

THE J. ALBERT REED LIBRARY houses 50,000 volumes in conjunction with study lounge facilities for recreation al reading,
seminar space, exhibit areas , and a classroom for the teaching
of techniques. An adequate annual budget maintains microfilms
and microcard collections; a spokenword record collection, to
which operatic and symphonic albums are being added; and an
open-stack periodical room with individual study carrels to encourage concentrated and independent student effort. Professional librarians interpret the collection to the campus and account for substantial increases in holdings each year, particularly
in the field of Slavic studies . Through service and faciliti es, th e
library seeks to anticipate and to sa tisfy th e demands of higher
enrollment and of expanded curriculum.
EW ScmNcE, a new and modern Science Building completed in 1961 now serves th e needs of the college. W ell-planned
chemistry, physics, biological science and elementary school science laboratories ser ves as th e ba ·is for e>..'Panding science program.
BINNS HALL, a modern , a ttractive dormitory for wom en
opened in th e fall of 1963, is located on the north ern edge of the
campus.
McCLOSKEY H ALL, a modern, conveni ent dormitory for men
is adjacent to Johnson H all and th e recrea tional area.

NEW BUILD! 1GS
Several buildings are now under construction and others are
in th e final d1:awin g stage.
MICHAEL D UDA WORLD CULTURE BUILDING ( 1968 ) with 20
classrooms, 3 lecture rooms and seminar and conference rooms
is located at the corner of Third Street and Coll ege Avenue. This
air-conditioned structure is one of th e most modern and attractive buildings on campus.
GALLACHER H ALL. The new Dining Hall and Kitchen is located on Third Street near Steele Auditorium. It sea ts more than
1200. Spacious dining rooms, a modern kitchen and comfortable
lounge areas are included in this new facility which was opened
in 1967.
Coovrn H ALL ( 1966 ) . This new industrial arts building includes four additional classrooms and drafting rooms as well as
six new laboratories. This modern structure provides for in10

creased enrollment as well as additional advanced co urses in
industrial technology.
CLYDE HALL ( High rise Men's Dormitory-1968) . Built to
accornrnodate 312 male students in th e newest dormitory on
campus. The seven-story structure includes 150 double rooms ,
counselor's rooms, study rooms , lounges and recreational area.
Lo GA! ECKER HALL, built in 1966 houses 200 women. It is
located on Third Street near th e new dining hall and recreation
area.
HAMER HALL. Built in 1964, includes six classrooms, a gymnasium, swimming pool and other modern athletic facilities. It
is located near the center of campus.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE BUILDING. North Hall and a part of
Main Hall will be razed to make room for the Biological Science
Building. Flexibility is b eing designed into th e building to accommodate students in many of the biological science disciplines.
Six combination laboratories and lecture rooms and about two
special laboratories will be included in this facility.
CALIFORNIA MEMORIAL UNION has been designed for all
members of the college family-s tudents, faculty, administration,
alumni and guests. The three-story structure included lounges,
bookstore, cafeteria, meeting rooms and recreation facilities.
ATHLETIC STADIUM to be located at the College Farm on
Route 88 approximately one mile from the main campus and will
seat 10,000 spectators. Football and track and field events, as
well as physical education classes, will be scheduled for this
facility.
MAINTENANCE BUILDING designed to house complete facilities for campus maintenance. It will b e located at the site of the
present maintenance shed. The two-story structure will include
shop and storage facilities.
EDUCATION CLASSROOM BUILDING. This three-story structure
will be located on Third Street near Steele Auditorium. The following departments will occupy this building : Educational
Foundations, Elementary Education, Secondary Education, and
for a p eriod of time th e Mental Retardation Department. The
design includes classrooms, seminar rooms, laboratories, faculty
offices and large group instruction rooms.
LEARNING/RESEARCH CENTER to be located on the Southeas t
side of campus near the dining hall. It will house our present
11

laboratory school as well as Audio-Visual Education Program
and oth er allied arnas.
COLLEGE PROGRAMS
California Sta te College seeks to fullill its obligation to the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania by offering a variety of educational programs designed >..'P ressly to fill the needs of those who
desire additional education.
The college programs op en to students i11clude a program
in General Studies for those p ersons not seeking a college degree, a program 1 ading to th e baccalaureate degree in th e Arts
and Sciences, and a program leading to the baccalaw-eate degree and to teacher certifica tion in the Division of Teacher Education. In addition, the college provides a program of studies for
students who seek training beyond th e baccalaurea te degree in
th e Gradua te Studies Program.
GE ERAL STUDIES PROGRAM
The General Studies Program of California State College is
designed for adults in the college service area who wish to take
college courses for personal satisfaction without degree attainment;, or as a basis for admission to the Division of Arts and
Sciences or of Teacher Education.
Students in the General Studies Program may, after th e
completion of 12 credits, petition the D ean of the Division of
Arts and Science or of th e Division of Teach er Educa tion for
admission to th ese respective divisions. If approved, the credits
carried in the General Studies Program will be honored, if applicabl e to th e major fi eld or general education programs.
ARTS AND SCIENCES At\TD THE COLLEGE
Living in the 20th Century calls for toleration, understanding, imagination, empathy, breadth of comprehension, self-discipline-the traditional attributes of the liberally educated man.
A cultural program designed to fos ter th ese qualities will prepare the student both for enriched personal experience and
world citizenship. The Arts a.nd Sciences program is designed
to develop in students the ,cap acity to understand, to make
sound judgments, to communicate effectively; to grow aes theti12

cally and to prepare for intelligent and effective participation in
the family, community, national and international order.
Accomplishment of these aims is sought by helping the student to:
1. Foster a continuing intellectual curiosity.

2. D evelop an ability to think accurately on the basis of
evidence.
3. Strengthen the skills for effective communication.
4. Appreciate other cultures through competence in their
languages.
5. Increase the awareness of b eauty through opportunities
for achievement in one or more of the creative arts.
6. Develop a satisfactory code of personal behavior.
7. Improve and maintain mental and physical health.
8. Understand man's rela tionship to the total environment,
both physical and cultural-to establish a concept of
man's place in the universe and to encourage his emergence as an enlightened social being.
9. Apply these objectives to a field of specialization through
depth of scholarship as well as to th e broad fields of human knowledge.
TEACHER EDUCATIO

A D THE COLLEGE

The program for the training of teachers at California State
College is not greatly different from any good program of higher
education. It incorporates the aims of a broad liberal education,
the technigues of professional education and the academic training in dep th that is required for success in any field of endeavor.
Instruction at California State College is planned to help
each student to acquire th e ability to communicate with others,
to appreciate the meaning of his historic past, to relate himself
to th e scientific world in which he lives and to develop aesthetically. The general education program is meant to be a quality
program which will open the way to an interest in things intellectual and which will permit the student to continue to learn
from study and e:i...,perience long after graduation.
Professional education courses are the means whereby the
prospective teacher, through a combination of lecture, discussion, and experience, develops the techniques for transmitting
the concepts and information he acquires to the studen t he will
later teach. Since individual differences are so i ren• 1nd since
13

learning takes place under a variety of handicaps and motivations, the good teacher is one who knows something of the problems of learning, motivation and individual differences and who
adjusts them to the mutual advantage of the student and pupil.
The academic disciplines or areas of specialization provide
the student at California State College with education in depth.
It is the ambition of each department to provide training that
will serve as a £rm foundation for teaching, future study, or additional independent achievement. The completion of a college
education does not provide the student with all answers but only
with the insight by which he continues the search.
Briefly, work at California State College consists of three
interrelated groups of courses; the basic or general education
courses, the professional or "education" courses, and the specialized courses. Together they help to equip students with the
breadth of knowledge, th e power of understanding, and the
analytical ability to become able members of the profession and
worthy citizens.
GRADUATE STUDIES DIVISION AND THE COLLEGE
California State College offers work leading to th e Master
of Education degree with specialization in Biology, Chemistry,
Elementary Education, Elementary Guidance, English, Industrial
Arts Education, Mathematics, Mentally Retarded, Social Studies,
Socially and Emotionally Maladjusted, and Speech and Hearing.
The program is available to quali£ed teachers-in-service and
other graduate students who meet the standards approved by
the college and the State Board of High er Education. Graduate
work is offered during evenings and on Saturdays during each
regular session. Graduate work is also offered during the summer sessions.
Graduate work at California State College is especially designed for the classroom teacher and includes classroom, laboratory, clinical and research experience that will add breadth and
depth to the preparation of the teacher. The program for each
person admitted to the graduate school will be planned in cooperation with the adviser, the individual departments, and the
graduate council and will be based upon the previous training
and experience of the student. Th e graduate degree is meant to
be a meaningful program for the classroom teacher and will be
custom-made for each individual candidate.
Additional information including a listing of all the requirements will be found in the Bulletin of the Graduate School.
14

Admission To The College

Admission To The College
E TRANCE REQ UIREME1 TS
Admission standards have been es tablished by California
State College for the purpose of ascertaining which prospective
students will b e mos t likely to succeed in the program of the
college. In following this precedure, California State College
maintain_s its obligation to th ose students who expect to be
graduated from a school whose standards are worthy of respect.
The entrance requirements also help to indicate to the prospective student his chances fo r college success.
The admission standards of the college are constantly b ein g
studied by the Adm issions Committee and are being raised to
sa tisfy the exactin g demands up on the graduates from college.
E ducation is an important and exactin g job whi ch makes it
necessary for the stud ent to p ossess qualities and abilities of a
special sort. The college student mu t be academically sound,
must be physically able and must p ossess th ose character and
personality characteristics which will enable him to represent
the standards deemed desirable for our society today. In keeping with these needs, th e admission standards are summarized
as follow :

l. General Scholarship . An applicant for admission to th e
college should have been graduated from a four-year high
school of accredited standing or from an institution judged
by the Secondary Edu cation E valuation Division of the D epartment of Public Instruction of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania to be the equivalent of the accredited fouryear high school.
2. Aptitude and Ability Standard s. All applicant should
submit to th e college evidence of ability to do college work
as indicated by tes ts such as the College Board Examinations and the admission examinations. Students who score
in the lower percentiles on such tes ts will not b e admitted
to the program at California State College.
The student must also demonstrate an adequate command of the E nglish language and other evidence of academic performance. Students who evidence a lack of com17

petency to carry college work in English fundamentals or
other subjects may be required to take remedial courses
without credit when admitted to the college program.
3. Character and Personality. The candidate for admission
to the college must be able to demonstrate that he possess
the personality traits, interests, attitudes, and personal characteristics deemed necessary for an advanced education.
The candidate must submit recommendations by the high
school principal or guidance counselor of his secondary
school for evidence of character and personality.
4. H ealth and Physical Condition. The applicant to the college must be able to demonstrate an absence of physical
defects and emotional problems which would interfere with
his successful performance of the duties of a student and of
the duties of professional work in th e teaching profession
or in other professions. The student should submit a certificate of a physical examination made by the family physician
reported to the college on the approved form obtainable
from the college. This form will b e checked by the college's
examining physician.
The student may be required to undergo a reexamination and may be rejected by the college for any of th e following disorders:
(a) Incurable defects or diseases of the heart, lungs,
kidneys, digestive system, nervous system, skin,
organs of the pecial senses.
(b ) Defective vision of a marked degree.
( c) Permanently impaired hearing.
( d ) Marked sp eech defects.
( e) Unsightly deformities.
(£) Marked obesity.
5. Admission to Special Curricula. A student seeking admission to a special curricula may b e required to take an appropriate aptitude tes t in the special field in order to obtain
further evidence of ability to succeed in this special field.
6. Admission to the college does not guarantee admission
to the teacher education program. The standards for admission to teacher education are given in the teacher education
section of this bulletin.
7. The speech status of entering students will be noted on
their admission forms as clear or deficient.
Entering students with speech deficiencies will be reported to the D ean of Academic Affairs for assignment to
18

the Speech Clinic for remedial work. The Speech Clinic
will make periodic reports concerning the student's progress
to the offi ce of the Dean of Academic Affairs.
ADMISSION PROCEDURES
Reques ts for the appropriate admission fo1m s should b e
addressed to th e Director of Admissions, California State College, California, Pennsylvani a 15419.
Th e prospective student seekin g adm ission to the college
for the first tim e should obtain from the college the appropriate
forms, have them completed in detail and should file these form s
with th e college's Director of Admissions. The forms required
are:
l. Application and Personal Record Form. This form which
is recognized by its blue color, should be filled in by the
applicant. Th e applicant's signature is required on this form .
2. Medical Record F orm. This yellow form is to b e filled in
by the student's personal physician .
3. Secondary School Record F o1m. The white form is to be
filled out by the high school principal. This high school record must include a recommendation from th e school and it
must include a statement of the applicant's class standing.
If the applicant is still a ttending high school, tha t school
should complete the form including all current information.

The new applicant should also submit an application fee of
$10.00. This fee is not refundable. The fee should be attached
to the blue application form whi ch is the Application and Personal Record Form . This fee is th e guarantee of the intention of
the student to enter college for the term of the trimester designated. A money order for this amount must be made to the favor
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Personal checks or cash
are not acceptable.
The new applicant should arrange to take the Scholastic
Aptitude Tes t section of th e College Board Examination and
should m ake arrangement to have the scores from this examination sent to the Director of Admissions.
TRANSFER FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE
Th e student who seeks to transfer into California State College should follow the procedures listed below:
19

1. Complete all form required for the student seeking admission to the college for the first time and file these forms
in the office of the Director of Admissions of the College.
2. Submit with the Application and Personal Record form
an application fee of $10.00 which is not refundable. The
fee should be submitted in the form of a money order drawn
to the favor of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
3. The student should arrange to have all other colleges attended submit to the Director of Admissions copies of transcripts and sta tements of honorable dismissal. The statement
of academic dismissal must indicate that the student has
been cleared academically and p ersonally. This information
must be sent directly by the other college to the Director
of Admissions, California State College, California, Pennsylvania.
4. The student should send the results of the College Board
Examinations to the Director of Admissions.

TEACHERS I

SERVICE

Prosp ective students who are currently teachers in service
only need to file the single admission form in order to be approved for part-time admission to the college.
POST-GRADUATES
Applicants for admission who are graduate from other colleges and who desire to attend California State College full-tim e
in order to obtain certification for teaching purposes must complete and file ,vitl1 the Admi sions Office the three basic form s
and a copy of the official transcript from the other college attended. o admission tes t is required; however, a personal interview with the Assistant D ean of the Division of Teacher Education is required.
SUMMER SCHOOL ADMIS IO S
Students will be admitted to the California State College
summer school program under the following conditions:

1. Students will be p ermitted to register for courses if they
are regularly enrolled full-time or part-time students in
good standing with the college.
2. Teachers in service will be p ermitted to register for
20

courses in the summer school program if they have :Sled the
appropriate admission forms and had them approved by th e
admissions committee.
3. Students who wish to transfer into the college on a temporary basis from another college will be permitted to register for comses if th ey have the approval of th e Dean of In struction of th eir college and have the approval of California
State College's admission committee.
4. Entering freshmen will be p rmitted to register for
courses in the summer school program if they have been
officially approved by the admission committee prio r to
registration.
ADMISSION OF OUT-OF-STATE AND
FOREIG STUDENTS
Out-of-State and foreign students may be a dmitted to California State College when their admission and instruction does
not interfere with the admission and instruction of stud ents who
reside in th e Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In the case of foreign studen ts, admission will depend upon acceptable clearance
from the educa tion authorities of the countries concern ed anJ
the Department of State of th e United State .
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSIO
GE ERAL STUDIES PROGRAM

TO THE

The requirements for acmiss ion to th e General Stu :'ies Program are as follows:
l. The applicant must be 21 years of age or older.
2. Th e applican t must be a graduate of high school or hold
the Department of Public Instruction equivalent diploma.
3. The applicant must live in the service area of college and
he must be able to commute to the college for classes.

The student who has been approved for the General Studies
Program, is eligible to take the college courses open to enterin g
full-time students.
TRA SFER OF GENERAL STUDIES CREDITS TO THE
REGULAR COLLEGE PROGRAM
Students in the General Studies Program may, after the
21

completion of 12 credits, p etition the Dean of the Division of
Arts and Sciences or the Dean of Teacher Education for admission to these respective divisions. If approved, the credits carried
in the General Studies Program will be honored, if applicable to
the major fi eld or general education programs.
ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR THE
GENERAL STUDIES PROGRAM
Students seeking admission to the college in the General
Studies Program should follow th e procedure given below.
1. Submit to the D irector of Admissions, California State
College, California, Pennsylvania the followin g forms:
Application and Personal Record Form. This form
which may be recognized by its white color is to be completed in full by the applicant. A signa ture by the applicant
is required on this form. An applica tion fee of $10.00 is to
be submitted with this form .
Record of Secondal')' School Work. This form must be
completed by the high school principal or guidance counselor.
2. It is necessary to sen d an applica tion fee of $10.00 along
with the application form. This $10.00 fee is not refundable
and is not credited for f e payments.
The student should submit this fee in the form of
cashiers check or money order for the exact amount. It
should be drawn to the favor of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. Cash or p ersonal checks are not accep table.
3. After all applica tion forms are filed with the office of admissions and the application fee has been paid, the admissions committee will evaluate the application and inform
the applicant of his status in relation to admission to the
General Studies Program.
TRA SCRIPTS OF CREDITS
Official transcripts, obtainable through th e Registrar's Office
upon the written reques t of the student, will be sent to the State
D epartment of Public Instrucion for use in obaining certification
or to an institution to which credits are to be transferred.
Only the work completed at California State College will
be included in the transcript. vVork taken at another institution
22

would be certified directly from that institution.
One copy of a transcript of credits earned a t California State
College will be issued free of charge. A charge of one dollar is
made for a second and for each additional transcript. This fee of
one dollar will be waived for transcripts that are "to be used in
connection with induction, enlistment, or advancement in the
armed forces."
Transcripts cannot be prepared during the last week of trimester or during th e registration p eriod. Persons planning admission to graduate school or to transfer to another collegiate
institution should file the request for transcript with the Registrar at least one month before the end of the trimester. Women
who have married since leaving college should give their maiden
name as well as their married name.

REVISIO OF THE ADMISSIO
A D REQUIREMENTS

PROCEDURES

The admission program and the tes ting program of California State College shall be reviewed each year by the College
Admissions Committee. Any proposed changes developed by the
Admissions Committee will be submitted to the Administrative
Council and the Faculty Senate for approval.

ADVA CED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
High schools which have th e proper facilities may flnd it
possible to offer their superior students the opportunity to work
at a level higher than the normal curriculum in the secondary
school one which is the equivalent to freshman courses at the
collegiate level. California State College considers this an admissible approach to meeting the intellectual needs of the student
and the college is prepared to grant advanced placement credit
-i.e., college credit-to students who have taken such advanced
work in high school, provided that they demonsh·ate through
success in formal examinations their knowledge in the subject
concerned. The most convenient method of examination is offered through the Advanced Placement Program of the College
Entrance Examination Board. Students granted advanced placement thus will be afforded th e opportunity to accelerate or enrich their undergraduate programs of study.
23

Academic Procedures
And Regulations

Academic Procedures
And Regulations
The student must assum e responsibility for knowing the
rules and regulations of th e college in regard to th e academic
procedures. Faculty advisors are made available to assist the
stud ent in planning an academic program but they cannot be
expected to relieve the student of his responsibility for knowing
th e regulations relating to academic procedures including th e
requirements for graduation.
DEGREES OFFERED
California State College offers two different baccalaureate
degrees which are:
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Science in Education
A minimum of 128 trimester credit hours must be earned
for a baccalaurea te degree at California State College. Some curriculums within the degree programs of the college have established credit hour requirements somewha t greater th an th e minimum of 128 trimester credit hours.
CREDITS
Courses are recorded in terms of "b·imes ter hours of credit."
A trimester hour of credit represents one hour a week or recitation or lectme throughout a trimester of sixteen weeks. In laboratory courses, however, a ratio of two, three, or four hours of
labora tory work for on e credit prevails, according to th e department. Varying amounts of required outside work are also assigned; so that, where the total number of credit hours is stated
to be 15 or 16, the number of clock hours a week may total as
high as 30, 32 or more. Descriptive titles and credit values of
courses appear in the section of this bulletin devoted to course
offering.
27

RESIDE CE REQUIREME TS
Students in all cmriculum must complete a mlllimum of
thirty-two credits, in courses given by th e College, at California
State College. Th ese thirty-two credits may be taken on the
campus in regular day, evening, or Saturday classes during their
las t two h·imes ters' work prior to graduation.
CITIZE1 SHIP REQUIRE

E TTS

For a student to be eligible for a teaching certifica te, the
student must present evidence of citizenship of th e United States
of America. If th e student is not a citi zen of th e United States
at the time of admission to th e college, he is required to become
a naturalized citizen before he may be gran ted a Teacher's Certificate. Students who are not citizens of th e nited States may
be awarded the Bachelor of Science in Education or the Bachelor of Arts in the Division of Arts and Sciences.
ORMAL SCHOOL CREDITS
All person who were gradu ated from a State Tormal School
prior to September 1927, and who have a four-year secondary
school education will be granted not more than 68 trimes ter
hour of credit toward a degree.
Students who were gra duated from a State Nonn a] School
before four yeal'S of secondar y school prepara tion were required
an d who still have not sa tisfied this requirement should apply
to the Secondar y Credentials Division of the D ep artment of Public Insh·uction, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, for inform ation about
obtaining a secondary school equival ent certificate, which , wh en
issued, will be accepted by th e coll ege for admission to a degree
curriculum.
CREDITS EAR TED BY EXAM! ATIO
A student may reques t an examination in any subj ect matter
in which he registers for th e purpose of securin g an exemption
from takin g a course. Grades received under this provision will
be p ass ( P ) or fail ( F ).
A student may be given credit for a course in which he
registers and in which he demonsh·ates competency by taking a
q ualifying examination. Grades received will b e pass ( P ) or fail
( F) under this provision.
28

Applications for the above mentioned examinations should
be made to the Dean of Academic Affairs within two weeks of
the time of registration.
TRA SFER OF CREDITS FROM ANOTHER COLLEGE
OR UNIVERSITY
Students who have taken work at another accredited college
or university and who merit a letter of honorable dismissal from
that institution are eligible to make application to California
State College with advanced standing. Credit for advanced
standing is not allowed for work done by correspondence, nor
will credit b e given for courses which are not equivalent to those
required or for courses completed at other colleges or universities in which grades below C were earned. All credits of students who apply for admission with advanced standing must b e
approved by the Dean of Instruction. Credits from colleges not
approved by the D epartment of Public Instruction of Pennsylvania or other accrediting organizations will not be accepted toward either certification or graduation.
CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
Credits for correspondence courses are not accepted by
California State College. An exception to this rule is made for
members of the Armed Forces who submit to the college records
of credits earned through the United States Armed Forces Institute, Madison, W isconsin.
QUALITY POI T SYSTEM
As there is a quality standard for passing each course so
there is a standard for completing a curriculum. This is made
possible by the establishment of a quality point system which
states that students cannot be graduated by getting merely passing grades in each course.
The q uality point system requires that a student, b efore he
can be graduated, must complete all required and elective
courses in the curriculum which he is pursuing, have the minimum number of credits required by his curriculum, and earn a
quality point average of at least 2.0 ( C ) for all courses in which
grades other than P are given. Only courses completed at this
college are included in the quality point computation.
29

Each credit of work completed at California State College
is awarded quality points which are computed according to the
following scale; each credit of A grade is multiplied by ,/4) B
grade by 3, C grade by 2, D grade by 1, and F grade fy 0.
Courses dropp ed without the consent of the D ean of Academic
Affairs sh all constitute an F . Courses in which P grades are given
do not count in quality p oint computation. Courses transferred
from other approved collegiate institutions are not counted in
th e qu ality point average.
COMPUTATIO

OF QUALITY POINTS

1. A student's quality p oint av rage will b e de termined by div iding the number of credit h ours taken into th e total number of
quality points earned.
2. ·w hen a course is rep eated, this second grade received will b e
counted in computing th e total q uality point average of the
student.
GRADI G SYSTE M
A-indicates superior a ttainment
B-indicates a ttainmen t ab ove the average
C-indicates average a ttainment
D-is the lovvest passing grade
F -indicates failure
P-indica tes passing. ( Used for required, preparatory
courses, orientation, and student teaching courses. )
In c.- indicates incomplet work
, ¥ -indica tes withdrawal from a course
The symbol, Inc., is not used unl ess the student h as b een in
a ttendance throughout the b·imester or session and because of
personal illn ess, coverin g two or more consecutive weeks, the
student is not able to meet th e requirements of th e course a t the
encl of the session. It indicates that as the work is incomplete
the final grade is b ein g withheld until th e student ful£lls all the
requirements of th e course. The follo wing conditions govern an
Incomple te:
1. It m ust b e removed by arrangement b eh.., en the student
and the insb·uctor in th e session, either trimester or summer, immedia tely following.
2. After the lapse of one term, h·imester or summer, the
30

grade may be changed only upon approval of the Dean
of Academic Affairs.
3. After the lapse of one year, the incomplete grade automatically becomes a grade of F and cannot be removed
without the student's repeating the course.
GRADE REPORTS
Mid-term grade reports are reports of grades for students
doin g failing or low quality work at the end of the eight week
period. These reports are submitted by the faculty to the Director of Academic Guidance. Students for whom grade reports are
made, are notilied of th eir low grades and when deemed necessary, this information is sent to the student's parents.
The final trimes ter grades are mailed to the student's at
their home address.
EVALUATIO1 OF CREDITS
An evaluation of credits is considered valid only for the
year in which the distribution is made. The situation exists b ecause of frequent changes in regulations governing the value of
credits and in the requirements for certilication and graduation
made by th e State Department of Public Instruction, the State
Council of Education, and the Board of Presidents of the State
Colleges. Students are urged to keep themselves informed about
their credit standing by occasional inquiry, other than at registration periods, at the office of their Curriculum Director.
STUDE T LOAD
Students who wish to carry more than a normal schedule of
15 or 16 trimes ter hours must have earned the right by reason
of a high quality point average in the trimester completed prior
to regisb:ation. Exceptional cases must obtain p ermission from
the Scholarship Committee or the D ean of Academic Affairs at
the time of registration. Under no circumstances will excess credits be honored, whether taken in this college or in another institution without the approval of the Committee or the Dean. In
reviewing applications to carry excess credits, the Committee or
the D ean will give consideration not only to the academic standing of the applicants but also to their health records and extracurricular activities.
31

CLASSIFICATIO
Students are classilied as freshmen when they have earned
32 or fe wer credits; as sophomores when they have earned 33 to
64 credits inclusive; as juniors when they have earned 65 to 96
credits inclusive; and as seniors when they have earned 97 or
more credits.
Th e credits used to determine the classi£lca tion of students
include those earned at this college and those accepted b y the
college from other accredi ted institu tion on the basis of offi cial
transcripts.
HONOR CREDITS

Students will be given approval to carry honor credits according to the follo wing quality p oint average based on th e
grades of the p revious b:imester:
Q UALITY POINT AVERAGE

T OTAL CREDITS S CHEDULED

3.00 to 3.49
3.50 to 4.00

17 credits
18 credits

College rules, in keeping with regulations of th e State D epartment of Public Instruction, sanction only one credit a week
during a summer session; tha t is, six credits during a six weeks'
session, twelve credits during a twelve weeks' session and sixteen
credits during the summer trimes ter.
Sh1dents are advised not to take more than one credit a
week during summer terms at other colleges if they e.Kp ect to
use credits thus earn ed toward degrees fr om this college. Students planning a summer session at anoth er college should consult the Dean of Academic Affairs or th eir Curriculum Director
before registering.
SUMMER SESSIO
To accelerate his program , a student should plan to sp end
several summers in full attendance. It is possible for a student
to earn 16 credits in each summ er trimes ter of full attendance
and for this purpose, a large and active summer program is provided. Generally speakin g, all required courses are offered each
summer as well as a representa tive group of elective courses in
every area of sp ecialization. Full information may be obtained
3,2

from the SUMMER SESSION BULLETIN issued in the Spring
of each year. Write to the D ean of Academic Affairs, California
State College, California, Pennsylvania.
SATURDAY AND EVE1 I NG PROGRAMS
Part-time students or teach ers-in-service may utilize Saturday and evenin g courses designed to meet the needs of a limited
number of persons un able to attend regular classes.
ADV AN CED ST ANDING PROGRAM
Formal adm ission to Advanced Standing is a requisite for
con tinuing th e program in th e college. This marks th e tim e wh en
th e profession al work is intensified . Fourth trimes ter students
will make application for admission to Advanced Standing, for
which th ey are required to mee t the following qualifica tions:
l. The Scholastic record must be a 2.0 average or b etter for
th e first two years of work taken by the student.
2. A 2.0 average must b a ttained in Communica tion s I and
Communications II ( Composition I, II and Speech I, II )
or the student must make a score equivalent a t least to
th e 21st p ercentile on the STEP Tes t.
3. Adequate background as measured by the STEP series of
the Sophomore Tes ts in selected areas must b e shown. A
student whose average score in all areas is b elow th e 21st
p ercentile will b e required to pass a selected course in
his area of defi ciency.
4. A sa tisfactory recommendation of the Counseling Service
Committee is required of each applicant.
5. For students in th e Teacher Educa tion Division, sa tisfactory evidence of physical sta mina, good posture, and
freedom from physical defects that may interfere with
th e duties of a teach er must b e presented .
6. The voice must be pleasing and free from objectionable
q ualities. A student who has failed to pass th e sp eech
tes t b ecause of eith er voice or sp eech defects is required
to take correction work in th e College Speech Clinic until
his deficiencies, if remediable, have been overcome. Evidence of his having reached a sa tisfac tory sp eech standard must b e included in his record a t the time application is made for Advanced Standing.
33

Credentials will be examined by the Director of Academic
Guidance and the decisions will be reached on the basis of all
evidence available.
Students who fail to meet the requirements of Advanced
Standing may be given two consecutive sessions with a minimum
of 12 semester hours each to remove the deficiency. If, however,
the student fails to remove the deficiency by the close of the
first trimester, he will b e placed on a limited schedule during
the second trimester.
ADVISORY SYSTEM
The college gives special attention to the new student
through interviews, counseling, and tes ting. Efforts are made to
appraise the interes ts and abilities of each student. Results of
these data and other records are available to all coun seling p ersonnel concerned. , ,Vhile the whole faculty assists, upon reques t,
with the guidance program, certain members have been assigned
the following responsibilities:
1. The D ean of the Faculty and Academic Affairs, the Di-

2.
3.

4.

5.
6.

vision D eans, the Director of Academic Guidance, and
Directors of Curriculum assume responsibility for educational guidance, selection of curriculums, course requirements, certification requirements, and student load.
The Director of Academic Guidance administers th e testing program and works with studen ts who have academic
difficulties.
The D eans of Personnel are responsible for social adjustments : housing, organization of commuting students, religious activities, social activities, and devefopment of social programs.
Director of Student Activities es tablishes and maintains
the master calendar of co-curricular activities, coordinating this program with the curricular program of the College. Through the student activities fund he serves as an
advisor to the student government in determining and
carrying out the reques t of student body activities . The
scheduling and planning of activities also falls in the
realm of the Director's office.
A Veteran's Clerk has been designated as Veteran's Advisor to deal with special problems relating to veterans.
A Group Guidance Meeting is held each trimester to advise and present up-to-date and adequate information to
34

the entire student body on curriculum, certification,
schedule, advanced standing, and student teaching. Each
department then meets regularly with its majors and provides individual advisement of these students.
7. Health guidance is the primary responsibility of the resident nurses and college physician.
SCHOLARSHIP AND ACADEMIC STANDARDS
PROBATIONARY S TAT US AND ACADEMI C DISMI SSAL

1. First Trimes ter freshmen who earn a quality point average of less th an 1.75 will automatically be placed on academic probation for the following trimester.
2. Freshmen who earn a quality point average of less than
1.00 during their first trimester will be placed on Second
Probationary status. Students, except first trimes ter freshmen, who do not earn a quality point average of 1.00
will be dismissed from the College.
3. Students, other than first trimester freshmen, who earn a
quality point average of less than 2.00 during the trimester will automatically be placed on academic probation
for the following trimes ter .
4. Students who earn a quality point average of less than
2.00 during, or in any trimes ter after, the first academic
probationary period may be placed on a limited schedule
under the supervision of th e Director of Academic Guidance. Students w ho earn a quality point average of less
than 2.00 durin g or in any trimester after the second academic probationary period will be dismissed from the
College. An appeal for readmission may be reviewed by
the Director of Academic Guidance.
5. Students who earn a quality point average of 2.00 or better for the trimester of academic probation will be considered clear students the following trimester .
6. Readmission to the College is not automatic, except in
case of a student whose cumulative quality point average
is 2.00 or higher . Each case will be reviewed by the Director of Academic Guidance and/ or an Appeal Board.
READMISSIO

PROCE D URE

1. All requests for readmission to College must be made in
writing to the Director of Academic Guidance.
35

2. Requests for readmi sion may be reviewed by a special
committee consisting of:
(a) a faculty member of the student's choice.
( b ) one of the personnel deans.
( c ) the department head concerned or the student's advisor in the department.
( d ) th e division dean.
( e) the Director of Academic Guidance.
3. A majority vote of the committee is required for the readmission of the student who £led the request.
4. The college reserves th e right to refu se the privilege of
further attendance to a student who fails to meet the
academic standards.
WITHDRAWALS FROM COLLEGE

If a student should £nd it necessary to leave the college
during a trimes ter, he should confer with the D ean of Academic
Affairs before discontinuing attendance at classes. During this
conference, if it is found that th e student should not continue
in college, official withdrawal forms must be Rled in th e Registrar's Office. Students who leave the college without following
this procedure will £nd that failing ( F ) grades will be recorded
for each course in which he is registered and his future status as
a student at this college will be placed in jeopardy. Students are
permitted to withdraw up to the week of £nal examination by
following the above mentioned procedure.
ADDING AND DROPPING COURSES
Students are permitted to add courses the nrst week of a
trimes ter after registration days. Permission is granted by the
Dean of Education or the D ean of Arts and Sciences. Students
on academic probation may drop courses with the permission of
th e Director of Academic Guidance.
Students may drop courses during the nrst six weeks without penalty. Permission is granted by the D ean of Education or
the Dean of Arts and Sciences. Students on academic probation
may drop cour es with the p ermission of the Director of Academic Guidance.
After the fust six weeks withdrawals from individual courses
36

are permitted with a grade of WP or WF; WP carries no penalty
-WF carries p enalty.
HONORS
DISTINGUISHED SERVICE AWARDS
The Distinguished Service Awards are granted to the most
outstanding woman and the most outstanding man of each graduating class. The awards are made on the basis of activities,
character, citizenship, leadership , and personality. The election
of p ersons to receive the awards is through a committee composed of memb ers of th e faculty.
SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS
The Scholarship Award is given to th e person making the
highest academic average in each of the curricula of the college.
COMMENCEMENT HONORS
Commencemen t Honors are awarded to a limited number of
students in the graduating class. Not more than one-eighth of
the class may receive honors. A minimum of two ( 2 ) years residence is required to receive commencement honors .
Highes t Honors-Quality Point Average 3.75 to 4.00-no D
or F grades.
High Honors-Quality Point Average 3.50 to 3.74-no D or
F grades.
Honors-Quality Point Average 3.25 or better-no F grades.
This recognition can be bes towed only upon evidence of
unusual ability as shown scholastic records and in keeping with
standards established and approved by the faculty.
TRIMESTER HONORS
Trimes ter Honors ( The Dean's Honor List ) are awarded
on the basis of quality point average at the end of the trimester
as follows:
4.00
3.50-3.99
3.00-3.49

Highest Honors
High Honors
Honors
37

SUMMARY OF GRADUATIO

REQUIREME TS

1. A minimum of 12 trimes ter hours, includin g the satisfactory completion of all required courses, is necessary for gradua tion, together with a general quality point average of 2.0 for
all courses in which grades other than P are given. Quality
points are not computed for work done at other colleges or universities and only for courses taken at the college after 1931.
pecific curriculum requirements may exceed the 128 credit
minimum.
2. For students in th e Teacher Education Curriculums, the
student must b e pronounced physically fit by a physician legally
qualified to practice medicine in th e United Sta tes .
3. For students in the Teacher Education Curriculums, th e
teaching ability of th e student must be sa tisfactory to th e D ean
of Teacher Education regardl ess of other credits.
4. No student will be gra duated with less than two years of
bona fide residence. Th e last 32 credits needed to complete a
curriculum must be taken while the student is in actual attendance at the college.
5. Students who have not paid all bills previously in curred
shall not be permitted to re-enroll, to be gradua ted, or to have
credits sent to other institutions or to the Dep artment of Public
Instruction until such accounts have been paid. The records of
such sudents are "Sealed" and no information will be given until
cleared.
6. All credentials for graduation , including certifi ca te application and transcripts of cred it from other institutions, must be
filed at times specified by the Registrar. If this requirement has
not been met, graduation and certification will b e postpon ed to
the following graduation date.
7. Students must register with the Placement Service by
filling out in every detail the registration form supplied by the
Placement Service.
8. Attendance at the commencement exercises is necessary,
unless unusual circumstances warrant graduation in absentia.
This permission is granted only through the President of the
College.

38

Student Fees And Expenses

Student Fees And Expenses
The uniform schedule of fees, deposits, and repayments
es tablished for the State Colleges is subject to change when authorized by the Boards of Trustees of th e State Colleges and
approved by the Superintendent of Public Instruction of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Such changes in college fees
may be made without notice.
E ROLLME T FEE
The emollrn ent fee covers registration, the keeping of student records, library services, student welfare and health services ( with the exception of extra nurses and quarantine) and
laboratory fees.
For full-time students who are residents of th e Commonwealth of Pennsylvania the emollment fee is as follows:
Arts and Sciences
$175.
Elementary Education
$175.
Secondary Education
$175.
Special Education
$185.
Industrial Arts
$193.
Part-time students who are residents of th e Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania will pay the following enrollment fees:
Arts and Science
$15.00 p er h·imester credit hour
Elementary Education
$15.00 p er trimes ter credit hour
Secondary Education
$15.00 p er trimes ter credit hour
Special Educa tion
$15.00 p er trimes ter credit hour
plus $ 5.00 per session
Industrial Arts
$15.00 per h·imes ter credit hour
plus $ 1.00 p er week
The minimum charge for a part-tim e student is $45.00 plus
special fees.
E ROLLMENT FEE FOR OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS
Full-time students whose legal residence is outside of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall be charged at the rate of
$25.00 each trimester credit hour.

41

ROOM A D BOARD EXPENSES
The room and board expenses cover the cost of living in
the college dormatory and of meals in the college dining hall.
o reduction in these ra tes will b e made for a student who absents himself from the dormatory or dining hall for several days
at a time.
The cost of room and board for each trim es ter is $272. Of
this amount, $128 is charges for room and $144 is charged for
meals.
Part-time students may arrange to live in the college dorma tory and eat at the college dining hall on a weekly basis by
paying $17 p er week.

•

F ees for room and board or for board only, m ay be paid
quarterly. The first payment of $136 for room and board or $72
for board only must be paid upon the completion of registration .
Th e balance will be due on or before the end of the first eight
weeks of the trimester.
STUDE T ACTIVITY FEE
Each student enrolled on a full-time basis shall be charged
a Student Activity Fee of $20.00 per trim ester . This fee which is
under the control of the Stu dent Activities Association has been
approved by th e Board of Trustees for California State College.
Th e fee covers membership in the Student Activities Association,
admission to lectures and entertainments sponsored by the association, admission to athletic contests, subscription to the college
newspaper and certain other activities defin ed by th e Student
Congress.
Part-time stud ents, including those taking extension courses,
may secure the benefits of th e activity program by payin g the
Stud ent Activity F ee.
Payment for this fee should be made to the Student Activities F und. This fee is due on the date of registration.
REGISTRATIO

T

AND THE BILLING OF FEES

At announced times preceding the beginning of each new
trimester or session, the college hold scheduling and registration
session . All students planning to attend classes during the up42

coming trimester are expected to plan a schedule with an adviser's assistance and to complete the registration forms. Students are billed for fees which are due as soon as registration is
completed and the student is expected to pay on or before the
announced due date.
LATE REGISTRATIO

FEE

Each student who enrolls after the date officially set for
registration, will b e charged an additional enrollment fee of
$1.00 per day until he is in regular attendance, provided that th e
total amount of the Late Registration Fee shall not exceed th e
amount of $5.00.
SPECIAL FEES
When the college provides some service for the student not
covered by the Enrollment Fee or the Student Activities Fee, a
special fee may be charged.
Students shall be held responsible for damage,
breakage, or loss and the return of college property.
INFIRMARY FEE: A boarding student who is ill is entitled to
three days of infirmary service without charge. After that
time, there will be a charge of $1.00 per day for infirmary
service.
Commuting students admitted to the Infirmary are charged
$3.00 per day from the time of admission. This fee covers
board and nursing service in the infirmary.
In no case does the infirmary fee include special nursing
care or medical service.
DEGREE FEE: A fee of $5.00 must be paid by each candidate
for a degree from California State College. A student shall
not be permitted to complete graduation from th e college
until this fee has been paid. The fee is payable when the
student has been notified by the Registrar that he is cleared
for graduation.
TRANSCRIPT FEE: The .first official college transcript of record
is issued for the student without cost. A fee of $1.00 is
charged for each subsequent transcript.
DAMAGE FEE:

PAYME T OF BILLS
The Enrollment Fees, the Room and Board Fees, and th e
43

Special Fees must be paid at the College Business Office. Upon
payment, an official Revenue Receipt will be given to the student. Payment by check, bank draft, Express or Post Office
Money Order made payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in th e exact amount of the fees , is preferred.
The Student Activity Fee must b e paid on registration day
at the Office of the Accountant for the Stud ent Acivihes Fund.
Upon paym ent of the fee , an official Activities Receipt will be
given the student. Payment by check, bank draft, Express or
Post Office Money Order made payable to th e Student Activities
Fund in the exact amount of th e fee, is preferred.
Book Store business is conducted on a cash basis. Payment
by check, bank draft, Express or Post Office Mon ey Order made
payable to the College Book Store, is preferred .
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
All fees are payable in advance. No student may be enrolled
or graduated, or receive b·imester grade reports or receive a
transcript of his record until all previous bills and fees have been
paid.
A late fee of $1.00 per day will be charged for th e late p aymen t of fees provided that th e total amount of the late fee shall
not exceed $5.00.
REFUNDS
Refunds for fees will not be made to a studen t who has
been dismissed temporarily, or who has been indefinitely suspended, or who has voluntarily withdrawn from the college.
There shall be no refund of the advance registra tion deposit nor
any part of this deposit.
Refunds of the Enrollment Fees and the Room and Board
Fees may be made when the student has b een forced to leave
the college because of personal illness, if this illness is certified
by an attending physician. Other causes for leaving college may
be acceptable for the purpose of obtaining a refund of fees if
these reasons are approved by the Board of Trustees of the College. The amount of the refund of the housing and enrollment
fees will dep end upon the amount of time that the student does
not sp end in the college.
44

Letters requesting refunds should be addressed to the President of California State College.
In order to withdraw from classes, dormitory, and dining
hall, the student must first con tact th e proper college official.
The officials to be contacted are as follows:
l. To withdraw from classes, con tact the College Registrar.
2. To withdraw from the dormitory or dining room, contact
the Dean of Student Affairs.

Any other method of withdrawal cannot be approved and
charges for room and board will remain intac t.
COSTS OF BOOKS
The es timated cos t of textbooks is $50.00 to $65.00 a trim ester for students in the Elementary, Secondary, Special E ducation , and Arts & Sciences Curriculums. Students in the Industrial
Arts Curriculum may expect to spend $90.00 for the trimester in
which they take Introductory Mechanical Drawing, and $65.00
each succeeding trimes ter. Students may purchase books, materials an d other supplies through the College Book Store on a
cash basis.
SUMMARY OF FULL TIME TRIMESTER FEES FOR
DORMITORY STUDENTS
Arts & Sciences, Elementary
and Secondary
Enrollm en t Fee $175.00
Room and Board 272.00
20.00
Activity F ee
Special Education
Enrollment Fee $185.00
Room and Board 272.00
20.00
Activity F ee

Industrial Ar ts
Enrollment Fee $193.00
Room and Board 272.00
20.00
Activity F ee

F OR COMMUTING STUDENTS
Arts & Sciences, Elementary
and Secondary
Enrollment F ee $175.00
Activity Fee
20.00
Special Education
Enrolhnent Fee $185.00
Activity F ee
20.00

Industrial Arts
Enrollment Fee
Activity F ee

45

$193.00
20.00

FOR COMMUTI TG OR TOW T STUDE TS DINING ROOM O LY
Arts & Sciences, Elementary
and Secondary
Emollment Fee $175.00
Dining Rm. Only 144.00
Activity Fee
20.00
Special Education
Emollment Fee $185.00
Dining Rm . Only 144.00
20.00
Activity Fee

Industrial Arts
Emollment Fee $193.00
Dining Rm. Only 144.00
20.00
Activity Fee

SUMMARY OF PART-T ME STUDE T CURRICULUM FEE
Arts and Sciences, Elementary and Secondary-$15.00 per trimester credit hour.
Special Education-$15.00 per trimester credit hour plus $5.00
per session.
Industrial Arts-$15.00 per trimes ter credit hour plus $1.00 per
week.
The minimum charge for a part-time student is $45.00 plus special fees.

46

Student Affairs And Services

Student Affairs And Services
All special services for students such as housing, food service, orientation, counselin g and activities which are essentially
non-academic in nature, are under the adminish·ation of the
D ean of Student Affairs.
Th e principal administrative officials responsible to th e D ean
of Student Affairs are:

l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Dean of Men and his assistants
D ean of v\7omen and her assis tants
Director of Student Activities and staff m embers
Business Manager of th e Student Activity Association
Director of Financial Aid
Director of Athletics
Direc tor of H ealth Services

Students who need non-acad emic information, advice on
general aspects of college life, or special help with p ersonal
problems should consult th e appropriate p erson in th e area of
student affairs.
CAMPUS LIFE
A college student upon enrollm ent becomes a member of a
special community. Although this community is organized primarily to support academic objectives, there are many opportunities for students to supplement their intellectual growth and
to occupy th eir leisure time. Students who learn to budget th eir
time wisely should be able to attain a sa tisfactory academic record and still participate in a variety of social and recrea tional
activities outside the classroom.
A STUDENT'S RESPONSIBILITY
The opportunity to attend college should be highly valued.
It is a special privilege-not a right. It is a challenge that will
require a definite commitment and concentrated effort if the
student is to profit from the experience.
49

The privilege of attendance i extended to those who willingly accept certain responsibilities with sufficient maturity and
self-discipline. A student's primary responsibility is to make a
serious effort to obtain an education according to acceptable
standards of scholarship. A second, absolutely essential, student
responsibility is to keep informed of college regulations and
abide by them.
STUDE IT CITIZE ISHIP A D GE1 ERAL CO1 DUCT
Student citizenship and conduct on the campus and elsewh ere should reflect credit upon th e college and its stud ent
body.
Ai1y tudent whose attitude and conduct are in compatible
with or antagonistic to the general objectives and regulations 0£
th e college cannot be permitted to remain in college.
Student behavior th at has b een judged unsatisfactory by
college officials, or an appropriate judicial group , must b e corrected or disciplinary action wiU be taken.
COLLEGE DISCIPLI

RY AUTHORITY

Th e coll ege maintains disciplinary authority over all of its
students and reserves th e right to suspend or dismiss any stud ent
for violation of college regul ations or for conduct deh·im ental to
th e welfare of the stud ent body and of th e college.
ADMI ISTRATIVE REGULATIO

rs

1. Use of Alcoholic Beverages: Th e possession or us

of
alcoholic beverages on college property, in fraternjty or
sorority houses, and off-campus living guarters of students is prohibited. Students are reminded that Pennsylvania law prohibits the use or possession of alcoholi c
b everages by those under 21 years of age.
2. Gambling in any form is prohibited on campus.
3. College matriculation and identifica tion cards are for
personal use only. They are valid only for the term in
which th e student is enrolled. Th e falsification of these
cards, or th e transfer of one to anoth er person , is strictly
prohibited. This res triction also app lies to library and
cuning hall cards.
50

4. The possession or use of .firearms, .firecrackers, or other
explosives, on campus or in buildings off-campus under
college supervision, is prohibited.
5. Students are not p ermitted to tamper with fire equipment or to set off a fire alarm unless a fire has been
detected.
6. Any student who contributes in any manner to the unlawful enb.·y to any college building, or who has stolen
or des b.·oyed college and/ or private property, will b e
subject to suspension from college.
7. Students are not permitted to make any purchases in
the name of th e college without written approval from
the appropriate administrative official.
8. E very social event sponsored on or off-campus by an
approved college organiza tion must be registered at
least 4 clays in advance in, the office of the Director of
Student Activities, D ean of Men, and D ean of Women.
9. Main Campus Curfew: The Main Campus, including all
buildings bounded by College Avenue, Third Sh·eet, and
the driveway from Third Street adjacent to Hamer Gymnasium which leads to the student parking lot, is outof-bounds to male students after 11:00 P.M. Sunday
through Thursday, and after 1:00 A. M. on Friday, and
1:00 A.M. on Saturday, except on evenings when approved college functions are scheduled beyond these
time limits or when special late p ermissions have been
given.
10. College women students may not visit men in their living quarters without college approved chaperones. This
rule does not apply to college dormitories wh ere visiting
privileges have been scheduled, or whenever an "Open
House" has b een declar ed by the college in conjunction
with a special college event. This rule also applies to
college men who may visit the dormitories for women
and the sorority houses only during visiting hours.
11. Any disorderly or riotous demonstration of students, regardless of the intended purpose of the group, shall b e
considered a serious breach of acceptable student b ehavior. Studen ts who p articipate in a demonstration resulting in disorderly, des tructive, or riotous b ehavior will
be held individually responsible for the consequences of
their conduct.
Students who violate the above regulations will be subject to disciplinary action by the College.
51

THE ST DE TT ACTIVITY PROGRAM
A well-rounded program of tudent activities, supervised by
faculty sponsors and administered by a Director of Student Activities, provides numerous opportunities fo r valuable co-cmri cular experiences. In addition to intramural and inter-col legia te
athle tics, the activity program includes a variety of subject-rela ted, special interes t, social an d professional organizations.
These activities enable students to meet new fri ends, widen
their interes ts , improve p ersonality, an d develop tal ents for leadership.
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
Students emolled in a trimes ter and scheduled w ith ten
( 10 ) or more undergradua te credits are required to pay an activity fee of $20.00. College graduates and other sp ecial students
who are emolled in undergraduate courses in a trim ester are not
exempt from p aying this fee.
Students emolled in a six-week Summer Term , regardless of
th eir classi£ca tion and number of credits scheduled, are required
to p ay an activi ty fee of $5.00.
The activity fee is due on the da te es tablished by th e college for th e payment of all college fees . D elinquent fees ( $2.00
on th $20.00 Activity F ee and $1.00 on the $5.00 Activity F ee)
will b e charged for failure to pay b y th e b eginning of a term .
Checks should b e made payable to th e Student Activity Fund.
Activity funds are allocated by the Student Congress for a
wide variety of student activities. Among th ese are: assembly
programs, th e varsity and intramural athl etic program, a college
yearbook, a ·weekly newsp aper, th e band, choir, and num erous
class-related organiza tions.
STUDE 1T C01 GRESS
Student Congress is the official agency to represent an d to
serve th e student body. It h as b een developed to provide channels for communica ting student ideas, sugges tions, an d opinions;
to facilitate th e planning and impl ementation of activities and
programs to emich campus life; and to create opportunities for
exp eriences in the mature handling of responsibility.

52

The Constitution and By-Laws of Student Congress are publish ed each year in the Vulcan H andbook for students.

SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
There are seven na tional fra ternities and :five na tional sororities a t th e college. These organization s, operating under the jurisdiction of their resp ective governing coun cils ( Th e Interfra ternity Council fo r men and the Pan H ellenic Council for wom en )
and fa culty advisors, offer students exp erience in independent
group living and provide additional opportunities to develop
traits of leadership and responsibility. All fraternities and sororities are subject to college regulations. Such organiza tions may
b e denied college recognition for failure to comply with college
policy and rules of the College and Community.

CO UNSELI G SERVICES
In addition to the regular academic advisory sys tem under
the supervision of the Director of Guidance Services, stu dents
who have p erson al problems may obtain th e counseling services
of the Personn el D eans. The D ean of Men and th e D ean of
Wom en, togeth er with their assistants, are availabl e to assist
students who have personal problems.

COMMU ITY CHURCHE S
Th ere are churches of th e following denomin a tions in Caliazarene, Presbyterian,
forni a; Baptist, Christian, Methodist,
Rom an Catholic, and Russian Orthodox. A Jewish Synagogue is
also located in th e Borough. Other religious denominations have
churches in nearby communities.
Many of th ese church es provide acti vities of sp ecial interest
to stud ents of th eir faith.
The college provides an opportunity for students to :fill out
a religious affiliation card which is sent to the church of the student's choice. Students are not required however, to complete
such a card or to reveal their religious denomination a t any time.
Students are encouraged, blll t not required, to p articipa te in
religious activities of th eir own choosin g.
53

HE LTH SERVICES
PURPOSES OF THE H • LTH SERVICE PROGRAM
In the interests of student welfa re, th e college maintains an
infirmary to provide mergency first aid treabnent for its students. The college also requires tha t all students undergo a physical examination by th e college physician.
GE ERAL I TFIRMARY PROCEDURES
Students who become ill or who have been injured will be
taken, if possible, to the allege Infirmary.
Students who leave campus because of illness or injury will
report to th e college nmse for clear ance to leave, and again report upon th eir retmn to rece ive p ermission to reenter classes
and dormitories.
GENERAL INFIRMARY SERVICE
California State College does not collect a H ealth Service
F ee from its students. Th erefore, free, unlimited medi cal servi ce
cannot be offered to the student body. However th e college does
provide limited info·mar and nursing servi ce for res ident students and emergency infirmary service for all students subject
to the conditions listed below.
I FIRMARY SERVICE FOR DORMITORY STUDE TS
Limited infirmary ervice is provided for students who reside in all college owned and college supervised dormitories.
Free service is limited to three days, after which a charge of
1.00 p er day is made. F ees for a physician, special nursing care,
and th e cost of prescription drugs must b e paid by th e student.
I NFIRMARY SERVICE FOR COMMUTERS AND
TOW1 STUDE TS
Commuting students, students who live in fraternity or sorority houses, or in hom es in th e community, may receive :first
aid or emergency treatm ent in th e college in:6nnary. If patients
are unable to leave the infirmary, they will be assessed $3.00 per
day in addition to th e cost of their meals. Fees for a physician,
special nursing care, and the cost of prescription drugs must b e
paid by th e student.
54

TEMPORARY OCCUPANCY OF THE I NFIRMARY
Student p atients , dormitory or non-dormitory, who are unable to return to classes promptly-but in th e doctor's judgement
can be moved with safe ty-will be dis charged from th e infirmary
and advised to return to their hom es.
DOCTOR'S FEES A D AMB ULA CE FEE S
Th e college provid es no free medical service b y a physician.
F ees for offi ce, house, or infi rmary calls b y any ph ysician must
be paid to him by th e p atient. If ambulance service is necessary,
fees must be paid b y th e p atient to th e ambul ance service.
HEALTH A TD ACCIDE T INSURANCE
Unless parents are sure th a t th eir children are fully covered
by some type of family insurance plan; they should insure th e
student against accident and injury while a t college. Su ch coverage will allay parental anxiety and simplify th e p ayment of
medical expenses in case of an emergency.
Inform ation on an insuran ce p oli cy for coll ege stud ents is
made available at George W ood & Son , Real Estate Office, ·w ood
Street, California, Pennsylvania.
CHRONI C DISEASES
Students suffering from chronic disease will be interviewed
periodically by th e college physician to determine the nature of
treatment in progress and examin ed, if necessary, to determin e
th e status of the disease.
Th e coll ege may dismiss, or deny admission to, any stud ent
whose health would be detrim ental to oth er coll ege stud ents.

STUDENT HOUSING
College housing has been es tablished to provide safe, comfortable housin g for students in an a tmosphere conducive to
serious study, relaxation, and congeni al stud ent relationships
und er competent adult super vision.
55

HOUSING POLICY FOR ME
A. All freshm en with the excep tion of commuters must reside in college dormitories. Sophomore resident men
must accept assignment to college dormitori es if sp ace
is avail able. ( Only bon afid e residents of a coll ege-approved supervised fraternity h ouse are excepted from
this rule.)
B. After th e college dormitori es have b een fill ed, un assigned
sophomores will b e permitted to reside off-campus under
college jurisdicti on and subject to certain con ditions.
C. All dormitory residents must accept an assignme nt to th e
college dinin g room . Fraternity house and off-campus
residents are not req uired to board in th e coll ege dinin g
hall, but may elect to do so.
HOUSING POLICY FOR W OME

T

A. All non-commutin g wom en ( includin g student teach ers)
must resid e in college supervi~ed dormitori es or supervised sorority h ouses .
B. All dormitory residents must accept an assignment to th e
college dining room.
C. Sorority residents must accept an ass ignm ent to th e college dining room unless th e sorority maintains and opera tes on its own premises a kitch en and dinin g room in
whi ch food is p repared and served on a regular basis of
3 meals p er day seven days p er week to all sorority residents whil e college is in session .
D. E xceptions to th ese rules b ased upon unusual circumstances may b made b y th e D ean of Vi'omen.
DORMITORIES
At th e present time, Californ ia State College has three
dormitories for men . Johnson Hall, built in 1952, provides comfortable livin g quarters for 123 men. McCloskey Hall was comple ted in 1963 and is a mod ern building design ed to house 208
men students . Clyde dormitory, completed in 1968 is a new
seven story sb·ucture to h ouse 312 m en students.
orth H all, Binns H all, and Longanecker D ormitory loca ted
on the college campus provide safe and comfortable livin g quarters for over 500 women stu dents.
56

In addition to the campus dormi.tori es, th e college sup ervises three off-campus dormitories for about 380 women students.
Green Sh·eet, the Patrice, and the Stanton dormitories are privately-owned and are located within walking distanc of th e
campus. The off-campus dormitories are reserved primarily for
freshmen and sophomore wom en.
DORMITORY ACCOMMODATIO NS
College dormitory rooms are furnish ed with single beds,
desks, desk lamps, chairs, dressers, and closet space. Th college
provides pillows, pillow slips, and shee ts. Sh ee ts and pill ow slips
are laundered weekly.
Hesid ents must provide th eir own blankets , towels, wash
cloths, and soap. Resid ents may furnish th eir rooms with such
optional items as window curtains, b ed spreads, and small throw
ru gs.
PROCEDURE l A. All requ sts for dormitory housin g must be made in th e
office of th e Dean of Men or Dean of ·w omen.
B. Dormitory Housing Applica tion cards mu st be filled out.
Once this has been clone, instru ction s for the advance
payment of fees in order to reser ve dormitory rooms will
be issued.
DORMITORY ASSI G MENT PROCEDUHE
All dormitory assignm ents are made by th e Personnel D eans
according to procedure which is designed to utilize fu ll y the
limited dormitory facilities of the college.
A. Dormitory assignments will be made on th e basis of:
( 1 ) th e student's da te of acceptance by th e college.
( 2 ) th e date of applica tion for dormitory housin g by th e
student.
( 3 ) the payment of the dormitory deposit by a stated
deadline.
( 4 ) eligibility to reside in college dormitories as determined by the college.
B. In compliance with Common wealth law, there will be
no discrimination in dormitory assignm ents on the basis
of race, religion, or national origin.

57

C. The college reserves the right to chan ge, amend, or deviate from its regular assignment procedures as the circumstances warrant.

ADVA CE DORMITORY DEPOSIT
Students who reques t housing in any dormitory must p ay a
$50.00 room deposit in advance. No room reservations will be
made unless this deposit bas been p aid by the deadline. Late
p ayments will only be accepted if vacancies exist. The college
reserves the righ t to refus e a deposit from a student who is not
eli gible to reside in a dormitory.
This deposit will be applied to a student's total housin g fee.
\IVith th e exception of academic or disciplinary dismissals, this
deposit is non-refundable.
DORJ\IIITORY REGULATIOr
Specific regulations pertaining to conduct, use of facilities,
safety procedures, care of property, and enforcement are issued
to all dmmitory resident .
Dormitory councils and student proctors, under the supervision of the Personnel D eans, work to enforce dormitory regulations for the weHare of all residents.
A student may b e expelled from , or refu sed admission to
college dormitories if his conduct in the dormitory, on campus,
or elsewhere, is deemed unsa tisfactory.
No refund or credit of the dormitory and dining hall fees
will be granted to a student who has been expelled from a
dormitory or th e dining hall for unsa tisfactory conduct.
DORMITORY D MAGE
Residents are responsible for the condition and care of their
rooms, equipment, and furnishings . Charges for damage beyond
normal wear and tear will be assessed against occupants jointly,
unless p ersonal negligence or responsibility can be proved.
Charges for damages to a corridor or other public area will be
assessed agains t all residents of the dormitory. All damage
charges must b e paid before tl1e residents receive their h·anscripts or clearance to register for the nex1: trimes ter.
58

VACATING COLLEGE DORMITORIES
Students are not permitted to remain in dormitories when
the college is not in session. Residents will b e notified in advance
of the official date for the closing of all college dormitories.
OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING FOR ME
Information on off-campus housing for men may be obtained in the office of the Dean of Men.
Off-Campus Housing Permits will be issued to those who
are eligible to reside off-campus. Housing Agreements, supplied
by the college, must be signed by the student and the landlord.
The landlord retains one copy, and the student keeps one copy
for the protection of both parties.
Students who reside off-campus are under the jurisdiction
of the college. They will be required to comply with all college
regulations on student conduct and any borough ordinances applicable to them.
College housing policy and regulations are subject to change
at any time. Any exception to college policy must be approved
in writing by the Dean of Men or Dean of \i\Tomen. Students
who refuse to comply with college housing regulations are subject to disciplinary action.
COMMUTER HEADQUARTERS
A Snack Bar and limited lounging and recreation space are
provided in the Vulcan Hall and Herron Hall. Limited space for
study and some lockers are available for women in the commuter's room in orth Hall; for men in Dixon Hall.

DINI G FACILITIES
DI I JG HALL POLICY
GE EB.AL REGULATIO S
A. Dining Hall cards me for personal use only. They are
not to be loaned, or sold, to anyone.
B. If a Dining Hall card has been lost or stolen, the loss
should b e reported immediately to the Dining Hall Manager.
59

POLICY FOR DORMITORY STUDENTS
Residents 0£ all college operated or supervised dormitorie!'
are required to board in the college dining room.
POLICY FOR NON-DOR ifITORY STUDE1 TS
Students living off-campus may reques t assignm ents to th e
college dining room. Such assigmnents are made for on e full trimester and may be termin ated only for exceptionally urgent
reasons. Students in any ca tegory who take their mea ls in th e
dining room are subj ec t to all dining room regulations.
DORMITORY AND DI TI TC HALL FEES
Th e housin g foe ( room and board ) for resid ents of dormitories on campus is 272.00 per b·i.mes ter._ Th is fee is payable in
adva nce to the Comnwnwealth of Pe1msylvania.
Students assigned to pri ately-owned dormitories off-campus
will p ay th eir room rent ( 12 .00 p er b·imes ter ) directly to th e
dormitory manager after they move into the dormitory. Specific
instru ctions are issued to these resid nts in advance to the Com,monwealth of Pennsylvania.
F ees will not be accepted from students unless th ey have
followed college instructions.
WITHDRAWALS FROM A DORMITORY AND/OR
DINI1 GROOM
vVhen a stud ent accepts a donnitory assignment, he enters
into a contract for on e full b·imes ter. , v ithdrawals from a dormitory and/ or dining room during a trimes ter are permitted only
for exceptionally urgent reas ons such as: illness, injury, sereve
financial hardship, or an approved withdrawal from college. ( Requests to commute, live in town or in a fraternity house are not
considered urgent reason . )
Credit for th e unused portion of the housing and dining
room fees will be given only in exceptional cases as listed above,
or in case the withdrawing student can be replaced immediately.
Reques ts for credit or refunds must be presented in writing to
the D ean of Student Affairs. Th ese requests will be submitt d
to the College President and the Board of Trustees for fina l ap proval. Credit will not be given or refunds made if this procedure is ignored.
60

STUDE T F I IA1 CIAL AID
Students who lack sufficient funds to meet minimum college expenses should consult the Director of Financial Aid in
room 208, Dixon H all. Assistance is available in the form of
part-time employment, scholarships, grants, and loans.
ELIGIBILITY
W hile eligibility req uirements vary according to the type of
fin ancial assistance, the following statements generally apply as
basic requirements for all applicants:
l. An applicant must be enrolled, or accepted for enrollment, as a full-time, undergraduate student.
2. Evidence of financial need must be provided by the
student. Incomplete applications will not be reviewed.
3. Applicants must be in good academic standing. In cases
of extreme finan cial hardship, exceptions may be made
by th e Director.
4. Applicants must be citizens of the United States, or declare their intentions to become citizens.
HOW TO APPLY FOR FI

CIAL AID

l. Obtain an application from the Office of Financial Aid.
Complete this application and return it to the Director's
Office: Room 208, Dixon Hall, California State College,
California, Pennsylvania 15419.
2. File a Parent's Confidential Statement with the College
Scholarship Service, Box 176, Princeton, ew Jersey.
( ote: This form may b e obtained by the applicant at
his secondary school or from the Director of Financial
Aid.)
3. Applicants are required to inform the Director of Financial Aid of any financial assistance from sources other
than California State College.

APPLICATIO

DEADLI ES

l. Applications for the Summer and F all Trimesters-due
March l.
2. Applications for the Spring Trimester- due July 1.
3. Late app ·cations will b e considered only to the extent
that funds are available.
61

GENERAL CONDITIO S OF ACCEPTA CE OF
FINANCIAL AID
All recipients of financial aid are required to comply with
the following conditions:
1. Funds must be used only for the payment of expenses

directly related to coll ege attendance.
2. Financial assistance may be terminated for ( a ) an unsa tisfa ctory acad emic record, and ( b ) unsatisfactory
conduct.
3. Financial assistance will be automatically terminated if
the recipient withdraws from college.
No te : Additi ona l conditions may be requ ired depend ing upon the specific
type of fi nancial aid gran ted .

RENEWAL OF FINA CIAL AID
l. A Renewal Parents' Confidential Statement must be filed

annually befo re the dea dlin e established by the college.
(a) This is necessary whether or not the Statement had
been filed previously.
(b ) Students are responsible for keeping th ese annual
statemen ts up to date.
2. Renew als will be made on the basis of fin ancial need,
continued eligibility of th e student, and compliance
with regulations and guidelin es related to the various programs.
TYPES OF FI1 A1 CIAL AID

I. Student Employment :
The college maintains two separate employment programs for stud ents. Work opportuni ties in either program
depend upon th e funds allocated, the student's availability
for employm ent, personal qualifications, and willingness to
work.
Applicants must b e emolled, or accepted for emollment as full-tim e students. Employment of full-time students cannot exceed 15 hours per week.
A. F ederal Work-Study Program :
l. Preference for employment in this program must be
given to students from low-income families.
62

2. Applicants must be in good academic standing as
determin ed by th e college.
3. Eligible students may be employed at the college or
in approved projects off-campus.
4. Students will be p aid at th e rate of $1.25 per hour.
B. Commonwealth Employment Program:
l. Applicants are not required to qualify according to
th e fed eral guidelines on "Financial Aid."
2. Applicants must be in good acade mi c standing as
determined b y the college.
3. Students will be paid at th e rate of $1.15 p er hom.
II. Scholarship Aid:
A. PHEAA Scholarships :
Scholarship awards ranging from $200 to $1200 p er
aca demic year are available to residents of Pennsylvania
who need financia l assis tance to attain an educa tion. All
awards are based upon academic potential and a need
for financial assistance as determin ed by th e Agency.
Fmther information may be obtained from th e Director
of Financial Aid or from the Pennsylvania Higher Educa tion Assistance Agency, 219 Town e House, Harrisbmg, Pennsylvania 17102.
B. Edu cational Opportunity Grants:
F ederal grants ranging from $200 to $800 per academic year are available for exceptionally needy students who require assistance in order to attend college.
As an incentive, an additional stipend of $200 may be
awarded to those recipients whose academic average
places them in the upper-half of their class.
C. When a recipient of a Pennsylvania State Scholarship
is placed on disciplin ary probation b y his institution of
higher learning, either dming a term or at the end of
any one academic term, he will not receive payment on
his Scholarship Award until he is cleared from disciplinary probation . Th e student will forfeit his eligibility
dming this probation p eriod , thus reducing his total eight
semes ter eligibility for scholarship assistance.
Reinstatement of the student's award will be dependent upon the recommendation of the financial aid officer
reporting his clearance from disciplinary probation, and
the review of the case by the Pennsylvania Higher Educa tion Assistance Agency.
The school, in all cases, should notify PHEAA of it

action both at the time disciplinary action is established
and when it is terminated.
III. Student Loans :
A. ational D efen se Student Loans are long-term loans in
which th e student assumes an obligation to repay the
amount borrowed at 3 p er cent interest. Those who
teach may have up to one-half of the loan cancelled at
th e rate of 10 per cent for each year of teaching.
B. PHEAA Guaranty Loans are long-term loans available
to residents of Pennsylvania. The maximum loan for a
full-tim e student is 1000 per academic year not to exceed a total indebtedn ess of $7500.
Repayment of the principal of the loan is not required
until th e student leaves or graduates from college. The
fed eral governm ent will g nerally pay the interest on behalf of th e student while enrolled in college. The federal
governm ent ""ill also generally pay the first three p er
cent of interes t while th e student is making repayment
followin g graduation or withdrawal from college.
Applications may be obtained from a participating
lending institution in or near the student's home community. Ask for th e Intern t Free State Loan application.
C. Student Lo:rn Fund:
Th e Alumni ssociation has a fund to provide shortterm , emergency loans to juniors and seniors in good academic standing.
IV. College Scholar ship Service :
California State College participates in the College Scholarship Service ( CSS ) of th e College Entrance Examination
Board. As a participant the college subscribes to the principle that th e amount of fin ancial aid granted a student should
be based primarily upon £n ancial need. The college financial aid office will rely upon th e assistance of CSS in determining a student's financial need.
Entering students seekmg fin an cial assistance are required
to submit a copy of th e Parents' Con£dential Statement
( PCS ) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating
California State College as one of the recipients , by March
1. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school
or the College Scholarship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton,
New Jersey 08540.

64

Arts And Sciences Division

Arts And Sciences Division
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to those persons
completing the requirements of the Arts and Sciences Curriculum.
ADMISSION
Students are considered for admission to th e Arts and Sciences curriculum on th e basis of:
1. General scholarship, as evidenced by graduation from an

2.
3.
4.
5.

approved secondary school, or equivalent preparation , as
determined by the Credentials Evaluation Division of th e
D epartment of Public Instruction.
Submission of scores of th e Scholastic Aptitude test of the
College Entrance Examina tion Board.
Sa tisfactory character and personality traits plus interes ts
and a ttitudes conductive to successful college work as reported by secondary school officials.
Good health and physical condition as reported by a
physician on the medical examin ation form of th e college.
Inclusion of the followin g secondary school work is recommended:
Academic Math ematics
2 yea rs
English
3 years
Foreign Language
2 years
Science
2 years
Social Studies
2 years
Electives
5 years

ADMISSION vVITH ADVANCED STANDING
6. All previous listed requirements must be met.
7. The student must request of the college( s) previously attended that a transcript of work completed and a statement of honorable dismissal be mailed to the Director of
Admissions.
8. Transferred credit will be accepted on the following
basis:
a. Final grade earned must be "C" or better.
67

b. Transferring college must be accredited by regional crediting association.
I FORMATION 0 1 ADMISSION
Applicants should write to the Director of Admissions for
the necessary admissions and registration papers and should follow procedures directed by that office.
ADVISEMENT
Each student electing the Arts and Sciences Curriculum is
assigned to a personal adviser in the field of sp ecialization which
he chooses. The individual needs of the student in his area of
concentration and field of specialization are considered by the
adviser in the planning of the program of study. The Dean of
Arts and Sciences supervises advisement and provides assistance
to all students. Information may be obtained by writing to the
Dean of Arts and Sciences.
THE CURRICULUM I
GENERAL STUDIES

ARTS AND SCIENCE

Sixty semester hours in general education must be completed by all arts and sciences students as follows:
A. Communica tive Arts
18
English Composition
6
Foreign Language
6
( beyond elementary language)
Public Speaking
3
Logic or Mathematics
3
B. Scientific Method
8
Laboratory Science-A two course sequence
in any one of the following :
General Chemistry I and II
College Physics I and II
General Biology I and II or Botany and
Zoology
Physical and Historical Geology
C. Man's Unclerstancling of Himself
21
Social Science
12
World Culture I and II
6
68

credits
er.
er.
er.
er.
credits

credits
er.
er.

A two-course sequence in Anthropology,
Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology.
General Psychology
World Geography
Four semester hours of physical education
and/or health will be a graduation requirement. These hours may be taken as
electives or not for credit.
D. Appreciation
Literature ( a one-year sequence)
Art
Music
E. Meaning of Life
Philosophy

,-.,,,.........

3 er.
6 er.

credits
er.
er.
er.
3 credits
3 er.

10
6
2
2

AREAS OF CONCENTRATIO
One of the following-the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the
Humanities, Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences, or Bachelor of
Arts in Natural Sciences-will be sought by the student.
For any one of the degrees the student will schedule 50
semester hours in his area of concentration, of which 20 hours
may be in his field of specialization.
THE HUMANITIES

In addition to the General Studies required of all students in Arts
and Sciences, each candidate for a degree in Humanities will take 50 semester hours as follows:
nglish and Literature
12 er.
oreign Language
6 er.
peech Arts
6 er.
3 er.
hilosophy
2 or 3 er.
ne Arts
Total
30 credits

U

ENGLISH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

12 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

English Literature I and II ( Taken in Area of
Concentration)
American Literature I and II (Taken in Area of
Concentration)
Philology and Grammar
Shakespeare
Literary Criticism
Advanced Composition or Creative Writing

69

3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
cr. 0

ELECTIVES

Old and Middle English Literature
Chaucer
D evelopme nt of English Drama
E lizabethan Literature
17th Century Literature
Milton
Res tora ti on Litera ture
18 th Century Literature
Romanti c Move ment
Victorian Literature
Novel to 1870
Contemporary ovel
American Puritans
American Prose 1800 to 1860
American Novel 1860 to Present
Contempora ry American Poetry
Contemporary Poetry
America n Drama
Modern Drama
Honors Co urse in English
Seminar in E nglish

9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
l

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

FHE NC J-I F IELD OF SPECIALIZATION
12 CJ'.
Intermediate F rench I and II ( Taken in General
Educa ti on Program)
French Co nversa tion, Co mposition and Phoneti cs I
and II ( Ta ken in Area of Concen tration )
G er.
Culture and Civiliza tion of France I and II
Survey of French Literature I and II
6 er.
0
T he stud ent may take one of these co urses as an elec ti ve.

R EQUIRED COUHSES

ELE CTIV ES

F rench Literature of th e 16th Century
F rench Literature of th e 17th Ce ntury
Prench Litera ture of th e 18th Century
F"rench Literature of th e 19 th Century
Head in gs in Contemporary F rench Literature
Studies in F rench Litera ture I, II, and III
Field Work in French Studies I
Field Work in French Studies II
Workshop I , II, and II
H ono rs Course in French

8 CJ'.
3 er.
3 er.

.'3
:3
,'3
1, 2, 3
3
3
1, 2, 3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

GERM AN F IELD OF SPECIALIZATION
12 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

Intermediate Germ an I and II ( Taken in
General Education Program )
German Conversation, Composition and Phonetics
I and II ( Taken in Area of Concentration )
German Culture and Civilization I and II
German Literature I and II
70

6 er.
6 er.

8 er.

E L E CTIVES

German Classical Movement
German Romantic Movement
German Literature of the L ate Baroque; 1720-1760
Classicism: Attfklarttn g and Stmm Uncl Orang
Roman ticism : 1790-1830
Realism to a turalism: 1830-1870
1aturalism-I mpressionism-Expressionism : 1870-1920
Con temporary Germ an Litera ture : 1920 to Present
Read ings in German Litera tu re I and II
L iterary, Cultu ral and Political History
of Germany
Studies in German L iterature I, II, and III
l,
F ield W ork in German Studies I a nd II
Workshop I , II, and III
1,
Honors in German
Semi nar in German

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3, 3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

3 c.: r.
2, 3 er.
3, 3 er.
2, 3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

SPANI SH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
12 er.

HEQUlll ED COUl1SES

Interm edi ate Spanish I and II ( Ta ken in
General E du ca ti on Program )
Spanish Conversation and Composition and
Phoneti cs I and lI
Culture and C iviliza tion of Spain
Culture and Civilization of H ispani c-America
Survey of Spanish Litera ture
Survey of Spanish-American Literatu re
E LE CTIVES

Spanish Short Story
Ce rva ntes: Don Quixote
The Spanish D rama
The Genera ti on of 1898
The Colden Age D ra ma
C olden Age Novel
Masterpieces of Hispanic-American L iterature
Headings in the L itera ture of Spain and
Hispanic-America
Literary, Cultu ral, and Political History of
Spain and Hispani c-America
Studies in Spanish Litera tui-e I, II, and III
Field Work In Spanish Studies I and II
Workshop I , II, and III
H onors in Spanish
Seminar in Spanish

3
3
3
3
8
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

3 er.
3 er.
1, 2, 3 er.
3, 3 er.
1, 2, 3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

PHILOSOPHY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
REQ UIRED COURSES

H istory of Anci ent Philosophy
History of Modern Philosophy
Introdu ction to Logic
Seminar in Philosophy

71

12
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

9 er.

ELECTIVES

History of Medieval Philosophy
Ninetee nth-Century Philosophy
Ethics
Philosophy of Religion
American Philo ophy
History of Science
Special Problems in Philosophy
Metaphysics
Symbolic Logic
Contemporary Philosophy
Epistemology
Philosophy of Science
Honors Course
Seminar in Philosoph y

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

PUBLIC ADDRESS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

15 er.

REQUIRED COURSE S

Public Speaking ( Taken in General
Studies Program )
Voice and Diction ( Taken in Area of
Concentration )
Oral Interpretation ( Taken in the Area
of Concentration )
Argumentation and Debate
Discussion
Language and Behavior
Persuasion
Forensic Workshops

3
3
3
3
3
6

ELECTIVES

3
3
3
3

Parliamentary Procedure
Radio Speaking
Advanced Public Speaking
Advanced Discussion

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

SPEECH-PUBLIC ADDRESS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
21 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

Public Speaking ( taken in general studies
program )
Voice and Diction ( taken in area of
concentration )
Oral Interpretation ( taken in area of
concentration)
Technical Play Production
Argumentation and Debate
Play Directing
Discussion
Language and Behavior
Persuasion
Forensic Workshop

72

3 er.
3 er.

3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

SPEECH AND THEATRE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
21 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

Public Speaking ( taken in general studies
program )
Voice and Diction ( taken in area of
concentration )
Oral Interpretation ( taken in area of
concentration )
Technical Play Production
Argumentation and D eba te, or
Discussion
Play Directing
Acting
Thea tre and Its Literature
Radio Speaking
Theati-e Workshop

3 er.

3 er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

3
3
3
3
3

THEATRE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATIO

15 er.

HEQUIBED COURSES

Publi c Speakin g ( taken in general
studies program)
Voice and Diction ( taken in the area of
concentration )
Oral Interpretation ( taken in th e area of
concentra tion )
Technical Play Produ ction
Play Directin g
Acting
Thea tre and Its Literature
Theah·e Workshop
E LECTIVES

Advanced Technical Play Produ ction
Advanced Acting
Radio Speaking
Dramatic Criticism

er.
er.
er.
er.
3 er.
6 er.

3
3
3
3

3 er.

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.

NATURAL SCIENCES FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

In addition to the General Studies required of all students
in Arts and Sciences, each candidate for a degree in Natural Science or Mathematics will take 50 semester hours as follows:
G eneral Biology I and II or Botany and Zoology 8 er.
General Chemistry I and II
8 er.
College Physics I and II
8 er.
Physical Geology
4 er.
Historical Geology
4 er.
Analytical Geometry and Calculus II
3 er.
Analytical Geometry and Calculus III
3 er.
( One laboratory science sequence of 8 hours is
taken in the general studies program and may

73

not be used to satisfy the requirements for the
area of concentration. )
Total
30 er.
FIELD OF SPECIALIZATIO r
20 Cr.
Biology
Chemistry
Geology
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Physics
Outdoor Recreation

ELECTIVES
E ach student must take a mmunum of 18 credit hours
of electives. Iot more than 6 of these may be in the student's area of concentration. The student is required to take
4 credit hours in health and physical education. These credits may be taken for no credit or the credits may be applied to th e required hours in th e electives.

BIOLO GY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
REQU m E D COU R SES

Botany ( taken in th e area of co ncentration )
Zoology ( ta ken in the area of concentration )
An a lyti c Geometry and Calculus I ( Taken in the
General Studies)
Statisti cs or Analytic Geo meh·y and Calculus
III ( taken in the area of concentra tion )

20 er.

ELE CTI VES

Animal Physiology
Conserva ti on of Natural Resou rces
Cytology
Embryology
E ntomology
Genetics
Histology
Microbiology
Ornithology
Plant Anatomy
Plant Ph ysiology
Rad ia tion Biology
Taxonomy
Vertebrate Ana tomy
Seminar in Biology
Inh·oduction to Biological Research

74

3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
1 er.

CHEMISTRY FIELD OF SPECIALIZA TIO1
8 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

General Chemistry I and II ( Taken in
General Education program )
Analytical Chemistry I and II
Analytical Geomeh·y and Calculus II and III
( Taken in Area of Concentration)
ELECTIVES

Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
Organic Preparations
Qualitative Organic
Phys ical Chemish·y I
Ph ysica l Chemistry II
Labora tory Techniques with Instrument
Analysis I
Laboratory Techniques with Insh·ument
An alysis II
Biochemistry I
Biochemistry II
Ad vanced Inorganic I
Ad va nced Inorganic II
Advanced Organic I
Advanced Organic II
Advanced Physical Chemistry I
Advanced Physical Chemistry II
Agricultural Chemistry
Literature of Chemistry
Chemistry Seminar
Individual Work I and II
Special Problems in Chemistry
Honors Courses in Chemistry
GEOLOGY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

8 er.
12 er.
4 er.
4 er.
3 er.
4 er.
4 er.
4 er.
4 er.
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

er.

er.
1 er.
1 er.
2 er.
1 or 2 er.
3 er.

18 er.

REQUUIBD COURSES

Phys ical and Historical Geology ( Taken in
Area of Concentration )
Eco nomic Geology
Geomorphology
Mineralogy
Stratigraphy
Structural Geology

3 er.

3 er.
4 er.

4 er.
4 er.

3 or 4 er.

E LECTIVES

Astronomy
Cartography
F ield Methods in Geology
Field Work in Mathematics
Honors Courses in Geology I, II, and III
Map and Aerial Interpretation
Meteorology
Oceanography
Physical Chemistry I
Physical Chemistry II
Seminar in Geology
Special Problems in Geology

75

3
3
3
3

3, 6, 9
3

3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

3
4 er.
4 er.
3 er.

1, 2, 3 er.

MATHEMATICS FIELD OF SPE CIALIZATI01

18 er.

HEQU IRED COURSES

Analytical Geometry and Calculus I ( Taken
in General Studie )
Analyti cal Geometry and Calculus II and III
( T aken in Area of Concentration )
Analytical Geometry and Calculus IV and V
Geometry I
Abstract Algebra
Advanced Calculus I
Advanced Calculus II

6
3
3
3

3
3

ELECTIVES

3

F ield work in Ma thematics
Theory of Equations
Statistical Analysis
Mathematical Insights
Honors Com se in Ma thema tics
Diffe renti al Eq uati ons
Seminar in fa thematics
0
Reco mmended fo r candid ates for gradu ate work
in mathema ti cs
ME DI CA L TECH! OLOGY F IELD OF SPECIALIZA TIO

3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
cr. 0
cr. 0
er.

1

REQU IRE D COUI~SES

Botany
Zoology
Microbiology ( Bacteriology)
Geneti cs
Comparative Vertebra te Anatomy
Physiology
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
FJE LD OF SPECIA L IZATION REQUJREME NT S

30 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
30-32 er.

Approved School of Medical T echnology credits
plus passing of National Board Examination
6 er.

ELECTIVES

A student must take a minimum of 6 credi t
hours of electives
OUTDOOR RECREATIO N F IELD OF SPE CIALIZATION
REQUIRED COUTISES

Outdoor Living wi th Safety and Survival
Camp Organization
Camp Counseling
Camp Managemen t
Ou tdoor Recreation I ( S)
Ou tdoor Recreation II ( F )
Ou tdoor Recreation III ( W )
ELECTI VES

The Recreation Movement
Outdoor E ducation
Recrea tion Organiza tion

76

19
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

er.

School and Community Recreation
Parks and Playground Management
Camp Arts and Crafts
Recreation for Special Interest Groups
Seminar
Special Studies

3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

PHYSICS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
6 er.

REQUIRED COURSES

College Physics I and II ( Taken in th e
Area of Concentration)
Modern Physics
Individual Work in Physics I and II
Seminar in Physics
Analytical Geometry and Calculus II and III
( Taken in Area of Concenb·ation)

3 er.
2 er.

1 er.
14 er.
4 er.
4 er.
2 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
2 er.
3 er.
4 er.
4 er.
3 er.
3 er.

ELECTIVES

E lectronics
Optics
Wave, Motion and Sound
Astronomy
Asb·ophysics
Physical Measurements I
Physical Measurements II
Advanced E lectricity and Magnetism
Thermodynamics
Advanced Mechanics
P S S C Physics
Honors Course in Physics
SOCIAL SCIE TCES FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

In addition to the General Studies required by all students
in Arts and Sciences, each candidate for a degree in the Social
Sciences will take 50 semester hours as follows :
Economics
History
Political Science
Anthropology
Geography
Psychology
Sociology
( One social science sequence of 6 hours is to b e
taken in the general education program and may
not be used to satisfy the requirements for th e
area of concentration.)
/

6
6
6
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

20 er.

FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION

Economics
Geography
77

History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology

18 er.

E LECl'IVES

E ach student must take a mm1mum of 18 credit hours
of electives. Not more than 6 of these may be in the student's area of concentration. The student is required to take
4 credit hours in health and physical education. These credits may be taken for electives or for no credi t.
ECO NOMICS FIELD OF SPECIALIZAT ION

12 er.

HEQ UmED COURSES

Principles and Problems of Eco nomics I and
II ( Taken in Area of Concentra tion )
History of Econom ic Thought
Money and Banking
Intermedi a te Mi cro Theo ry
l'ublic F inance ·
ELECTIVES

Principles of Accounting I
P rinciples of Accou ntin g II
Indusb·ial Relations
Inte rmediate Macro Theo ry
Co mpara ti ve Economic Systems
Developmen t of the American Eco nomy
Monetary and Fiscal Policy
Quantitati ve Meth ods
CEO GHAPI-IY F I ELD

or

3
3
3
3
9
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

SPECIALIZATIO N
11 er.

HEQU JHE D COUHSES

Economic Geograph y ( Taken in Area of
Concentrati on)
Physical Geography
Cartography
Se minar in Geography
Special Problems in Geography
ELECTIVES

The student w ill elect one co urse from
each group listed below :
Regional Courses:
Geography of Penn sylva nia
Geography of th e United Sta tes and
Pennsylva nia
Geograph y of th e United States and Canad a
Geograph y of Latin Ameri ca
Geograph y of Europe
Geography of Asia
Geography of th F ar East

78

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
9 or IO er.

3 er.

3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

Geography of Africa
Geography of the Soviet Union
Geography of the Pacific Basin
Summer Field Trip
Special Problems in Geography
Cultu.ral Courses:
Political Geography
Conservation of Natural Resources
Historical Geography
Trade and Transportation
Commercial and Industrial Geography
Urban Geography
Special Problems in Geography
Physical Courses:
Physical Geology
Historical Geology
Meteorology
Cli matology
Geomorphology
Oceanography
Field Methods in Geography
Special Problems in Geography

3
3
3
3
1, 2, 3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

3
3
3
3
3
3
1, 2, 3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

4
4
3
3
3
3
3
1, 2, 3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

HISTORY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
6 er.

HEQUlRED CO RSES

Hi story of the United States and
Pennsylvania I and II ( Taken in the Area
of Concenb·ation)
History of Europe to 1815
History of Europe Since 1815
ELECTI VES

H istory of Pennsylvania
Contemporary H istory of the United States
History of Contemporary Europe
History of the Ancient World
History of Medieval Europe
Renaissance and Reformation
Social History of the Uni ted States
History of England
History of Latin America
History of the Far East
History of the Middle East
History of Russia
20th Century World History
History of American Labor
Diplomatic History of the United States
American Consti tu tional H istory
POLITICAL SCIENCE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
REQUIHED COUHSES

lnb·oduction to Political Science ( Taken in
Area of Concenh·ation)
American Government (Taken in Area of
Concentration )

79

3 er.
3 er.
15 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 •cr.
3 er.

21 er.

ELECTIVES

State a nd Local Governmen t
Internationa l Relations
Intern ati onal Organiza ti ons
Poli ti cal Parties
Development of Political Thought
Comparative Government
Introductory Public Adminisb·ation
Consti tuti onal Law
Interes t Groups and Public Opinion
Politics of Developing Areas

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

PSYCHOLOGY F IELD OF SPECI ALIZATIO1

13 er.

HEQ U IHE D COUHSES

Social Psychology ( T aken in Area of
Concentrati on )
Psychological Testing ( Taken in Area of
Concentration )
Statistics ( Mathema tics 304 ) ( Taken in Area
of Concentration )
Developmental Psychology I
Developmenta l Psycho logy II
History and Sys tems of Psychology
Experim ental Psychology
E LECTIVES

Psychology of Ad justmen t or J'.1lenta l Hygi ene
Psychology of PersonalHy
Abno rm al Psychology or Psychology of
Exceptional Child
Psychology of Learning
Clinical Psychology
Educational Psychology
Ph ys iological Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Honors Courses in Psychology
Special Studies in Psychology
Seminar in Psychology
Practi cum in Psychology

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
4 er.
7 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3, 3, 3
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.
er.

SOCIOLOGY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
9 er.

HEQUIRED COUl~SES

Contemporary Social Problems
The Family
Research Methods
E L E CTI VES

( General Sociology Major )
Social Stra tifica tion
Social Institutions
Community and Ecology
Seminar in Sociology
( Pre-Social Wo rk Major)
Crime

3
3
3
11

er.
er.
er.
er.

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
3 er.

80

Introduction to Social W ork
W elfare Practicum
Ch ild W elfa re
Delinquency

3
2
3
3

er.
er.
er.
er.

SPECIAL PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF
BACHELOR OF ARTS
MED1CAL TECH1 OLOGY

The degree of Bachelor of Arts in the Arts and Sciences Division will b e conferred only after th e student has completed 98
credits on the campus-the approved program is included in the
curriculum in the natural sciences. Also to be completed before
the degree is conferred is th e year of study at a School of Medical Technology which has been approved by th e California State
College and with which th e college has established affiliation.
The National Board Examination must be p assed before granting
of the degree.
California State College is affiliated with th e followin g
Schools of Medical Technology :
Montefiore Hospital
Mercy Hospital
West Penn Hospital ( Benedum )
All of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
·w ashington Hospital in ·w ashington, Pennsylvania
Altoona Hospital in Altoona, Pennsylvania
Conemaugh Valley Memorial Hospital in Johnstown,
Pennsylvania
Th e members of the teaching staffs of the approved and affiliated Schools of Medical Technology are considered to b e adjunct members of th e California State College Faculty.

81

Teacher Education Division

Teacher Education Division
California offers men and women preparing for th e profes sion of teachin g for curri cula leading to th e D egree of Bachelor
of Science in Education: Secondary Education , Elementary Education, Industrial Arts Education and Special E ducation.
ADMISSION TO TEACHER E D UCATION
Following admission to th e Advanced Standing Program, an
undergradua te must apply for form al acceptance in the Teacher
Education program. This requires the followin g :
l. The candida te files a formal application with the D ea n,
Division of Teacher Educa tion and a bri ef statement covering reasons fo r choosin g educa tion for his profession.
2. If th e applicant has a cumulative quality point average
of less than 2.3 in his major fi eld or area of sp ecializa ti on,
a brief statement coverin g the student's academic advisor
is required .
3. Every student, prior to fo rmal admission to Teacher Ed uca tion, must have a satisfactory interview with a member
of the Committee on Admission to T eacher Education.
4. A review of the candida te's Profession al Labora tory Experience program is a regular part of th e program in admission to Teacher Education .

PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
To supplement the classroom preparation of the teachers, a
program of experiences in teacher-related activities is provided
and becomes a part of the college record of each stu dent. \Vith
the coopera tion of the faculty members who teach profess ional
education courses, each student maintains a record of all camp us or off-campus activities in church or community, business
or industry, or recreation or camp work. Each record is then examined from time to time as a basis for the evaluation of stu dent
growth. Labora tory exp erience records are filed with the Assistant D ean of Teacher Education and are used in the program of
Admission to Teacher Education.
85

Many organiza tion s provide co-curricular opportunities in
the general area of a thletics , dramatics, forensics, journalism,
student governm ent, music and recreation. A complete list of
such organizations is available in the student handbook an d a
student is guided to his area of special interes t throughout the
orientation program. Student activities are considered an adjunct
to th e academic program and not a substitute for it. Participation in activities with children or youth ( STARS, VISTA, neighborhood recreation , YMCA , YWCA, CYO, YMHA , e tc. ) is sp eci£ cally encouraged .
Transfer stud ents will be ex'Pected to report voluntarily to
th e ch airman of th e Professional Laboratory Exp eriences Committee and complete th e necessary forms.
THE PROFESSIONAL TRI 1ESTER
Th e Professional Trimes ter is a program designed b y the
staff of the D epartment of Elementary Education. It is a block
of method courses in elementary education which are:
Teaching of Reading
Teaching of Language Arts
Arithmetic Content and Method
Teaching Content Subjects
Teaching Music
Teaching H ealth and Physical Education
Participation, oss Laboratory School

3 er.
2 er.
3 er.
3 er .
3 er.
2 er.

The Professional Trimester is sch eduled imm edia tely prior
to the student teaching program and is arranged through conference with the H ead of the D epartment of Elementary Education .
Goals of this program are:

l. To group methods courses into more meaningful units.
2. To h elp identify the prospective teacher as an elementar y
educator.
3. To provide opportunities for the department faculty to
teach cooperatively.
OSS LABORATORY SCHOOL
The Noss Laboratory School is located in the middle of th e
campus and has an enrollment of approxima tely two hundred
children from kindergarten through grade six. It is here that
86

college students have th e opportunity to observe master teachers
creating a fine learning environment for children and student
teaching.
The Childrens' Book Collection is housed in th e Noss Library, and the program provided by the librarian for the children is outstanding. The students of the coll ege also are privileged to make use of this collection.
Th e objectives for the educational program are ,in agreement with th e National Education Association's Project Repo1t,
School for the 60's which states ... "that essential objectives of
education must be premised on the recognition that educa tion
is a process of changing behavior and that a changing society
requires the capacity for self-teaching and self-adaptation." A
very serious attempt is made to enable children to learn to approach new problems , to learn how to acquire competence in
basic skills , and to develop the ability to express themselves
through creative activity.
Every child is important and is given the opportunity to
.find a self-dignity through his contributions to the school program, regardless of his ability.
More emphasis is b eing placed upon the importance of independent study, and the more capable students in the intermediate grades will spend a portion of their time in small group
or indep endent pursuits.
STUDE T TEACHING
Student Teaching is conducted under th e superv1S1on of
the Director of Student Teaching, whose office is loca ted in
South Hall 308. Students who are candidates for degrees are
required to earn twelve trimester hours of credit in Student
Teaching. For regular students this assignment covers the entire
trimester of sixteen weeks. The work is carried on in the campus
Laboratory School and in selected public schools located in the
service area of the college.
Students must make application for Student T eaching by
filling out a form obtainable through the office of the Director of
Student Teaching. Registration for Student Teaching ,vill be
held during the March group guidance meeting.
Before a student may be assigned to this vital part of the
87

Teacher-Education Curriculum, he must ( a ) hold a certi.6cate
of advanced standing, ( b ) be admitted to Teacher Education ,
( c ) have an over-all quality point average of 2.0, ( d ) be approved as having sa tisfactorily completed th e required prep aratory work.
Students will not be assigned to Student Teaching until
they have completed at leas t one h·imester's work in th e college.
Graduates of other colleges must meet the residence requirement
before being assigned to Student Teaching.
STUDE1 T TEACHING FOR EXPERIE ICED TEACHERS
Teachers who hold any teaching certi.6cate below the level
of the Provisional College Certi.6cate and who have had three
or more years of teaching experience, may be permitted to complete th e Student Teaching requirement by special arrangement
in consultation with the Dean of Academic Affairs. Th e D ean
of Academic Affairs may allow th e student to ful.6ll the Student
Teaching requirement for the Bachelor of Science Degree in
Education by making a substitute requirement in keeping with
the needs of th e individual student.
CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
PROVISIONAL COLLEGE CERTIFICATION
Students who receive th e Bachelor of Science Degree in
Education after completin g a teacher preparation curriculum at
this college will be granted a Provisional College Certi.6cate,
which is issued by the Department of Public Instruction . Th e
certi.6 cate, for which application must be made, must b e issued
before graduates may teach in public schools of Pennsylvania.
This certi.6 cate, not to be confused with th e diplom a issued
at graduation, is valid for three years of teaching. It indicates
the subject or subjects and the .6eld in which the holder is p ermitted to teach, and may become permanent when the holder
meets the requirements established by the State Board of Education.
The Dean of Academic Affairs or th e Dean of Teacher Ecucation will confer with persons who wish to have a Provisional
College Certi.6cate extended to include Industrial Arts, Speech
Correction, the Teaching of Mentally Retarded classes or any of
th e academic areas.
88

PERMA E T COLLEGE CERTIFICATE
A Provisional College Certificate may b e made p ermanent
after thrne years of successful teaching expe1ience, rated at
"middle" or better, in the appropriate £eld in th e public schools
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and the satisfactory completion of at leas t twelve h·imes ter hours of additional preparation of collegiate grade, completed subsequent to the conferring
of the baccalaureate degree. Twenty-four hours are required for
students graduatin g after Oct. 1, 1963.
THE GENERAL CURRICULM PATTERN OF
THE TEACHER EDUCATIO PROGRAM
General Education courses
required in all curricula
Humanti es co urses
E ngli sh Composi tion I and II
P ub lic Speaki ng
L itera ture I and II
( World Literature, American
Literature or E nglish Literature)
lnh·odu cti on to Phil osophy
Introd uction to Ar t
Introducti on to Mus ic
Social Sciences co urses
Wo rld C ,dture I and II
H is tory of U.S . & Pa. Survey
Ameri ca n Governm ent
Sciences
Mathematics
Man and His Biological Wo rld
Man and His Physical World
General P hysics
World Geography I
General Psychology
D evelopmental Psychology I

ELEM .

I.A .

SEC.

SPEC.

CURR.

CURR.

CURR.

CURR.

22

20

22

6
3

6

6

22
6

3

3

3

6

6

6

6

3

3

3

3

2

2

2

2

2

12

12

12

12

6

6

6

3

3

3

6
3
3

2
2

3

3

3

27
3

25
3

27
3

5

5

5°

30
3
5

5
4
3
3
3

Developmental Psychology II
Psychology of the Exceptional Child
H ealth
Phys ical Ed uca tion
TOTAL

3
3

3
3

3
3
3

ELEM.

I .A.

SEC.

SPEC.

CURR.

CURR .

CURR.

CURR.

3

3

2
2
57

2
3
61

3

2
3

61

2
3
64

0
Stude nt specializing in the Secondary Curriculum will take laboratory science co urses in lieu of Man and His Biological ·worl d and Man
and His Physical Wo rld .

89

PROFESSION AL EDUCATION

ELEM,

I.A,

SEC.

SPEC .

CURR.

CURR.

CURR.

CURR.

3
2
3
3

3
2
3

3
2
3

Foundations of Education
Audi o-Visual Educa tion
E du ca tional Psychology
Prob of Secondary E duca tion
P rinciples & Practices of I.A .
Methods & T echniques of Speech
Correction
Teaching of the Academic Field
Secondary Reading & the Academic
Discipline
Cu rriculu m Making in I. A.
Student Teaching
Professional Practi cum and
School Law
TOTAL

3
2
3
3

3
3
20
12
2

2
12
2

12
2

12
2

22

27

30

25

SPECIALIZATIONS

E lemen tary Curriculum
Industrial Arts Cuniculum
Second ary Curriculum
Special Educa ti on Curriculum

15-16
46
24-45
45

0

The co urse, Secondary Readin g and Academic Discipline, is no
longer requi red by the State Deparb11ent of Public Instru ction for certification to teach; however, it remains as a local requirement. The Department H ead may make substi tutions.
Minimum credit hours for grad uation
128

THE ELEMENTARY EDUCATI01 CURRICULUM
61
22

GE NERAL EDUCATION
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

Fo und a tions of Education
Aud io-Visual Education
E ducational Psychology
Stud ent Teaching (Elementary )
Professiona l Practi cum and
School Law

3
2
3
12
2

26

ELEMENTARY SPECIALIZATIO1

Content
Geography of th e U.S. & Pa.
Art of Elementary Educati on
Labo ratory Science fo r Teachers
Children's Litera ture I
Professional T rimes ter
T eaching of Reading
Ari thm etic Con tent and Method
Teachin g of Language Ar ts

11

3
3
3
2
15

3
3
2

90

2
:3

Teaching of Content Subjects
Teaching of Music
Health and Physical Education
for th e E lementary Grades

2

15

ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATIONS

Art
Comprehensive Language Arts
English
Geography
Industrial Arts
Mathematics
Modern Foreign Languages
French
German
Spanish
Music
Outdoor Education
Physical Educa tion
Science
Social Studies
Speech and Theatre

6

ELECrIVE

Total min imum cred its req uired fo r graduation

130

SUCCESTED PROCRAM FOR THE ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
FlHST TR IMESTE R-17

cred its

English Composi tion I
Public Speaking
Man and His Biological World
Introduction to Art
Fundamentals of Math
P hys ical Education I

3
3
5
2
3

1

SECOND TRIMESTEn-17

cred its

English Composition II
Man and His Physical World
Foundations of Education
Introducti on to Music
Physical Educa ti on II
F irst co urse in area of specialization

3
5
3
2

1
3

Tl-URD TillMESTEn- 1 7

Credi ts

Worl d Culture I
Literature I
World Geography
Ge neral Psychology
Health
Second co urse in area of speciali zation
FOURTH TRTI\1ESTER-17

World Cu lture II
Litera ture II

3
3
3
3
2
3

cred its
3

3

91

3

Geography of U.S . & Pa .
Educational Psychology
Fundamenta ls of Music
Thfrd course in area of specializa tion

3
2

3

credits

FIFTH TRU.IBSTER- 17

2
3
3

Art of E lementary Ed uca ti on
Lab Science fo r E lementary Grades
Developmenta l Psychology I
Physical Ed uca tion III
Fourth course in area of specializa tion
Aud io-Visual Ed uca ti on
Children's L iterature

1
3
2
2

SLXT H TRll\!lESTER-16

cred its

Teachin g of Reading
Teachin g of Language Arts
Arithmeti c Con tent & Metl1od
Teachin g Con tent Subjects
Teaching Music in E lementary Grades
H ealtl1 & Physical Education fo r E lem. Gr.

3
2
3

3
3
2

SEVENTH TRIM:ESTER-14

cred its

12

Student Teaching
Professional Practicum and School Law

2

EIGHTH TI~IMESTER-15

credits

History of U.S. & Pa. Smvey
American Government
lnh·od ucti on to Philosophy
Fifth course in area of specialization
Sixtll course in area of speciali zation

3
3
3
3
3

ART FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours req uired for the specializa tion
H.equired Courses:
Art of E lemen tary Education
Crafts for E lementary Grades
Art Education \Vorkshop
Drawing and Painting I
Creative Art Activities I
Crea tive Ai-t Activities II

30
3
3
3
3 or 4
3

E lective Co urses:
Research in Art Education
Ar t of Asia
Art of Latin America
Con temporary Art in America

2
2
2

15

2

0

Art of Elementary Ed ucation is taken as a part of the professional
ed uca tion req uirement in tlle E lementary Education Curriculum.

92

COMPREHENSIVE LAI GUAGE ARTS SPECIALIZATION
15

H ours required for field of specialization
Req uired Cou rses :
Teachin g of Reading
D iagnosti c and Remed ial Headin g
Children's L iterature II
Crea tive Dramati cs
Voi ce and Di ction
Seminar in Reading and Langua ge Arts or
Semin ar in Writin g Skills

15

3•
3
3
3
3

3

0

Teachin g of Headin g is taken in th e professional edu cation co urses
fo r E lementa ry Ed ucation students.

E GLISH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours req uired for th e fi eld of specia li za tion

15

E lec ti ve Co urses:
Fiftee n credits beyo nd th e genera l edu ca tion and profess ional edu cation
requirements fo r the stud ent in th e Elementary Ed uca tion Curriculum
may be selec ted from th e courses listed under E nglish in th e college ca talogue and app roved by th e student's acade mi c advisor. Two cou rses must
be on the junior-senior level and ta ken after th e student has become a
jun ior.

GEOGRAPHY SPECIALIZATION
15

H ours required for tl1 e speciaHza tion
Required Cou rses :
Geography of th e U.S. & Pa.
( Taken in th e General Studies
Program)
E co nomic Geography
Map Appreciation & Interpretation
Ph ys ical Geography

3

3
3
3

E lective Courses :
(i
The stud ent will select one elective co urse from Croup I and one co urse
fr om Cro up II fo r a total of six credits.
Croup I Regiona l Cou rses
3
Geography of Africa
Geograph y of Asia
3
3
Geography of E urope
3
Geography of La tin Ameri ca
3
Geograph y of the Pacifi c Basin
3
Geograp hy of Pennsylva ni a
3
Geograph y of Pennsylvani a
Geograph y of the U .S.S.R.
3

93

Croup II Cultural Aspects of Geography
Commercial and Industrial Geography
Conservation of Natural Resource
Histori cal Geograph y
Summer F ield Trips
Political Geograph y

3
3
3
3
3

INDUSTRIAL ARTS SPECIALIZATIO
16

Hours requi red for fi eld of speciali zation

8

Required Courses :
Blueprint Reading or Introduction
to Mechanical D rawing
Industri al Arts D esign
Introducti on to Industrial Arts
Labora tory or Fundamentals of
Woodworking
E lective Courses:
Crafts
Cerea mi cs
Leathercraft
P las ti cs
Fundamentals of Me talworking
Graphic Arts for E lementary Tchrs.
Photogra phy

2
2
4
8

2-4
2-4
2-4
2-4
4
4
4

MATHEMATICS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
15

H ours required for fi eld of specialization
Required Courses:
College Algebra
College Trigonometry
Analytic Geometry and Calculus I
Ceometr·y I
Diagnos ti c and Remedjal Mathematics
Math Insights

15
3
3
3
3
3

30

0
Math Insights will be taken in lieu of F und amen tals of Math e ma ti cs
and will be taken in the general edu cation curri culum.
If the student's College Board Mathemati cs score indica te outsta ndin g
ability ( 600 or better ) th e student may elect to start wi th Analytic Geometry and Calculus I and complete six credits in mathemati cs elec tives beyond those courses listed above.

FRE CH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hou rs required for field of specializati on

15
15

Required Courses:
E lementary French I

3

94

Elementary French II
Inte rmediate French I
Intermediate French II
French Conversation, Composition,
and Phonetics I

3
3
3
3

GERMAN FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
15

Hours required for fi eld of specializa tion
Required Courses:
Elementary German I
E lementary German II
Intermediate German I
Intermedi ate German II
German Conversation, Composition,
and Phoneti cs I

15
3
3
3
3
3

SPANISH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for fi eld of specialization

15
15

Required Courses:
Elementary Spanish I
Elementary Spanish II
Intermedi ate Spanish I
Intermediate Spanish II
Spanish Conversation, Composition,
and Phoneti cs I

3
3
3
3
3

MUSIC FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
16

Hours required for field of specializa tion

16

Required Courses :
Theory I
Theory II
Keyboard E xperiences
Sight Singing
Children's Song Literature
Rhythmic Experiences
Teachin g of Music
0

3
3
2
3
3
2

30

Teaching of Music will be taken in the Elementary Specialization .

OUTDOOR EDUCATION SPECIALIZATION
15

Hours required for fi eld of specialization

15

Required Courses:
atural History I

3

95

Natural History II
Outdoor Recrea tion
Camp Counseling
Outdoor Li ving

3
2
3
4

PHYSICAL EDUCATIO

SPECIALIZATION

Hours required for field of specialization

16

Requi red Courses :
lG
Principles of Ph ysical Educa ti on
in the E lementary School
3
Move ment Ana lysis
2
Carnes and Cymnastics, Grades K-3
3
Ga mes and Cymnastics, Grades 4-6
Rhythmics and Dance, Grades K-6
3
2
Adapted and Related Programs
Programm ing Physical Ed ucation in
3
th e E lementa ry School
0
Principles of Physical Ed uca ti on in th e E le menta ry School will be
taken in lieu of Health and Ph ys ical Education for Elementary Grades and
be co un ted in th e Professional Educa ti on Curricu lum .

SCIE CE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
16

Hours required for fi eld of speciali za ti on

16
Required Courses:
3
Meteorology
4
Physical Geology
3
Descriptive Ash·onom y
3
Conservation of Natural Reso urces
3
Field Science fo r Teachers
3•
Laboratory Science for T eachers
0
Laboratory Science for Teachers is taken in th e Professional Education requirements.

SOCIAL STUDIES FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours req uired for fi eld of speciali za tion

15

Requ ired Courses:
15
Histo ry of the U .S. and Pa. I
3°
3°
American Gove rn ment
History of the U.S. and Pa. II
3
6
Principles of Economics I and II
Principles of Sociology
3
Introduction to Political Science
3
0
History of th e United States and Pennsylvan ia I wi ll be taken in li eu
of Sur,,ey of History of th e United States and Pennsylva nia and w ill be
counted in General Ed uca tion. Ameri can Government will be taken in the
General E du ca ti on Program.

96

SPEECH AND THEATRE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for field of specializa tion
Required Courses:
Publi c Speaking
Vo ice and Di ction
Ora l Interpretati on
Discussion
Children's Theatre
Language and Behavior OR
Crea ti ve Dramatics
0
Puhli c Speaking is taken as a part
gram.

15
3°
.3
3
3
3
3
of the General Education Pro-

SUGGESTED PROGRAM OF COURSES FOR THE SECONDARY CURRICULUM

credits

FJflST T RI MESTEH-17

E nglish Composition
Man and His Biological World
H ealth
Public Speaking
Physical Educa ti on
E lective

3 er.

5 er.
2 er.

3 er.
1 er.
3 er.

SECOND THIUESTEn-17

credits

E nglish Composition
fan and Hi s Physical World
Fou nd ations of Educa ti on
General Psychology
E lective

3 er.

5 er.
3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
credits

THIHD T11 1MESTEn-l 7

\\/oriel Cul ture I
'Norld L iterature I
lnb·o. to Philosoph y
Intro . to Art
E lective

3 er.
3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
6 er.
FOURTH THil'vrESTEn-16

cred its

\\/oriel C ulture II
Wo rld Literature II
Phys ical Education II
Educational Psychology
E lective

3
3
1
3

er.
er.
er.
er.
6 er.

FIFTH T Hll'vrESTEn-18

credits

Survey of H istory of U.S . and Pa.
Fundamentals of Math
World Geography
E lective

3
3
3
9

SIXTH TRIMESTER-17

er.
er.
er.
er.

credits
,2 er.

Intro. to Music
Problems of Secondary Educa tion

3 er.

97

3
1
2
6

D evelopmen tal Psychology II
Physical Ed ucation III
Audio Visual Education
Elective
SEVENTH TRIMESTER-17

er.
er.
er.
er.

credits

3 er.
3 er.
2 er.
9 er.

American Government
Teaching of Content Subjec t
T eaching of Reading Secondary
Elective
EIGHTH TRIMESTER-14

credits
12 er.
2 er.

Student Teaching
Professional Practicum

INDUSTRIAL ARTS CURRICULUM

57

GENERAL EDUCATION

20

HUMANITIES

English Composition I and II
Literature I and II
( American English or World Lit.)
Public Speaking
Introduction to Philosophy
Introduction to Music

6
6
3
3
2

12

SOCIAL SCIENCE

World Culture I and II
History of the U.S. and Pa .
American Government

6
3
3

25

NATURAL SCIENCES

Mathematics
Man and His Biological World
General Physics
World Geography
General Psychology
Developmental Psychology II
Health
Ph ys ical Education I and II

3

5
4
3
3

3
2

2

27

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

Student Teaching
Professional Practicum and School
Law
Educational Psychology
Foundations of Education
Audio-Visual Education
Principles and Practices of I.A .
Curriculum Making in I.A .

98

12
2
3
3
2
3
2

SUGGEST E D P ROGRAM OF STUDIES FOR INDUSTRIAL ARTS

( For administrative reasons th e sequence of courses is subject to change.)
F IRST T RIMEST E R- 1 6

credits

F undamentals of W oodworking
Introdu ction to Mechanical D rawing
Composition I
College Al gebra
Foundations of Education
Physical Edu cation I
SECOND T HI MESTE n - 1 7

4
2
3
3
3

1

cred its

Fundamentals of Graphic Arts
Graphi c Arts Design
Composition II
Pu blic Speaking
General Physics & Lab
Physical Education II

4
2
3
3
4

1

T HIRD T RIMEST E R-17

credits

Fundamen tals of Metalworking
Surface D evelopment & Design
General Psychology
E lectricity-E lectronics I
Audio-Visual Education
Literature I

4
2
3
3
2
3

FOURTH T HIMEST ER-17

credits

Advanced Woodworking
Industrial Arts Design
E lectricity-E lectronics II
W orld Geography I
Educational Psychology
Introduction to Music

4
2
3
3
3
2

Fli'TH TRIMESTE R- 17

credits

Fundamentals of Machine
Machine D rawing
Principles & Practices of I A
World Culture I
Developmental Psychology II
H ealth

4
2
3
3
3

·2

SIXT H T RIMEST E R-1 7

Cr e di ts

Curriculum Making in I A
World Cultu re II
Literatu re II
Introdu ction to Philosophy
Elective Laboratory
Elective Drawing

2
3
3
3

4
2

SEVENTH TRIMESTEH- 1 4

Stu dent Teaching
Professional Practicum & School Law

99

credits

12
2

E IGHTH TIUMESTEH-15

credits

Man & His Biological World
American Government
History of U.S. & Pa. Survey
E lecti ve Laboratory

5
3
3
4

THE SECOND ARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GENERAL E DUCATION

61

PROFESSIONAL E DUCATION

30

Founda ti ons of Ed uca tion
3
Audio-Visual Educa tion
2
Ed uca tional Psychology
3
Problems of Second ary Education
3
Teachin g of Academi c Field
3
Second ary Read ing and Academi c
20
Discipline
12
Stud ent Teachin g (Second ary)
Professional Practi cum and
School Law
2
0
The cou rse, Secondary Read ing and Academic Disci pline, is no longe r
required by th e State Department of Public Instructi on for certification to
teach ; however, it remains as a local requi rement. The Department H ead
may make substitutions.
ACADEMIC SPECIALIZATIONS

Biology
Chemish·y
Ea rth Science
E nglish
Geograpl1 y
Geograpl1 y and Earth Science
History
Math ematics
Modern Foreign Language
French
Germ an
Spanish
Physics
Social Studies
Speech and Thea tre
Total minimum credits req uired for grad uation

128

BIOLOGICAL SCIE CE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
23

Hours req uired for th e fi eld of speciali za tion
Required Co urses :
Botany

8

100

3•
2·

Zoology
Rad iation Biology and H ealth
Organi c Chemistry I and II
E lective Courses :
Vertebra te Anatom y
Genera l Ph ys iology
Mi crobiology
Gene tics
E ntomology
Ecology
Embryo logy
Histology
Taxo nom y
Plant Anatom y
Plant Physiology
Cytology
Semin ar in Biology
Introduction to Biological
Research I, II

8

15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2

1, 1

0

Stud ents with an adequate preparation in Hi gh School Chemistry,
Physics and Biology will take Botany and Zoology as th eir introdu ctory
co urses fo r th e major in Biology in Secondary Education. If th e student
lacks th e hi gh school background , th e student must take General Biology I
and II in the general studi es prog ram prior to taking Botany and Zoology.
Rad iation Biology and H ea lth will be taken in th e genera l edu ca tion program instead of th e Health co urse.
Vertebrate Anatomy should be taken prior to elec ting Physiology, and
P hys iology shou ld not be take n un less preced ed by Organi c C hemistry.

CHEMISTRY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
45

Hours req uired fo r th e fi eld of specialization

33

Req uired Cou rses:
Radiation Biology and H ealth
Genera l Biology I and II
Genera l C hemistry I and II
College Physics I and II
Ana lytica l Geometry and
Calculu s I
Ana lytical Geomeh·y and
Calcu lus II and III
Ind ividua l Work I and II
Seminar
Ana lyti cal Chemistry I and II

2•

s·
s·
s•
3•
6

2
1
8

12

E lective Courses:
Organi c Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
Organi c P reparations
Quali tati ve Organic
Phys ical Chemistry I

4
4
3
4

4
101

Physical Chemistry II
Laboratory Techniques with
Instrument Analysis I
Laboratory Techniques with
Insh·ument Analysis II
Biochemisb·y I
Biochemish·y II
Advanced Inorga ni c I
Advanced Inorganic II
Advanced Organic I
Advanced Organic II
Advanced Physical Chemistry I
Advanced Ph ysical Chemistry II
Agricultural Chemistry
Chemistry for High School Teachers
Literature of Chemistry
Honors Co urse in Chemisb-y

4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
3

"8 credits of laboratory science, Radiation Biology and Health, and
Analytical Geometry and Calculus I are taken as general edu cation courses.

EARTH SCIENCE FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for the field of specialization

26

23
Required Courses:
3
D esc1·iptive Astronomy
Historical Geology
4
Meteorology
3
Oceanography
3
Physical Geology
4
Geomorphology
3
3
Seminar in Earth Science
E lective Courses:
3
Cartography
3
Climatology
3
3
Conservation of atural Resources
Economic Geology
3
Field Methods
3
Honors Courses
3, 6, 9
Physical Geography
3
Rocks and Minerals
4
Special Problems in Earth
Science I, II, III
1, 2, 3
Stratigraphy
4
Structural Geology
4
The general education courses, Man and His Biological World, Man
and His Physical World, and World Geography should be taken in the
freshman year as a part of the Earth Science Program and as pre-requisite
to all other Earth Science Courses with the exception of Astronomy whi ch
could also be taken in the freshman year.
By careful selection of elective, The Earth Science Major may have a
"field of specialization" in Geography also.
102

ENGLISH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for the field of specialization
Required Courses:
American Literature I and II
English Litera ture I and II
The Teaching of English
English Philology and Grammar
Advanced Composition or
Creative Writing
Literary Criticism
Shakespeare
E lective Courses:
Old and Middle English
Literature
Chaucer
D evelopment of English Drama
Elizabethan Literature
Early American Litera ture
17th Century Literature
Milton
Res toration Litera ture and 18th
Century Literature
American Prose from 1800 to 1860
American Novel from 1860 to
Present
American Drama
Contemporary American Poetry
Romantic Movement
Victorian Literature
Novel to 1870
Contemporary Novel
Short Story
Contemporary Poetry
Modern Drama

30
18

6"
60
30
3

.3
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
3·
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

0
6 credits of Literature I and II may be taken in the general studies
program and Teaching of English is taken in the professional education
program.
In addition the English D epartment recommends courses in speech
and foreign languages as desirable additions to the competency of teachers
of English .
Readings will be wri tten on the certificate valid for English, when an
applicant has completed a minimum of six semester hours of developmental
and remedial reading.

GEOGRAPHY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for the field of specialization

24 or 25

15

Required Courses:
Cartography or Map Appreciation
and Interpretation

3

103

Economic Geography
3
Geography of th e United States
and Pennsylvania
3
Physical Geograph y
3
Seminar in Geography
3
E lective Cou rses:
9 or 10
Croup I - Regional Courses ( 3 credits to be selected from this group)
Geograph y of Africa
3
Geography of Asia
3
3
Geog, aphy of E urope
3
Geography of th e Far East
3
Geograph y of Latin Ameri ca
3
Geography of th e Pacific Basin
3
Geography of Pennsylvania
3
Geography of tl1 e Soviet Union
Geography of th e Un ited Sta tes
and Canada
3
Cro up II - Cultural Cou rses ( 3 credits to be selected from this group )
Commercial and Industri al Geography
3
Conservation of Natural Resources
3
Historical Geograph y
3
Honors Course ( s)
3, 6, 9
Special Problems in
Geography I, II, III
1, 2, 3
Summer Tour ( s)
1, 2, 3
Trade and Transpor tation
3
Urba n Geography
3
World Geography II
3
Croup III - Physical Courses ( 3 creel its to be selected from this gro up )
Climatology
3
Economic Geology
3
F ield Meth ods in Geography
3
Geology (Histori cal )
4
Geology (Physical )
4
Map and Aeri al Photography
Interpretation
3
Meteorology
3
Oceanography
3
3
Geomorpholo gy
Geography majors are strongly urged to take co urses in Social, Biological and Physical Sciences as th e chairmen and staffs of th e departments
consider desirable. A foreign language is desirable for all geography majors.

GEOGRAPHY Al'JD EARTH SCIENCE
FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
38

Hours requ ired for th e fi eld of specialization

32

Required Courses:
Geography Co urses :
Ca rtography or Map Appreciation
and Interpretation

3

104

Economic Geograp hy
Geography of the United States
and Pennsylva nia
Seminar in Geography
Earth Sci ence Courses :
Astronom y
Conservation of Natu ral Resources
Historical Geology
Meteo rology
Oceanography
Physical Geo logy
Electi ve Courses:
Geography of Europe
Geography of Asia
Geography of the Soviet Union
Geography of Pennsylvania
Geography of Latin America
Commercial and Industrial Geography
Geography of the Far East
Geography of the Pacifi c Basin
Geog raphy of th e U nited States
and Canada
Historical Geography
Political Geography
Trade and Transportation
Urban Geograph y
Geograph y of Africa
1, 2,
Summer Tours

3
3

3
3
3
4
3
3
4

3
3
3
3

3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3

HISTORY FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
30

Hours req uired for th e fi eld of specialization
Req uired Comses:
Cro up I
History of Emope to 1815
History of Europe since 1815
Elective Cou rses:
Hi story of th e Ancient World
History of Medieval Europe
Renaissan ce and Refo rmation
Contemporary Europe
History of England
Croup II
Electives:
History of th e U nited States
and Pennsylvania
Contemporar y United Sta tes History
Diplomati c History of th e United States
Ameri can Constitutional History
History of Pennsylvania
Social History of th e United States
105

6

3
3
13
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3
3

Group III
E lectives:
History of Latin America
History of the Far East
History of the Middle East
Twentieth Century World History
History of Russia
History of Africa
Group IV
Electives:

6
3
3
3
3
3
3

12

The student may elect any ( 12 ) credit hours not used in Groups I ,
II, and III.

MATHEMATICS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATO
Hours required for the fi eld of specialization
Required Courses:
Analytical Geometry and Calculus I
Analytica l Geometry and Calculus II
Analytical Geometry and Calculus III
Analytical Geometry and Calculus IV
Geomeh·y I
Abstract Algebra
Statistical Analysis
E lective Courses:
Analytical Geometry and Calculus V
Differential Equations
Theory of Equations
Field Work in Mathematics
Mathematics of Finance
Advanced Calculus I
Advanced Calculus II
Linear Algebra

30

24
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

30

6

3

3
3
3

°Courses marked with an ° are required for entrance into most graduate schools.
Students entering the mathematics program with inadequate mathematical backgrounds for Analytical Geometry and Calculus I will be required
to take College Algebra and ColJege Trigonometry before entering Analytical Geometry and Calculus I. These courses will count toward graduation but not towards the 30 credits of mathematics for a major.
Free E lec tives: It is strongly recommended that mathematics majors
take at leas t eight hours of Physics I which may be taken in place of Man
and His Physical World.

MODERN LANGUAGES-FRENCH-SPECIALIZATION
24

Hours required for the field of specialization
6

Required Courses:
Intermediate French I and II

6

106

French Conversation, Composition
6
and Phonetics I and II
Culture and Civilization of
6
France I and II
Survey of French Literature I and II
6
E lective Comses:
3
French Literature of the 16th Century
French Literature of the 17th Century
3
3
French Literature of the 18th Century
French Literature of the 19th Century
3
Readings in Contemporary French
Literature
3
Studi es in French Literature I,
1,2,3
II, and III
3
Field Work in F rench Studies I
3
Field Work in French Studies II
1, 2, 3
Workshop I , II, and III
Honors Course in F rench
3

GERMAN-SPECIALIZATION
Hours required for the field of specialization
Required Courses:
Intermediate German I and II
6
Conve rsation, Composition, and
Phonetics I and II
6
German Cu lture and Civilization I and II 6
6
Survey of Germ an Literature I and II
Elective Courses:
3
Germ an Classical Movement
German Romanti c Movement
3
German Literature of the Late
3
Braque; 1720-1760
Classicism: Aufklarun g and
Strum U nd Drang
3
Romanticism: 1790-1830
3
Realism to Natu ralism: 1830-1870
3
Naturalism-I mpressionismExpressionism: 1870-1920
3
Contemporary German Literattu-e:
1920 to Present
3
Readings in German Literature I and II
3
Litera ry Cultural, and Political
History of Germany
3
Studies in German Literature I ,
II, and III
1,2,3
Field Work in German Stt1dies I and II
3
1, 2, 3
Workshop I , II and III
Honors in German
3
Seminar in German
3
107

24

SPAN ISH SPECIALIZATIO
24

Hours req uired fo r th e field of specializa tion
Required Courses:
Intermedi ate Spanish I and II
6
Conversa tion, Composition, and
Phoneti cs I and II
6
Culture and Civiliza tion of Spajn
3
Culture and Civili za ti on of
Hispa ni c-Ameri ca
3
Survey of Spanish Litera ture
3
Su rvey of Spanish-Ameri ca n L itera ture
3
E lecti ve Co urses:
Spanish Short Story
3
Cerva ntes : Don Quixo te
3
The Spanish Drama
3
T he Generati on of 1898
3
T he Colden Age Drama
3
Colden Age No vel
3
Mas te rpieces of HispanicAmeri ca n Literatu re
3
Headin gs in th e Literature of
Spain and Hispanic-Ameri ca
3
Litera ry, Cultu ral, and Politi cal History of
Spain and Hispanic-A meri ca
3
Stud ies in Spanish Litera ture I,
1,2,3
II, and III
F ield work in Spanish Studies I and II
3,3
Wo rkshop I, II, and III
1,2,3
H onors in Spanjsh
3
Seminar in Spanish
3

24

PHYSICS FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
40

Hours req uired fo r the field of specializa tion
Requ ired Co urses:
General Biology I and II
General Chemistr y I and II
College Physics I and II
Rad iati on Biology and H ealth
Analyti cal Geo metry and Calculus I
Modern Physics
Analyti cal Geo metry and
Calculus II, III, and I V
Indi vid ual Work I and II
Seminar in Ph ys ics
E lecti ve Courses:
E lectronics
Op ti cs
Wa ve, Mo tion, and So und
108

31

9
2

1
9
4
4
2

Astronomy
As tra-Ph ysics
Physical Measurements I
Physical Measurements II
Ad van ced E lectricity and Magnetism
Therm od yna mics
Ad vanced Mechanics
P S S C Ph ysics
Honors Course in Physics

3
3
2
2
3#
4#
4#
3
3

0
8 credits of laboratory science, Radiation Biology and H ealth, and
An alytical Geometry and Calculus I a re taken as general education courses.
#The stud ent should elect one of the courses marked with the
# as a part of 9 hours elective credits.

SOCIAL STUDIES FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
36

Hours required fo r the field of specialization
H.equired Co urses:
Croup I
History of E urope to 1815
History of E urope since 1815
E lective Co urses:
Hi story of the Ancient World
History of Medieval E urope
Renaissance and Reform ation
Contemporary E uropean History
History of England
History of Latin America
History of the Far Eas t
History of the Middle East
History of Ru ssia
Twentie th Century W orld History

6

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Cro up II
Required Courses:
History of United States and
Pennsylvania I ( Taken in the General
Education Program in lieu of Survey
of United Sta tes and Pennsylvania)
History of United States and
Pennsylvania II

3

E lective Courses:
Contemporary United States
Diploma ti c History of the United States
America n Constitutional History
History of Pennsylvania
Social History of the United States

3
3
3
3
3

Group III
Required Courses:
Introdu ction to Political Science

3

3

3

3

109

Elective Courses:
State and Local Government
Comparative Government
In ternational Relations
Constituti onal Law
Interes t Groups and PubUc Opi nion
Politics of Developing Areas
Political Thought

3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3

Group I V
Required Courses:
Principles of Sociology
E lective Courses:
Con tempora ry Social Problems
The Family
Anthropology

3
3
3
3
3
3

Group V
Req uired Cou rses:
Principles of Economics I
Principles of Economics II
E lective Courses:
Money and Banking
Industrial Relations
PubUc Finance
History of Economic Thought

6

3
3

3
3
3
3

Group VI
E lecti ve Courses:
The stud ent may elect any 6 cred it hours not used in Groups I, II,
III, IV, and V.

GENERAL SPEECH FIELD OF SPECIALIZATION
Hours required fo r the fi eld of specializati on
Required Courses:
Public Speaking
Voice and Diction
Oral Interpretation
Technical Play Production
Argum entation and Debate
Discussion
Play Directing
Language Behavior
Radio Speaking
Acting
Thea tre and Its Literature
Persuasion
Teaching of Speech and Theatre

36
36

3°
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3°

0
Public Speaki ng will be taken as a part of the general studies program and Teaching of Speech and Theatre will be taken in the professional edu ca tion program.

llO

THE SPECIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM
GENE RAL E DUCATION

64

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION

22-25

Foundations of Education
3
Audio-Visual Education
2
Educational Psychology
3
Me thods and T echniques of Speech
3°
Correction
12
Student T eaching
Speech and H earing or
12
6
E lementary and
6
Mentally Retarded
Professional Practicum and School
2
Law
"Methods and Techniques of Speech Correction will be taken only
by those students specializing in the Speech and H earin g field of specialization.
SPECIALIZATIONS

Teach ing the Mentall y Retarded
Speech and H earing
Total minimum credits required for graduation

131

TEACHING THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Ho urs required for the field of specialization
15
Required Courses for E lementary Teaching
3
Teaching of Reading
3
Arithmetic Content and Method
Teaching the Language Arts
3
3
Geography of the U.S. & Pa.
Teaching the Content Subjects
3
E lective Courses for E lementary Teaching
5 or 6
Teaching of Music
3
Art for E lementary Education
3
Health & Physical Education for
E lementary Grades
2
Required Courses for Teaching Retarded Children 21
Curriculu m Planning, Material and
3
Equipment for Retarded Children
Mental H ygiene
3
3
Arts and Crafts
Special Class Me thods (Elem.) or
3
Special Class Methods (Sec.)
Diagnostic & Remedial Reading or
3
Diagnostic Testing & Remedial Tchg.
Guidance with Emphasis on Interview3
ing and Parent Education
Psychology of Mental Retardation
3
:1
E lectives
Trainable Mentally Retarded

111

44-45

SUGGESTED PROGRAM OF STUDIES
FOR TEACHING OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED
FIRST TRThIBSTER-17

cred its
3
5
3

English Composition I
Man and His Biological World
Public Speaking
World Culture I
Introduction to Art
Physical Education I

3
2

1

SECOND TRL"\1:ESTER-17

credits
3

English Composition II
Man and His Physical World
General Psychology
World Culture II
Introduction to Music
Physical Education II

5
3
3
2

1

HIDID TIUMESTER-17

credHs
3
3
3
3

L iterature I
World Geography
Educational Psychology
Introd uction to Philosophy
Educational Fou ndations
H ealth

3
2

FOUHTH TRl .M ESTER-17

credits

Litera ture II
F undamentals of Math
Geography of U.S. ancl Pa.
Developmental Psychology I
Psychology of the Exceptional Chi ld
Aud io-Visual Educa ti on

3
3
3

3
3
2

FIFTH TRTh1:ESTER-17

or

18

credits
3
3
3
3

Psychology of Mental Reta rdation
Arts and Crafts
History of U.S. & Pa. Survey
Mental Hygiene
Student will select two of the fo llowing:
Teach ing of Music
Art of Elementary Grades
Health and Physical Education for
the E lementary Grades
SIXTH TRIMESTER-16

Special Class Meth ods
Teaching of Reading
Teaching Content Subject
Teaching Language Arts
Arithmetic Content & Method
Physical Education III

3
3
2

credi ts
3
3
3
3
3

1
112

SEVENTH TRIMESTER-14

credits

Student Teaching in Special Education
Student Teaching in E lem. or Sec.
Profess ional Practicum & School Law

6
6

2

E I GHTH TRIMESTER-15

credits

Diagnos ti c Tes ting & Remed ial T chg.
Diagnos ti c and Remedial Teachin g
American Government
Guidance with Emphasis on Parent
Interviewing
Curri culum Planning in Materi al
and Equipment for Mentall y Retard ed

3
3
3

3

3

SPEECH AND HEARING AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
GENE RAL EDUCATION

63

28

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Foundations of Education
Audio-Visual Education
Educational Psychology
Psychology of the Exceptional Child
Student Teaching
Professional Practicum and
School Law
Teachin g of Reading

3
2
3
3

12
2
3

SPECIALIZATION COURSES

Hours required for the field of specialization
Mental H ygiene
Phoneti cs
Hearing Problems
Language and Speech Development
Anatomy and Physiology of Ear
and Vocal Mechanism
Survey of Speech Pathology
Practice in Measurement of Hearing
Auditory Training and Speech Reading
Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Introduction to Clinical Procedures
Administration of Public School
Programs
Clinical Methods and Techniques
Advanced Clinical Practicum
Minimum credits required for graduation
113

38

3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
129

SUGGESTED PROGRAM OF STUDIES FOR SPEECH AND HEAIUNG
FIRST TRIMESTER- 17

credits

English Composition
Phonetics
Man and His Biological World
World Geography
Introduction to Art
Physical Education I

3
3

5
3
2

1
credits

SEC,'ND TRlMESTER-17

3
5

English Composition II
Man and His Physical World
H ea ring Problems
Fundamentals of Math
Inh·oduction to Music
Physical Education II

3
3
2

1

T ~U.R D TR lllIESTER- 17

credits
3
3
3
3
3

Introduction to Philosoph y
General Psychology
World Culture I
Language and Speech Development
Anatomy and Physiology of Ear
and Vocal Mechanism
H ealth

2

credits

FO URTH TRlMESTER- 1 7

Literatui-e I
vVorlcl Culh1re II
D evelopmental Readin g
Physical Education Ill
Survey of Speech Palliology
Practice in Measurement of Hearing
Psychology of Speech and Hea rin g

3
3
2

1
3

-2
3

FI FTH TRIMESTER-17

credits

Literature II
Educational Psychology
Mental Hygiene
Auditory Training & Speech Reading
Introduction to Clinical Procedures
Audio-Visual Education
SIXTH TRIMESTER-15

3
3
3
3
3
2

credits

D evelopmental Psychology
Clinical Methods and Techniques
Advanced Clinical Practice
T eaching of Reading
Foundations of Education

3
3
3
3
3

SEVE:-.'TH TRIMESTER-14

Student Teaching
Professional Practicum & School Law

114

credits

12
2

EIGHTH TRIM:ESTER-15

credits
3
3
3
3
3

Public Speaking
Administration of Public School Program
Psychology of Exceptional Child
American Governmen t
Survey of History of U.S. & Pa.

SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR
TEACHER CERTIFICATIO
HIGHWAY SAFETY A D DRIVER EDUCATI01
Effective since September 1951, a student who holds or will hold a
va lid certificate to teach will be issued an additional tempora ry standard
certifica te to teach Highway Safety Ed ucation if the student has compl eted
twelve semester hours in co urses in Driver Education and Trai nin g. The
temporary standard certifica te so issued will become perma nent after two
years of successful experience in th e field and the completi on of three
semester hours in General Safety Education .
The American Automobile Association has approved th e Highway
Safety Education courses offered at California State College.

DE NTAL HYGIENISTS PROGRAM
53

GENERAL EDUCATION

12

English
English Composition I and II
Litera ture I and II
( Ameri can Literature or
English Literature or
W orld Literature)
Fine Arts
Introduction to Art
Introduction to Music
Geograph y
World Geography
Geography of th e United
States and Pennsylvani a
Social Stud ies
World Culture I
World Cu lture II
American Government
Econom ics
History of the United States
and Pennsylvania
Sociology
Speech
Public Speaking

6
6

4
2
2
6
3
3

18
3
3
3
3
3
3

3
3

115

11

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Foundations of Education
General Psychology
Educational Psychology
Audio-Visual Education
ELECTIVES

3
3
3
2

10
Total

64

DE NT AL HYGIE E
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
upon th e dental hygienists meeting the 64 hours of general and professional
education courses listed above and who holds a valid license to practice
dental h ygiene in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania issued by the State
Dental Council and Examining Board and the Department of Instruction .
The requirement for dental h ygiene is the satisfactory completion of an
approved dental h ygiene school, approved by the State D en tal Council and
Examining Board .

SCHOOL NURSING PROGRAM
27

GENERAL EDUCATION
English Composition
World Literature
World Culture
History of the U.S. and Pa.
American Government
General Psychology
Mental Hygiene or
Psychology of Adjushnent
Electives in General Education

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
Educational Psychology
Developmental Psychology I or
Developmental Psychology II
Foundations of Education
Principles of Guidance

12

3
3
3
3

15

PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
Elective Courses:
Public School Organization
Public School Nursing
Public Health Nursing I
Public Health Nursing II
Nuh·ition and Community Health
Family Case Work
Prevention and Control of
Communicable Diseases

15

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

ELECTIVE COURSES
Minimum credit hours required for graduation
116

6

60

Departmental Course Offerings

Departmental Course Offerings
ART DEPARTMENT
Mr. Douple, Department Head; Mr. Boak, Mr. Gab riel, Mr. Krill
Miss Onuscheck, Mrs. Wo od
~

rt 201 I NTRODUCTION To ART, 2 er.
A course dealing with art as a vital part of contemporary living; ar t of
other ages will be given some consideration as a basis for interpreting the
present. Students will be encouraged to expetim ent with materia ls in order
to understand the creati ve process. Throu gh a variety of experiences an
a ttempt will be made to help tudents develop an awareness of and a
sensitiveness to all forms of art.
Three class hours each week.
Art 205 CREATIVE ART Acnvnrns I , 3 or 4 er.
A course which aims to develop creative expetience with various art materials, techniques, and processes, and to d evelop experi ence with wood ,
sculp ture, pottery, mosaics, and metals. Opportunity for specializa tion.
Prereq uisite: E lem Ed 325
Four class hours each week.
Art 206 CREATIVE Aiu ACTIVITIES II, 3 or 4 er.
This ad vanced course aims to develop crea tive expe rience with vari ous art
mate1i als, techniques, and processes, and to develop experience with wood,
sculpture, pottery, mosaics, and metals. Opportunity for specializa tion.
Prerequisite : E lem Eel 325
Four class hours each week.
Art 305 ART EDUCATION WORKSHOP, 3 er.
A special problems course designed to meet the individual interests of students including exhibit techniques, program planning, observations and
visitations, evaluation of elementary art programs and elementary art
supervision.
Four class hours each week.
Art 311 CRAFTS FoR ELEMENTARY GRADES, 3 er.
Experimenta tion with a vari ety of materials to discover pos ible use and
aesthetic quality. Special emphasis will be given to playgro und, camp or
recrea tional needs.
Four class hou rs each week.
Art 320 DRAWING A:Nn PAINTING I, 3 er.
An introduction to the fundamentals of painting and drawing. Instruction
in pictorial representation in oil and watercolor techniques.
Four class hours each week.

119

Art 321 DRAWING AND PAINTING II, 3 er.
This course emphasizes breath of experiences, proficiency with oil, wa tercolor and acrulic paints with opportunities to specialize in a desired media .
F our class hours each week.
Art 340 THE ART OF AsIA, 2 er.
A specialized com se in the fine arts, painting, sculpture, architecture, and
the minor arts of the countries of Asia.
Three class hours each week.
Art 350 THE ART OF L ATI N AMERICA, 2 er.
A specialized course in the fin e arts, painting, sculpture, architecture, and
the minor a rts of ancient civiliza tion of Latin Amcii ca. A study of the
Inca, Maya, and Aztec cultures.
Three class hours each week.
Art 455 CONTEMPORARY ART IN AMERICA, 2 er.
A stud y of th e development of contemporary painting, architecture, and
sculphire in th e United States, with emph asis on 20th Century developments.
Three class hours each week.
Art 420 RESEARCH I N ART EDUCATION, 2 er.
Statistical techniques used in elementary art education. An analysis of
art test. Research in creative behavior; research into the problems of handicapped and exceptional children as it relates to art education.
Two class hours each week.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
Dr. Bausor, Departm ent H ead; Dr. Anderson, Mr. Bailey, Dr. Balling, Dr.
Black, Mr. Buell, Mr. Catalano, Dr. Chan g, Mr. Gabor, Mr. Krueger,
Dr. Lister, Mr. Little, Mr. Sepsi, Mr. Serinko, Mr. Zadorozny.

GENERAL EDUCATION
Sci 101 MAN AND Hrs BIOLOGICAL W o RLo, 5 er.
The nature of living matter; general principles d educed from complexi ties
of form and function, genetics and evolution and the implications in volved
in understanding life from a broad base; comparative survey of plants and
animals and their interrelationships in nature.
Five classes weekly.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE
Biol 101 GENERAL BIOLOGY I, 4 er.
A survey course of the non-vascular and vascular plants with emphasis on
gross anatomy and physiology. Classification, reaction, environment are
studied through a biochemical, phylogenetic and ecological approach .
Three classes and one two hour laboratory weekly.
120

Biol 102 GENERAL BroLOGY II, 4 er.
A continu ation of Biology 101, but with a survey of the anjmal kingdom
fro m th e first invertebra tes up to and includ ing man. Similariti es and d iffe rences of orga n struc tures and fun ctions studi ed in bo th co urses.
Three classes and one hvo hour laboratory wee kly.
Biol 111 BOTANY, 3 er.
The inte rrela tionships among plants, including a detailed evolutionary
survey from algae to flo wering plants, from which are ded uced the nature
of sexuali ty, energy utili zations incl udin g the photosynthetic sta tes of protoplasm, origin of co mplex fo rms and str uctures such as th e root, leaf,
fl ower, seed , etc.
T wo classes and one three hour laboratory weekly.
Biol 121 ZooLOG Y, 3 er.
A co mprehensive ph ylogenetic sm vey of the animal kin gdom. Sufficient
selected members are introduced to ill ustrate each phylum and evolutionary chan ges in complexity.
Two classes and one three hour labora tory weekly.
Biol 201 VERTEER ATE ANATOMY, 3 er.
A stu dy of the sb·ucture of organ sys tems, p rimaril y concentratin g on the
ca t as a ma mm alia n type. Other chord ates a re used as ancilla ry material.
Two classes and one th ree hour labo ratory weekly.
Prereq uisite: Biol 11 1 and Biol 121.
Biol :221 ANJMAL PH YSIOLOGY, 3 er.
The f unctions of the animal bod y. Basic ph ysiological phenomena are
studied with considerable emphasis upon practi cal applica tion to the stu d ent's own life and well being.
T wo classes and one three hour labora tory wee kly.
P rereciu isite : Biol 201 and Chemistry 10 1, 102.
Biol 24J PL.'\ NT T AXONOMY, 3 er.
A stud y of the relationships am ong th e fl owe ring plants, and the fe rn s;
th eir class ifica ti on and method s of identification.
Two classes a nd one three hour lal:iora tory weekly with occasional
field trips.
Prereq uisites : Botany and Zoology and prereq u_isites to any of the
electi ves in Biology except und er special arrangement.
Biol 301 M1CROBIOLOGY, 3 er.
A stu d y of th e bacteria and related organisms; their cultu re, morphology,
identification, rela ti onship to th e disease p mcess, and methods of public
health and industry.
T wo classes and one three hour laboratory weekly.
Pre requisites : Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e e)ecti ves in Biology except und er special arrange ment.
Biol 321 GENETICS, 3 er.
A stu dy of th e principles of inheritance and their cy tological found ation.
Ana lys is of classical Mendelian crosses, mutations and other variations,
cross-over, chromosome mapping, gene pools a nd gene d istrib utions in
na tural populati ons.
Two classes and one th ree hour labora tory weekly.
P rereq uisites: Botany and Zoology are p rerequisites to any of th e
elec ti ves in Biology except under special arrangement.
121

lliul 341 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY, 3 er.
l'hys io-chemical foundations of plant functions; water and salt absorption
and translocation, photosynthesis, anabolic synthesis, respiration, correlations and growth factors, photoperiodism, and growth.
Two classes and one three hour laboratory weekly .
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of the
electi ves in Biology excep t under special arrangemen t.
Biol 342 PLA NT ANATOMY, 3 er.
A detai led study of stru ctural differentiations, especiall y in the higher
plants; the stru chire of meristems and developmen tal changes in th eir
clerivitives.
Two classes and one thrne hour labora tory weekly.
Prereq uisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e
electives in Biology excep t under special arrangement.
Biol 361 ORNITHOLOGY, 3 er.
A specialized study of the Class Aves; identification, migration, physics of
fli ght, anatomical and physiological characteri sti cs, parental ca re, feed ing
habits, vectors of disease, and evolution.
Two classes and one three hour labora tory weekly with occasional
fie ld h·ips.
Prereq uisites : Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e
elec ti ves in Biology excep t under special arrangement.
Biol 362 ENTOMOLOGY, 3 er.
A specialized study of the insects; identification and classification ; d evelopmental phases; physiological characteristics; economic importance;
d isease vectors.
Two classes and one three hour laboratory weekly with occasional
field trips.
Prerequisites: Botan y and Zoology are p rerequisites to any of th e
electives in Biology excep t under special arrangement.
Biol 410 EMBRYOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of oogenesis and sperma togenesis and resultant developments following fertilization; factors involved in morphogentic determination ; organo logy; sequences of changes in development; speC'.ial emphasis on the
chi ck and pig with comparative examples of d evelopment in other animals.
Two classes and one three hour laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e
electives in Biology except under special arrangement.
Biol 4 15 ANIMAL HISTOLOGY, 3 er.
The stud y of cellular differentiations in tissue; tissue identification and
special fun ctions, especially in the mammals.
Two classes and one three hour laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of the
electives in Biology except und er special arrangement.
Biol 416 CYTOLOGY, 3 er.
A detailed sh1dy of organelles of plants and animal cells; special biochemical techniqu es and some electron microscopy fo r ultra-fine structures.
Two classes and one three hour labora tory weekly. Prerequisites:
Botany and Zoology are pre requisites to any of the electives in Biology
except under special arrangement.

122

Biol 420 EcoLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the natural biota; its relationship to climatic and geological
conditions, and to its component plant and anim al members; stability and
changes in associations and fac tors involved.
Two classes and one three hour laboratory weekly with occasional
field trips.
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e
electi ves in Biology excep t und er special arrangement.
Biol 430 RA DIATION BIOLOGY, 2 er.
Biophysical processes involved in the absorp tion of radiation by living
systems; the physio-chemical p rod uction of radia tions and the na tu re of
fundam ental particles . Provides necessary background for special ce rtifi cati on in Adu lt E duca tion.
Two classes weekl y.
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are p rerequisites to any of the
electi ves in Biology except under special an angement.
Biol 481 I NTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH I , l er.
Given a problem in biology ( or one of his own choice) the student will
survey th e literature, and organize a program that might lead to its solution, and und ertake a few ex perim ents as time permits.
Prerequisites: Botany and Zoology are prerequisites to any of th e
electives in Biology except und er special arra ngement.
Biol 482 blTRODUCTJON TO RESEA RCH II, 1 er.
A continuation of Biol. 481, permitted onl y in special cases of me1i t.
Biol 495 SEMINAR JN B10LOGY, 2 er.
Hound tab le di scussions of selected topics in biology; reports from ori ginal
literature both current and class ical.
Two hours weekly.
Prereq uisites : Botan y and Zoology are prerequisites to any of the
electi ves in Biology except und er special arran gement.

EDUCATIO AL FOUNDATIONS DEPARTMENT
Dn. PROUD, Department Head; Dr. Daniels, Dr. Hoyes, Mr. Huffington,
Mr. Jones, Mr. Lebois, Mr. Natali, Mr. Orlandi, Mr. Richards.
Ed 1

RE1vmDIAL READING, no credit.

Ed 100 FHESHMA ORIENTATION, no credit
Opportuni ty to help in problems of personal adjustment and for di scussion
of the nature, objectives, traditions and regul ations of the college are
provided . Basic materi als fo r student's personal fil es are prepared in ori entati on classes . Required for all en tering fres hman.
Two hours each week for firs t six weeks.

123

/

'v

Eel 101
FoUNDATIO, s OF EDUCATION, 3 er.
Studying the social, philosophi cal, and histoiical foundations of education ;
this is an orientation and guidance co urse acquainting prospective teachers
with the opportunities and req uirements of th e progression ; th e relationship
of the school to society; the organization and administration of the
Ameri ca n School Sys tem. Ex tensive directed observation of various schools
and lea rnin g situations will be required. Acceptable as credit for Introduc-~
tion to Teaching.
Three class hours each week.

102 D EVE L OP J\,IENTAL R.EADrnG , 2 e r.
The purpose of this co urse is to develop reading and study skills at the
college level. Special objec tives are the development and reinforcement of
abilities to select judiciously, to read c1iticall y, to interpret cogentl y, to
app reciate full y, and to adapt fl e:-..ibility of read ing rate and method to
various kinds of ma terials and to different purposes in reading.
T wo class hours each week.

Ed

301 A u mo-V1s u AL EDUCATION, 2 er.
The need for senso ry techniques and materials in the lea rning process with
a ttention to the psychological p rinciples involved are given major considera tion in this bas ic course. Activities include the produ ction of inexpensive
audio-visual aid s, the limited use of selected aids, and an und erstanding of
th e bes t so urces of teaching materials. May not be taken by freshmen or
sophomores.
Three class hours each week.
Eel

302 A u mo-VISUAL W ORKSHOP, 2 e r.
An opporhmity for more intensive study in the Aud io, Visual and AudioVisual field with gre ater possibilities for the application of techniqu es involving senso ry aids. Direct laboratory expeiiences involving machine co mpe tency and problem-solving sihiations are a major consideration. Motion
picture film library experience is required. Special skills and abilities correla tin g this fi eld provide areas fo r individual sh1cl y.
Prerequisite : Audio-Visual Education or consent of th e instru ctor.
Th ree class hours each week.

Eel

Ed 350 T EACHING READING I N CONTENT SUBJECTS, 2 e r.
The techniques of teaching read ing in the content areas. The prospective
teacher will gai n knowledge concerning general reading practices and
specific readin g skills necessary in his area of speciali za tion.
Two class hours each week.
Ed 455 STUDENT T E ACHING WORKSHOP, 6 er.
For teachers with three or more year's experience who are candidates for
degrees and who have not completed the req uired number .of tr·imes ter
hours in sh1dent teaching. After consulta tion with the Dean of Teacher
Educa ti on and th e Direc tor of Student Teaching, the sh1dent will be assigned to a course suitable to his needs without duplicating courses alread y
accredited. A stud ent who has changed curriculums may not use the
course to sa tisfy the student teaching requirements; he must earn at leas t
six semes ter hours in accredited sh1clent teaching at th e appropriate level.
124

I
/

C

Ed 470 CL1N1CAL OnsERVATlON AND .l:'nA CTJCE I N EDUCATIO NA L
T1-IEHAP Y, 6 er.
The Cali fornia State College, throu gh an offi cial affili a tion with the Veterans Administration, pre pares men and wo men as Manu al Arts Therapists,
Industrial Therapi sts, and Edu ca tion al T h erapists for employ ment under
C ivil Service Regulations in Veterans Admini sb·a tion H os pita ls throu ghout
th e United States.
Stud ents enro lled .in th e Industrial Arts Cu rriculum will qua lify for
positions in Ma nu al Arts and / or InduslTial Therapy by indica tin g such an
interes t prior to stud ent teachin g. Men and women in college curriculums
oth er th an ind ustrial arts, may q ualify as educational th erap ists. This p rep aration can be ob tained w ithout sacrifi cin g ce rtificati on in teachin g.
In order to mee t th e requ ire ments for employment in th e Ve terans
Adm inistration as Manu al Arts Therapists, Inclusb-i al T herapi sts, or Ed ucationa l Therapists, stud ents mu st co mp lete 240 clock hours of clini ca l
laborato ry ex peri ence in the Leech Fa rm Veterans Acl minisb·a tion Hospital.
Thi s co mplete prog ram may b e taken in any one of th e six-wee ks student
teachin g ass ignments, or six-wee ks summ er program.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATI01 DEPARTMENT
Dr. Mille r, Departme11 t Heacl; Miss Anderson, Miss Baliker, Mrs. Barry,
1[iss D alaidi , Dr. D eCarlo, Mrs. Ferm, lV!r. H erron , Dr. J lubrig, Dr.
Kaiser, Mr. Kenn edy, Mr. Kulikowski, Dr. Nelso n, Dr. Pankey, Mr.
Synder, Mrs. W eave r.
0
lnd ica tes Professio nal Trimes ter Courses .
• E lem Eel 303 TEA CHING OF READ1Nc, 3 er.
T he severa l as pects of problems i n th e teachin g of read in g in a ll ele mentary g rad es . Prese ntati on in th eo ry and prac ti ce, from ca reful exa mination
of resea rch and from observation, oppo rtunity fo r th e stud ent to acqu aint
himself with a variety of mod e rn readin g materia ls and with appro ved
techniqu es in th eir use.
P rerequis ite: Ed uca tional Psychology.
T hree class hou rs each wee k.
• Elem Ed 305 Amn-LMETIC CONTENT AND METHOD, 3 er.
T he va ri ous processes and ope rations in the arith metic of th e elementary
school a re ca refull y analyzed to de terllline whi ch should be taught at eac h
g rade or development level and how th ey may be taug ht most effectively.
Opportunities for obse rva tio n a nd pa rticipa ti on in ac tu al teachin g situations are provided. Sb·ess is placed on understa ndin g of concepts of Jlloclern
trend s in lllathelllatics such as se ts, inequa lities, nulllbe r line, num eral systems, modu lar a rithlll eti c, field pos tul ates, a nd res ults of resea rch in a rith lllctic.
Pre requisite : F11nclalllenta ls of Mathe llla ti cs .
T hree class hours each wee k.
0
E lem Eel 310 TEA CHING H EA LTH AND PHYS1CA L EnuCATIO, FoH
ELEJ\,rn NTAHY GnADES, 2 er.
E lelllenta ry school teach ers are co nstantly ca!Jed upon to supervise and
plan programs for recrea tion or cu rri culum purposes. This course is
plann ed to give th e necessa ry backgro un d and exp eri ence in h ealth and
physical education on th e elementa ry school level.
Two class hours each week.

I

125

E lem Ed 321 FuNDAlVCENTAL OF Music, 2 er.
( D esigned to prepare the elemen tary teacher in basic fundam entals and
skills. It includes the study of note values, meter signatures, scales, key
signatures, plus the use of syllables in reading music. A basic introduction
to the piano keyboard is al o included .
Two class hours eacl1 week.
This co urse is highl y recommended as a p rerequisite for E lem Ed
\.__ 370. Teaching Music in the E lementary Grades.
em Ed
survey
]ates to
Two

325 ART FoR ELEMENT,uw GRADES, 2 er.
of the philosophy, psycl1ology and trends in art education as it
the elementary grades.
or three class hours each week.

E lem Ed 351 CmLDREN's LITEHATURE I , 2 er.
A survey of those poems and stories known as children's literature, with
the selection of appropriate material for use in the elementary grades . To
assist teachers in evaluating the reading which the child enjoys, c1iteria
for every type of reading are presented .
Tlu-ee class hours each week.
Elem Ed 352 CIDLoREN's LITERATURE II, 3 er.
This course which is designed a an extension of Children's Litera ture I
has its underl ying philosophy th at children's growth in and through reading
is dependent on developing lasting interests in reading. An emphasis on
ways in which teachers can use literature in the classroo m to meet children's need s and interes ts, to d eepen their insights about the world and
human relation hips, and to heighten their apprecia tion of fin e literature
which must have i ts roots enme bed in the reading program will be a
prime focal point.
Prerequisite : Children's Litera ture I.
Three class homs each week.
E lem Ed 353 DIAG NOSTIC AND H.E IEDIAL R.EAD!NG , 3 c.; r.
An exa mina ti on of the techniques of di agnosing readin g difficulties and of
d eterminin g appropriate remed ial trea tment. Opportunity is given for observing and participating in proced ures in a clinic situa tion.
Prerequisite : The Teachin g of Reading.
Three class hours each week.
0
Elem Ed 355 TEAClllNG OF LANGUAGE ARTs, 2 er.
Survey of the content of the cuniculmn in English in the elem_entary grades.
Methods of teaching oral and written compositions, principles of grammar,
poetry and li terature. The teaching of handwriting is part of this co urse.
Three class hours each week.

E lem Eel 358 EAHLY CtuLDHOOD EDUCATION, 3 er.
A study of p re-school, kindergarten, and primary grade acti vities in the
traditional and activity school programs, with a so und evaluation of the
practi cal aspects of th e la tter. Opportunity is provided for the adm inistering of readin ess tes ts.
Three class hours each week.
126

r AE colemurseEdd esigned
370 TEACl-llNG Music I N T1-lli ELEMENTARY GRADE ' 2 er.
to d emonstrate proper techniques of teaching music to
0

children. Includes the study of mu ch so urce material and its proper applica tion in the classroom. Covers procedures in all grades, kindergarten
through sixth, in such activities as th e use of rhythm insh·uments, reco rds,
pa rt singing, singing games, d ances and creative work. College sh1d ents
develop proven techniques and procedures through actual teachin g experiences in a typica l classroom situation.
Prerequ isite: Music for the E lementary Grades.
Three class hours each week.
!em Eel 375 TEACHING OF ART I N ELEMENTARY GRADES, 2 er.
ve lopment of problems suitable for the elementary grades. Emphasis is
eccl upon the intergration of art education with other school subjects.
Three class hours each week.
E lem Eel 380 READING AND LA NGUAGE ARTS SE1-HNAH, 3 er.
Techn.iqu es in research writing will be emphasized. The student will do
resea rch on a current topic in reading and language a rts and present a
written pape r in Turabian style. The tuclent will prepare an oral presentation of his resea rch to present before the facu lty in reading and language
arts.
P re req ttisite : T eaching of Reacl.ing.
0
E le m Ed 406 TEACHIKG THE Co TE T SUBJECTS, 3 er.
Provides the elementary teacher with a comprehensive co urse in meth ods
co mmon to such areas of insh·uction as geography, social studies, and science. The student will be affo rd ed an opportunity to inves ti ga te a variety
of topi cs related to good teaching procedures, hear them discussed, and
observe th em in practi ce. Visits to va riou s area schools, visits by area elementary edu cators, and opportun.ities to hand le some of the most recent
edu ca ti onal ma terials are included in this course.
Three class hours each week.

E lem Ed 450 STUDENT TEACJ-UNG, 12 er.
Observa tion and participation in all teaching and activ ities related to th e
perform ance of a teacher's work in th e elementary grades .
Prerequisite: Completion of the Professional Trimes ter and adm ission
to Teacher's Education .
E lem Eel 451 Pnorn SIONAL PnA C'J'JCUM AND SCHOOL LAw, 2 er.
1ethocls and practices of teachtn g. General techniques of teaching in th e
elementary curriculu m. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to th e work of the
classroom teacher. Problems encountered by the stud ents in their stude nt
teachin g.
Two class hours each week.

127

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT
Dr. W a tkins, Department H eacl; Miss Andrews, Mr. Bennett, Mr. Blayney,
Dr. Bloemaker, Dr. Coleman, D r. Crockett, Mr. C utshall, Dr. Edwards,
Mr. F erri s, Mr. F rancis, Mr. Cogoj, Mr. Good stein, Mr. Grimes, Mr.
H alboth, l'v1r. H erron, Mrs. Hibbs, Mr. Knight, Mr. Korcheck, Mr.
L awrence, Mr. Limbacher, Mr. Lizak, Miss Maatta, Dr. Major, Mr.
McPaul, Mr. McVey, Miss Rakes traw, Mr. Rea, Mr. Simpson,
Mr. Smith, Mr. Thomas, Dr. Walker, Mr. Wilso n, Dr. Wi lson, l\fr.
\ Vise, Mr. Wodock.
E ng 10 1 E NGLISH Co,vrPosrr10N I , 3 er.
A bas ic com se, required of all stud ents th eir f frst trimes ter, in lan guage,
literature, and written composition.
Three class hours each wee k.

j
j

g 102 E NGLISH CoMPOs1no N II, 3 er.
ontinuation of Co mposition I. Req uired of all stu dents immed ia tely upon
e co mpleti on of Co mposition I.
Prereq uisite : Com position I
Th ree class hom s each wee k.

ff

Eng llO Co-CURRICULAll Ac-rrvrrrns-P uBLICATIONS, 1 er.
Under certain condi tions credit ca n be made available to students wo rkin g
for official stu dent p ublica tions- The Califo rnia Ti mes, The Monocal, a nd
Pegasus.
E ng 111 Co-CUHIUCULAR ACTlVITIBS- PUBLICATlONS, 1 er.
Und er certain conditions credit can be made ava ilable to students wo rking
for offi cial stud ent publica tion - The Califo rnia Times, The Monocal, and
Pegasus.
E ng 112 Co-CURRICULAR AGT1vrrrns-P u BLICATIONS, 1 er.
Und er certain conditi ons creclit can be mad e available to stud ents wo rkin g
for offi cial stud ent p ub lications-The California Times, The Monocal, and
Pegas us.
E ng 150 AllIE IUCA ' LITEH ATUHE, 3 er.
An introductory Stu vey, from the beginnings to the p resent.
No t regularl y offered .
Th ree class hom s each wee k.

J

E ng 151 AMEBICAN LITEHATURE I, 3 er.
An introq.uctory survey, th rough 1865 . May be taken before or after American Literatu re II, or ind ependentl y of it.
Three class hours each week.
E ng 152

AM EHTCAN LITERATURE II , 3 er.

V An introductory survey, from 1865 to p resent. May be taken befo re or after

J

American L itera ture I, or independ ently of it.
E n~ 201 WOHLD LITERATURE I, 3 er.
Acq uaints tl1e stud ent in some dep th with a limited number of books th at
are at th e sa me time mas terpieces of IHerature and representative of the
chief integral elements in wo rld culture from the beginnin gs to 1400 A. D .
128

Required of all stud ents ( En glish majors should take it in th eir F reshman
year). Best taken co ncurrently with Social Stud ies 201 ; W orl d Culture I ,
a co mplementary cou rse also req uired of all students; may be taken befo re
or a fter E ngljsh 202; \,\Torld L itera ture II, or ind e pend ently of it.
Th ree class h ours each week.

:f;:'cng
202 WOHLD L1n :RATUilE II, 3 er.
A co ntinuation of World Literature I, from

1400 A. D. to th e p resent.
Requ ired of all stud ents (English majors should take it in th eir Fresh man
years) . Best taken concurrently wi th Social Stud ies 202 : vVorl d Culture II,
a compl ementary co urse also req uired of all stud ents; may b e taken either
before or after E nglish 201: vVorld L itera hire I, or inde pend entl y of it.
Three class honrs each wee k.

E ng 21 0 E :,Gus11 L1TEHATUHE, 3 er.
An inh·od uctory survey, from th e b eginnings to th e p resent.
No t regula rl y offered.
T hree class honrs each week.
Eng 2 11 ENGL ISH L1TERATU11E I , 3 er.
An introductory survey, to 1789. May be taken b efore or after E nglish
L iteratu re II, or independently of it.
T hree class hours each wee k.
Eng 2 1.2 E NGLISH LrrnH ATUHE II, 3 er.
An introd uctory survey, from 1798 to p resent. May h e take n b efore or after
Engli sh L iterature I, or independ entl y of it.
Three class h ours each week.
E ng 251 E NGLISH PHILOLOGY AND GRAMMAR, 3 er.
The co urse atte mpts to giv e so me knowledge of th e history of E nglish as
a language and to acqua int th e student wjth th e use of th e larger d icti onari es . The ma in body of th e cou rse is concerned with a sys tema ti c
stud y of grammar, with emph asis on its more fu ncti onal aspec ts.
P rerequ isite : Composition I and II
Three class hours each week.
Eng 252 ADVA NCED COMPOSlTlON, 3 er.
Advanced experi ence in writin g is afford ed through th e preparation of
review, and criti cal re po rts, employin g expository and argumenta ti ve techniqu es.
Prereq ui site : Composition I and II
T welve cred its in E nglish cou rses numbered in th e 300's must he
Three class hours each week.
elec ted by Secondary Ed uca tion and Arts and Science En gli sh majors.
E ng 311 OLD ANu MIDDLE ENGLISH LITERATURE, 3 er.
An introduction to O ld E ngHsh writin gs includ ing th e Beowulf, in translation, and to some of th e chi ef wd tings in Midd le English, such as those of
Gower and Malory.
P rerequ isite : E ngli sh Litera ture I
Three class hours each week.
129

E ng 312 CHAUCER, 3 er.
A study of the works of this author in rela tion to his times, with special
emphasis on Th e Ca.nterbmy Tales and Criseyde.
Prerequi site : E nglish Literature I
Three class hours each week.
E ng 313 THE DEVELOP~rn rr OF THE E NGLISH DRAMA, 3 er.
A study of the folk and liturgical origins of E nglish drama and of its development and chief exemplars ( exclusive to Shakespea re) to th e closing
of the theatres in 1640.
Prerequisite : E nglish Literature I.
Three class hours each wee k.
E ng 314 ELIZABETHA N LITERATUH E, 3 er.
A co urse in the prose, poe try, and drama ( exclusive of Shakespeare) of th e
E nglish Renaissa nce. Major writers include Spenser, Sidney, Marl owe, and
Jonson.
Prereq ui site : English Literature I.
Three class hou rs each wee k.
Eng 3 16 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY LJTERATURE, 3 er.
Bacon, Jonson, Donn e, H erbert, Marvell, Walton, and othe r poe ts and
prose writers of th e Stuart and Co mmonwealth periods.
Prerequ isite : E nglish Litera ture I
Three class hou rs each wee k.
E ng 317 M rLTON, 3 er.
A study of Mi lton, h is times, and his works, including the early poems,
Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, Samson. Agon.istes, and such sti ll ti mely
prose works as his tractates on censorship ( Areopagitica) , divorce and educati on.
Prereq ui site: E nglish Literature I.
Three class h ours each wee k.
Eng 318 RESTORATION AND E1GHTEENTH CE ' TURY LITERATUHE, 3 er.
A criti cal stud y of lite rary wo rks of the Res toration and eighteenth century
with emphasis on major fi gures like D efoe, Bunya n, Dryd en, Congrene,
Smollett, Swift, Stern e, Pope, F ielding.
Pre req ui site: E ng li sh Lite ra tu re I.
Three class hours each wee k.
Eng 3 15 AMEHI CAN PumTANS, 3 er.
This co urse wou ld consider th e poetry and prose, includ ing sermons of
Bradfor, Bradstree t, W illiams, Winthrop, Taylor, Co tton Mather, Sewa ll
and Edwards.
Three class hours each week.
E ng 320 AMERICAN PnosE FnoM 1800 To 1860, 3 er.
The novel, sh ort story, and essay as practiced by C . B. Brown, Irving
Cooper, Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, H awth orn e, and lvlelville.
Three class hou rs each week.

130

Eng 321 AMERICAN NovEL FROM 1860 To PRESENT, 3 er.
With uch writers available as T wain, Harris, Garland, James, Wharton,
Dreiser, orris, Howells, Crane, L ewis, Fitzterald, Hemingway, Faulkner,
Mailer, Salinger and Bellow, an instructor could arrange either a survey of
the whole pe1iod or emphasis on a particular portion of the peri od. H e
could , for example, emphasize th e novels of social protes t or th e naturalistic
nove ls written during this period .
Three class hours each week.
Eng 322 AMERICAN DRAl'vIA , 3 er.
Thi s co urse would trace the steady development of Ameri can Drama
throu gh the works of O,Neill, Rice, H elJman, Sherwood, T. vVi ll iarns, Mi ller,
Inge, Odts, Saroyan, Albee, Kopi t, a nd vVild er.
T hree class hours each week.
Eng 323 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN POETRY, 3 er.
This co urse wou ld co nsider the work of Robinson, Dickin son, Frost, Aud en,
Willia ms, Cummin gs, Jeffers, Eliot, Po und, Moore, R. Lowell and H.
Crane.
Three class ho urs each week.
Eng 335 ROMANTIC MOVEMENT, 3 er.
A stud y of the poehy of Wordsworth , Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Kea ts,
and of so me of their contemporaries in the light of the backgro und of th e
age and biographi cal and critical doch'ine.
Prereq uisite: English Literature II.
Th ree class hours each week.
Eng 336 VICTORIAN LITERATURE, 3 er.
Victori an culture and the Victorian fram e of mind, from around 1830 to
around 1900, as refl ected in such poets as T enn yson, Browning, and Arnold
and in such prose writers as Carlyle, Mill, and Dickens.
Prerequisite : E nglish Literature II.
Three class hours each week.
Eng 341 THE ovEL To 1870, 3 er.
The rise and d evelopment of the novel in English from its begi nnings in
th e eighteenth century. A selected list of novels is assigned for analysis
with a view to cultivating an appreciation of this dominant literary form.
Prerequisite: Composition I and II .
Three class hours each week.
Eng 342 CONTEMPORARY OVEL, 3 er.
A study of mod ern and contemporary movements in fiction based on the
critica l reading and analysis of English and America n novels published
since 1870.
Prereq uisite : Composition I and II .
Three class hours each week.
Eng 351 THE SHORT STORY, 3 er.
The d evelopment of the Short Story as a distin ct and distin guished litera ry
form is traced through its history and technique. T echniques of fiction are
given th ro ugh analysis in order to prepare the student for analysis of th e
novel. Recommended as preparation for Eng. 341 "The 1ovel to 1870,"
and E ng. 342, "Contempora1y Novel."
Prereq uisite : Composition I and II .
Three class hours each week

131

Eng 352 CREATIVE V/run NG, 3 er.
Fo r stud ents of ma rked abili ty in th e crea ti ve p ro cesses of writin g; may be
subs titu ted by such students fo r English 252. T he co urse a ims to d evelop
crea ti ve ab ili ty and improve th e stu den t's own style.
P re req ui site : Com position I a nd II .
T hree class hours each week.
E ng 362 CO NTEMPORARY POETRY, 3 er.
First of all a course in read in g poeb·y, read in g for p leas ure and for und erstandin g; fin all y a study of th e ori gins of Twe nti eth century poetry an d its
present day b·ends.
Prerequ isite : Co mpositi on I and II .
T hree class hours each wee k.
Eng 372 MOD ERN DRAMA , 3 er.
Stud y of th e new drama ti c: litera ture of Eu ro pe and Ameri ca . Representative plays fo r read ing from Ibsen and Shaw to Becket and Albee. 20
plays .
P rereq uj site : Composition I and II.
T hree class hours each week.
E ng 40 1 Ln ERARY Ciunc1sM, 3 er.
A stu dy of th eo reti cal c1i ti cism and an introd ucti on to th e practi ce of
criti cism . Bes t taken in seventh or eighth b·imester.
P rereq ui site : see "The E ngli sh Major" above.
T hree class hom s each week.
E ng 405 Sr-IAKESPEAHE, 3 er.
Assu ming th e b asis fo r sh,dy p rovided by E ng. 151, 152, 211, and 212 and
oth er co urses req uired in the fr eshm an and so phomore years of Secondary
E du ca ti on and Arts and Science, E nglish majors, thi s course is designed
especiall y fo r 6th , 7th , or 8th b·irn es ter stud y by such stu dents.
It ex plores in considerable depth, and with specia l refe rence to th e
cond itions of Shakespea re's times and th ea tre, so me of his grea tes t plays
of all types, es peciall y ( a) th ose most often sh,di ed in second ary school
and ( b) his grea t traged ies.
P rerequ isite : see "The English Major" above.
Three class hours each week.
E ng 490 HONORS COURSE IN ENGLISH, 3 er.
T hi s co urse is offered to ind ividual stud ents of ou tstandin g ability or to
such sh,dents i n small seminar groups. The wo rk includ es the study of a
single grea t writer or th e stu dy of special problems in litera tme. Permi ssion must be sec ured to take E nglish 490 from th e Depa rtm ent Chairman
and th e Dean of th e College.
C iven h y arrange ment.
E ng 491 HONORS COURSE IN ENGLISH, 3 er.
This co urse is offered to ind ividu al stud ents of outstandin g ability or to
such sh1 dents in small semina r groups. T he work includes th e study of a
sin gle grea t writer or th e sh1 dy of special problems in litera ture. Permi ssion must be secured to take E nglish 49 1 from th e Departm ent Chairman
and th e Dean of th e College.
C iven b y arra nge ment.
132

Eng 492 l-IONOHS CounsE IN ENGLISH, 3 er.
T hi s course is offered to ind ividu al students of ou tstandin g ab ility to such
stud ents in sma ll semin ar gro ups. The work in clud es th e stud y of a sin gle
great w riter or th e stud y of specia l problems in litera ture. Permi ssion mu st
he secured to take E nglish 492 from th e D epartment Ch airm an and th e
D ean of th e College.
Given b)' arrangement.
E ng 495 SEJvIINAR IN E NGLISH, 1 er.
Th is course is intend ed to all ow th e stud ent to stu dy special proble ms in
E ngli sh . Permi ssion by a rran gement w ith the D epartment C hairman .
Offered as reri u ireel.

GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH SCIENCE
Mr. Anthony, Department H eacl ; Dr. Betz, Mr. Cox, Mr. F urb ush, Mr.
Goetz, Dr. Harsh , Mr. Lea v)', Mr. Leiker, M r. Minnic k, M r. Orsag,
Mr. Procasky, Mr. Tomikel, Mrs. Van Dongen.
C eo 100 WonLD CEOGHAPHY I , 3 er.
A b asic course orga ni zed to develop a knowled ge and app recia tion of the
physical fa ctors of th e environment and ma n's ad justm e nt to th em . Wo rl d
pa ttern s of land form s, climate, soils, vegeta tion , etc., are emp has ized in
relation to man 's eco nomi c and cultural acti vities .
Three class hours each wee k.
C eo 101 WonLD CEOGHAPHY II, 3 er.
This course is des ign ed fo r stu dents w ishin g to broad en th e.ir kn owled ge
and und erstanding of th e wo rld's culture regions as seen from th e geogra✓ pher's point of view.
P rerequ isite : Wo rld Ceograph )' I.
T hree class hours each week.
Ceo 151 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY, 4 er.
A study of th e materi als, sh·u ctures, surface fea tures of th e earth and processes wh ich h ave produ ced th em. Course wo rk includ es : stud y of rocks
and m inera ls, topo graphi c maps and mod els. F ield trips a re an integm l
part of th e course .
Prereq uisite : Wo rld Geograph y I.
Three hours lectu re and a two ho ur !ah each week.
Ceo 152 I-I1sTOHIGAL GEOLOGY, 4 er.
A stud y of th e geologic hi sto ry of th e earth and th e succession of th e
major gro ups of p lan ts and animals as based on the geologic inte rp re ta tion
of rock fo rmations a nd fossi ls. F ield h·i ps are a n integra l part of th e cou rse .
Prerequi site : Ph ysica l Geology or permission of instru cto r.
T hree hours lecture and a two h ou r lab each week.
Geo 157 DESCHIPTIVE ASTRONOMY, 3 er.
Recogniti on of th e va ri ous elements of th e solar system, th eir physical
characteri stics and motions, th e phenomena of th e ga lac ti c sys tem and th e
extragalactic space and th e constella tions, w ith a co nsiderati on of th e
mathema ti cal phases generall y omitted from stud ies of th e kind.
T h ree class hours each weelc

133

Geo 200 E coNOMIC GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
The geograp hi cal bases for th e produ cti on, manufa ctu re and distributi on
of the earth's resources and the relationships arising as man engages in
making a li ving.
P rereq uisite : ·w o rld Geograph y I.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 220 UNITED STATES AND PENNS YLVA NIA, 3 er.
The physiography, climate, vegetation, population , land utili za tion, production and b·ade of the various regions of the United States and th e Commonwealth of Pennsylva nia. The first part of th e co urse deals with Pennsylvan ia, and th ro ugh its econom ic position within th e States, proceeds logica ll y to a n analysis of th e nation as a whole.
Prereq uisite : World Geograph y I.
Three class hours each wee k.
Geo 243 CONSERVATIO N OF NATUI~ AL REso uHCES, 3 er.
Emphasizes th e d evelop ment of a work ing philosoph y of conse rvatio n and
the use of the vario us types of natural resources . The relationsh ip between
loss and waste in the va1ied uses of th e natural resource, as in processin g,
producti on, transporta tion, and / or maintenance, wi ll be considered.
Prerequ isite : ~ ' oriel Geograph y I or permi ssion of Instru cto r.
Three class hours each week.
Geo 251 MINEHALOGY ( ROCKS AND MrNEHALS) , 4 er.
Stresses th e id entifi catio n of th e common and econom icall y important
rocks and min erals. Ph ys ica l and chemi cal id entifi cation tec hni q 11 es a re
studi ed .
Prereq uisite : Ph ysical Geology or permission of Insb·u ctor.
Three hours lecture and two hour lab each week.
Geo 252 E CONOMIC GEOLOGY, 3 er.
The composition, disb·ibution, and exploita tion of the com mon economic
rocks and min erals are studied. The first half of th e course covers metalU c
minerals, tl1e second half, tl1e non-me talli c minerals. Field b·ips are a part
of tl1e cou rse work.
Prerequisite : Physical Geology.
Three class hours each week plus field b·ips.
Geo 254 METEOROLOGY, 3 er.
An introduction to the physics of th e atmosphere, approached from th e
standpoint of eartl1-atmosphere interacti on. The effects of th e physica l
controls such as land and water d isbibution upon weather and climate is
emphasized. W eatl1er map analysis and wea llier observati ons are in tegral
parts of th e co urse.
Prerequisite : World C eography I or permi ssion of Instrn ctnr.
Two hours lecture and a two hou r lab each week.
Geo 255 Cu1vrATOLOGY, 3 er.
A sys tematic stud y of the clima ti c regions of th e wor ld and th e advan tages
and limitati ons of each for man's occupance. The pl1 ysical aspects of tl1e
a tm osphere and llie regional characteri stics of climate are exa min ed.
Prerequ isite : Meteorology or permi ssion of Instructor.
Three class hours each week.

134

Geo 260 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
A stud y of the physical elements in the geographic pa ttern of man's environment. Introductory phases of sys temati c geograph y. F ield problems are
an integral part of the co urse.
PrereqLtisite : World Geogra ph y I.
Three hours lecture each week plu s f ield trips.
Geo 261 GEOMORPHOLOGY, 3 er.
The study of the history, origin, and characteristi cs of land fo rms prod uced
by weatherin g, fluvi al, glacial, wind, and wa ve erosion , or by a co mbin ation of these acting upon the major kind s of geologic ma terials and strn ct11 res.
Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permission of instru ctor.
Two hours lecture and a two hour lab each week.
Geo 301 CoivrMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL GEOGHAPHY, 3 er.
A geograph ic analysis of the fa ctors involved in the prod uction and dish·ibution of economic goods. Local and world patterns of commerce and
industry and their effect on national and intern ation al affairs are studied .
Prerequisite : World Geography I and Economi c Geog.
Three class h ours each week.
Geo 302 THADE AND THA NSPORTATION, 3 er.
ationa l and Intern ational b·ade, h·ansportation routes, and transporta tion
ce nters.
P re requ isite: World Geograph y I and Economi c Geog.
Three class hours each week.

1

Geo 303 CoM1vmnc1AL Arn TnA NSPORTATIO , 3 er.
The geographi c factors whi ch h ave d etermined commercial air ce nters and
rou tes . The effec ts of na ti onal and international controls are conside red.
Prereq ui site: World Geograph y I and Economic Geog.
Three class hours each week.
Ceo 310 UHUA N GEOGRAPHY, 3 er.
An analysis of cities in selected regions : classifi ca tion, loca tion, di stribution, function and grow th ; types and patterns of land use. Geography in
city plannin g will culmin a te the stud y.
Prereq ui site : World Geography I and Economi c Geog.
Three class hours each week.
Ceo 320 GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA , 3 er.
A regional stud y of th e United States and Canada, considering man's ad justm ent to th e ph yscial fa ctors of relief, climate, soil , vege tation and mineral resources. Political stru cture, and th e relationships b etwee n th e two
countri es and th e res t of th e wo rld are ana lyzed from a geographic point
of view .
Prerequ isite : World Geograph y I.
Three class ho urs each week.
Ceo 322 GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 3 er.
A regional analysis of Pennsylvani a, emphas izin g man's cultural and economic response to environm ental fa ctors. F ield b·ips are an integral part
of th e course.
P rerequi site : Wo rld Geograph y I.
Th ree class h ours each week.

135

Ceo 323 GEOGR APHY OF LA TI N AMERICA, 3 er.
T he effects of th e physical environment of Latin Amc1ica upo n th e activiti es of man. E ffec ts of the historical background, types of governm ents, and
ethn ic background s of the peoples u pon th e development of th e natural
resources of Latin Ameri ca . T he stu dy is regional by na ti ons.
P re req ui sites : World C eogra ph )' I.
T hree class h ours each week.
Ceo 325 GEOGRAPHY OF Eu noPE, 3 er.
E urope's natural and poli ti cal regions, em phasizing the co m plex ity of th e
continen t's natura l and cultural landscape, and th e e ffect th ey have had
on th e occupa nts past and p resent.
Prereq ui site : Wo rld Geograph y I.
T h ree class ho urs each week.
Geo 329 GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA , 3 er.
A regional study of the continent of As ia. An analys is of th e political su bd ivisions will b e made from th e standpoint of cultural and poli tical ch anges,
as influ enced by th e physical nature of each nati on. The signifi cance of
th ese changes in world relations is sh·essed .
P rereq ui site : 'Norld Geograph y I.
T hree class h ours each week.
C eo 330 GEOGRAP HY OF THE SovrET UN ION. 3 er.
A regional stud y of th e ph ysical and cultural features of th e Soviet U ni on .
The e mph as is is p laced upon th ose fac tors res ponsible fo r the current pos ition of th e Soviet U ni on as a ma jor wo rld power, and upon po tenti al futu re
develop ment.
Prer·e q ui site : '#o rld Geography I.
T hree class hours each week.
Ceo 331 CEOGR!\PHY OF THE F AR E ~sT, 3 er.
T he na tural environment of Chin a, Japan, So utheas tern Asia, Korea, and
man's adju shnen ts economi call y, pobticall y, and sociall y.
P rerequi site : W orld Geograph y I.
T h ree class h ours each week.
Geo 333 GEOGRAPHY OF AFmCA , 3 er.
A regional stud y of Africa, showin g th e social an d eco nomic development
of th ese land s in relati on to th eir physical environmen t. The importance
of Afri ca to th e wo rld , and the effect thereon of emergent nationalism in
an Afr ican torn h y strife are stud ied.
P rerequ isite : 'vVorlcl Geogra ph y I.
Three class h ours each week.
Ceo 334 GEOGRAPHY OF THE PACIFIC BASIN, 3 er.
Land s and people of th e great ocea n. Particular attention is give n to Au stra lia, Indonesia, New Zealand and the Ph ili ppines.
P rerequ isite : World Geograph y I.
T h ree class hom s each week.

136

Ceo 341 H1s,ro1ucAL CEOCHAPHY, 3 er.
A stud y of the interrelationships b etween th e na tural e nvironment and tb e
hi stori cal development of the United States . The atb·action of No rth Am erica for coloniza tion, th e expansion from sea to sea, th e absorption of millions
of imig rants, th e schism and refu sion of the nation, the develop ment of
resources to a p ositio n of world power are co nsidered .
P rerequisites: W orld Ceography I , Geograph y of the U .S. and Pa .,
History of the U .S.
Three class hours each wee k.
C eo 342 PoL1TICAL CEOCHAPHY, 3 er.
A politi cal geograph y giving attention to the problem of State, internal and
ex tern al, as influ enced by th e human and nah1ral resources.
Prerequi sites : World Geography I , Econom ic Geography, and at leas t
one region a l course.
Tbree class hours each wee k.
Ceo 351 STHATICHAPHY, 4 er.
A stud y is mad e of the basic prin ciples gove rnin g th e inte rpre ta tion , correlation, cl ass ification , and namin g of stratified rock units. The stratigraph y
of th e Pennsylva nia System is emphas ized.
P rerequisites : Histori cal Ceology or pe rmi ssion of Instru ctor.
Three h ours lecture and two hour labora tory each week.
Geo 352 STHUCTUHAL CEOLOCY, 4 er.
The primary and second ary structures of rock masses and their mod es of
formation a re covered in this co urse. Actual stru ctures are examin ed in
th e fi eld. Ceologic maps are uti lized.
Pre requisites : Ph ysical Geology.
Three hours lecture and two hour la'iora tory each week.
Geo 358 OCEANOCH APHY, 3 er.
An introdu cti on to th e physical nature of the ocea n, its topo graphy and
circul atio n. Chemical and physical nature of ocean water. Marine sedim entati on. Bi oti c environments. Relation to biological, geographical, geologic
and economic problems, in cluding fi sh eri es.
Pre req ui sites: W orld Geograph y I.
Three class hours each week.
C eo 370 MAP APPHECIATJ0N AND I NTEHPHETATJONS, 3 er.
A non -techni cal laborato ry course designed to develop comp etence in map
use and evalu ati on . The history of maps; use and interpretation of globes,
ca rtograms, diagrams and topographic maps; th eo ry of ma p construction ,
and th e app li ca tion of maps and mappin g techniqu es to teachin g will be
stressed. Cann ot be substituted for Geography 372.
Prereq ui sites : World Geography I and permi ssion of Instru ctor.
Two hours lecture and two bums labora tory each wee k.
Geo 372 CAHTOCHAPHY, 3 er.
A labora tory co urse d esigned to develop compe tence in th e co mpila ti on,
des ign, a nd execution of maps, charts, and diagrams. The use of tool s,
so urces of data, m eth ods of reprodu ction and applica tion of maps will be
sb·essed. Canno t be substituted for Geography 370.
Prerequ isite : World Geogra ph y I and permission of Instru ctor.
T wo h ours lecture a nd two hours laboratory each week.

137

Ceo 375 MAP AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH l NTERPHETATlON, 3 er.
An intensification and amplification of cartographic-methods to inc lu d e
stati sti cal representation, map reproduction, and familiariza tion with technical equipm ent. The use of maps and aerial photographs as so urces of
quantitative and qualitative information. The principles of image iden tifica tion, simple photogrammet:ric measurements, mapping from aelial photographs and interpretation of the natw-al and cultural landscape.
Pre req uisite: Geography 372 Cartography.
Two hou rs lecture and h,vo hour labora tory each week.
Geo 401 SPECIAL PnoBLEMS IN GEOGRAPHY, EA1u1-1 SCIENCE on
GEOLOGY I, 1 er.
D evelopmen t of individual resea rch p roblems by majors. D oes not replace
a ny cou rse regul arl y given.
Prerequisite: Permiss ion of Staff.
Hou rs to be arranged.
C eo 402 SPECIAL PnoBLEMS I N GEOGRAPHY, EARTH SCIENCE
OH GEOLOGY II, 2 er.
D evelopmen t of individual research problems by majors. Does not rep lace
any cou rse regul arl y given.
P rereq ui site : Permission of Staff.
Hours to be arranged.
Ceo 403 SPECIAL PnoBLE:Ms 1N GEOGRAPHY, EARTH SCIENCE
OR GEOLOGY III, 3 er.
D evelopmen t of individual resea rch proble ms by majors. Does not replace
any cou rse regularly given.
Prerequisite : Permission of Staff.
Hours to be arra nged.
Ceo 420 SUMMER FIELD Coun E I, 1 er.
Plan ned b·ips in summer sessions, durin g whi ch lec tures and d iscussio ns
are co ndu cted.
Open to a ll students.
Ceo 421 SuMi\IER FJELD CmmsE II, 2 er.
Planned trips in summer sessions during which lectu res and discussions a re
co nducted.
Open to all students.
Geo 422 SuMMEH FJELD CounsE III, 3 er.
Planned trips in summer sessions, during which lec tures and d iscussions
are condu cted.
Open to all students.
Geo 430 FJELD METHODS I N GEOGRAPHY, EAllTH SCIENCE on
GEOLOGY, 3 er.
An in tensive micro-geographic-geologic study th rough actu al fi eld work.
An adva nced course; permission of staff required for regisb·ation.
One hour lecture and 4 to 8 hours field work each wee k.

138

Ceo 490 HoNons CounsE 1N GEOGRAPHY I, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in fi eld of interes t chosen by stud ent in consulta tion with th e instructor.
Prerequisites : Provisions of the H onors Program of the college. Approval sta ff of th e d epartment.
W eekly mee tin g with instru ctor to be arranged.
Ceo 491 HONORS CouRSE IN GEOGRAPHY II, 3 er.
Continued, but individual, research on particular topic chosen from field
of interes t studied in Geograph y 490 . Comprehensive oral a nd written examination by staff near close of thi s trimes ter.
.Prerequisites: Geography 490.
W eekly mee tin g wi th instru ctor to be arra nged.
Ceo 492 HoNoRs CouRsE IN GEOGRAPHY III, 3 er.
Th e writin g of an undergrad ua te thesis based upon the work of Geography
490 and 49 1. Comprehensive oral examination by facu lty nea r close of this
trim es ter .
Prerequi site : Geography 491.
W ee kly mee tin g with instru ctor to be a rra nged.
Ceo 495 SEMINAR IN GEOGRAPHY, EAHTH SCIENCE, AND
GEOLOGY, 3 er.
An introdu ction to the litera ture, philosoph y, techniqu es, and resea rch
methods of geography and/ or earth science.

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HIGHWAY AND DRIVER SAFETY DEPARTMENT
Mr. H es ter, Department Head; Miss Kn ill, Miss McConnell, Miss Ma rti n,
Mr. Nemeth, Mr. Ross, Mr. Scott, Mr. Shuler, Mr. Slick, Mr. Sweeney,
Mr. Uher, Mr. Vulcano, Mr. Witchey, Miss Zondos.
IIEALTH AND PHYSICAL E D UCATION
/

l-I & PE 101 PHYSICAL EDUCATJON I-MEN, 1 er.
[he p urpose is to help studen ts attain a h igh d egree of ph ysical fitn ess
through a program whi ch includes seasonal sports. The develop ment of
those skills which may be carried on in college and after college life .
Two class homs each week.

H & PE 102 PHYSICAL EDUCATION I-WOMEN, 1 er.
An introdu ctory course emphasizing fitn ess, fundam ental motor skills,
volleyball, and basic swimming skills.
T wo class hours each week.

*

H & PE 105 H EALTH, 2 er. Co-Eel or Sepa rte-Hequired
Consideration is given to th e health, knowled ge, atti tudes and practices
with the hope th at practical application will be made in personal and
co mmunity living.
Two class hours each week.
139

11 & PE 100 ll i::ALT H- WOl\lEN, 2 er.
Co nside ration is given to ph ysical and men tal equipment of the indi vidua l
with th e hope th at practi cal app lication wiJI be mad e in persona l anc.l
commun ity li vin g.
Two class hours each week.

H & PE 120 Pn1 NCJPLES OF P1-1YS LCAL EDUCATION JN THE ELEM ENTAH Y
SCI-IOO L, 2 er.
Histor ical, phi losophica l, and cientifi c fo undati ons of phys ical edu cation .
Two class hours each wee k.
H & PE 121 MovEMENT ANALYSIS, 3 er.
The principles of p hysics, kin esiology, sociology, and edu ca ti onal psychology app lied to human movement. T hi s is both a th eo ry and labora tory
co urse conce rned w ith co mponents of physical fitn ess, posture analys is and
th e p rin ciples and a pplica tion of movement in da il y li vin g.
Fo ur class hours each week.

H & PE 122 GAMES AND GYMNAsncs-G rades K-3, 2 er.
Ga mes of low organiza tion, se lf-tes ting activiti es, beg inning stunts and
gymnasti cs fo r th e cl velopmen tal needs of prima ry sc hool chi ldren . Emphasis is on progression and skill developmen t.
Prereq ui site : Movemen t Ana lysi .

[,,

H & PE 201 P1-1YSICAL ED CA TION II-1\ifEN, 1 er.
To furth er develop ski lls and phys ical ap titud es and to grow in mental a nd
emotion al fitn ess . Emphasis being placed on ind ividua l sports.
Prerequisite : Ph ys ical Education I.
Two class hou rs each week.
H & PE 202 P 1-LYSJCAL E DUCATION II- VVoMEN, l er.
Course co ntent includes skills of archery, badnti □ to n , bowling, and co ntinuin g instru cti ons in acq uati cs.
Prereq uisites : Physical Education I.
Two class h ou rs each week.

H & PE 220 PLAYGHOU ND AND GYl\ INASJUl\1 Acnvrni::s-Co-Eo
ELECTIVE, 1 er.
This co urse is des ig ned fo r the elementary class roo m teacher and / or playgro und recrea ti onal leaders. It offers activity usefu l for th e elementary
school chi ld such as rh yth mics and dance, games and spo rts, gymnastics and
apparah1s, as well as exercise a nd self-tes tin g events. Some orga ni za ti on
and man agement w ill also be offered.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 221 FO LK AND SQUARE DA NCE-Co-ED, 1 er. (E lective)
A prog ress ive co urse in ro und and squa re da ncin g. Orga ni za tion and calli ng
skills in clud ed.
Two class hours each wee k.

H & PE 222 GYl\INASncs-Co-Eo, 1 er. (E lective)
A beginnin g and intermedia te co urse in tumblin g, dua l stunts, large apparatu s, hand appara tu s, and free exercise .
T wo class hours each wee k.

140

H & PE 223 GAMES AND GYMNASTICS-GRADES 4-6, 3 er.
This includes modified team games, track and field events, intermediate
and advanced gymnastic skills for grades 4-6. Emphasis is placed on progression and total learning through motor skill development.
Four clas hours each week.
H & PE 224 RHYTHM1cs AND DAN E-GRADEs K-6, 3 er.
The mphasis in th.is co urse is on creativity and developmental progression
of rhythm ic skills through move ment exp loration, s.inging ga mes, fo lk and
sq uare dances. Consideration is given to the aes thetic and cultu ral va lues
of hu man movemen t.
Four class hours each wee k.
l I & PE 301 PHYSICAL EoucATJO Ill- MEN, 1 er.
Speciali zation in selected activitie aimed to bring personal performance
a bility to advanced levels.
I re requisites: Physical E du ca tion I and II.
T wo class hours each week.

H & PE 302 PHYSICAL En u ATION- WOMEN, 1 er.
Specializa tion in selec ted activities aimed to bring personal p rforman ce
abi li ty to ad va nced levels.
Prereq uisites : Physi cal E du ca ti on I and II.
Two cla s hom s each wee k.
H & PE 310 FmsT Aro-Co-Eo, 1 er.
Und er auspices of th e American Red Cross, this course is des igned to p rovide the stud ent with the knowledges and skills in First Aid . Opportunity
to learn what to do in th e day to day living experiences and emergencies.
Two class hours each week.

H & PE 311 ·CAMPING A rn OUTDOOR E DUCATION-Co-En, 2 er.
( E lective)
This .is an introductory co urse in ca mp craft skills including outdoor cooking, selecting camp sites, organizing overnight and weekend trips, e tc.

H & PE 312 SENIOR LIFE SAVING- Co-En, 1 er. ( Elec tive)
U nd er the a uspices of the American Red Cross, consideration is give n
swimming and life saving techniq ues necessa ry to mee t the req uirements of
wat r safety.
Two class hours each week.
H & PE 313 WATER SAFETY I NSTR cno -Co-En, 1 er. (Elective)
Under the a uspices of th e American Red Cross, this co urse is designed
to equip th e individual with the basic knowledges and skills necessary
to ave his own life or th e lives of others-a safety consciousness. Also to
provide the student with the method s and techniques of water safe ty instru ction .
Two cla s how·s each week.
H & PE 314 AQUATICs-WoME ', 1 er. (Elective )
Thi co ur e provides addi tional aqua ti c activities for those worn n deserving such a program.
Prerequisite: Physical Education 102, 202 and 302.
Two class hours per week.

141

H & PE 315 ARCHERY AND GOLF-WOMEN, 1 er. ( Elective )
This course is designed for students who wish to further their konwledge
and skill in the sports of golf and archery. Curriculum includes analysis,
practice and application of the variety of golf strokes, game rules and etiquette. Arche ry activi ties include vari ations of bare bow shoo tin g.
H & PE 316 BADJ\ilNTON AND TENNis-WoME ', 1 er. ( E lective)
An elective ph ysical education course designed to improve skills of tennis
and badminton. Course con ten t includes ana lysis and practice of badminton
and tennis strokes, game procedmes and rul es, and sh·ategy.
Prerequisites : Physical Ed uca tion 102, 202, and 302.
Two class hou rs each week.
H & PE 335 ADAPTED AND RELATED PROGRAMS, 2 er.
This course is divided into two areas of insh·ucti on. The adapted sec tion
covers the study and application of the modified activi ties for the atypical
child. The related program d eals with the noon hour acti vities, recess,
classroo m program, inb·amura l, ca mpin g a nd ou tdoor edu ca tion, special
events, integrated and correlated subject fields, ra iny day program s, and
aquatics. These co ur es are primarily de igned to dissemin a te information
about the above areas.
Four class hours each week.
H & PE 336 PnocRAMING PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1N nm ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL, 3 er.
This p rogramming constitutes th e total organizati on of physical educa tion
in th e elementary school as to curricul um co ntent, metl1ods, materials,
facilities, equipm ent, and supplie . An additional emphasis is given to tl1e
relation of ph ys ical education to the total educational program in the elementary school.
Prerequisites: All other required course offerings in this physical educa ti on ar ea of interest.
Four class hours each week.

HIGHWAY SAFETY AND DRIVE R E D CATION
H Saf 301 DRIVER EDUCATION Al\'D TRA FFIC SAFETY, 3 er.
Classroom insb·uction co mbined with road h·aining and tl1 e teaching of
driving classroom instru ction co mbined witl1 road training and the teaching
of driving to beginners using dual con b·ol ca rs. Emphasis is placed upon
tl1e essential fa cts, principles, shi lls and attitud es necessary for good driving and th e teaching of sa me to hegimling drivers. Ability to use and interpret tl1e res ults of psycho-physical testing i req uired .
Three class and tluee practicmn hours each week.
H Saf 302 I NTRODUCTIO, TO SAFETY EDUCATION, 3 er.
The d evelopmen t of habits and attirud es that wilJ make for safe living by
both teachers and srud ents. Acq uaintan ce with 1. Rules, regulations and
laws concernin g tl1e operation of motor vehicles; 2. Rules, and regulations
of ped es tri an h·avel; 3. Other hazards to which we a re commonl y subjected
such as fire, elech·icity, etc., especially in th e home and school.
Three class hours each week.
142

H Sa£ 303 MATERIALS AND METHODS IN TRAFFIC SAFETY IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND ELEMENTARY GRADES, 3 er.
The development of habits and attitudes that will better enable the elementary and secondary school teacher in the teaching of safety at home and
in the school. Evaluation or curricular materials, teacher as safety counselor, basic facts relating to accidents and hazards.
Three class hours each week.
H Saf 401 ORGANIZA TION AND ADMINISTRATION Ox" SAFETY EDUCATION,
3 er.
Curricuhun content and experiences for all school grades in safety education, its organization and graduation for teaching purposes. Ways and
means of administering a safety education program.
Three class hours each week.
H Saf 402 V1suAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION, 3 er.
Discussion of practi cal values in visual and other sensory aids; guiding
principles and techniques in the teaching of safety education .
Two class and two practicum hours each week.
H Saf 403 PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION, 3 er.
The d evelopment of habits and attitudes that will better enable the elementary and secondary school teacher in the teaching of safety at home
and in the school. Evaluation of curricular materials, teachers as safety
counselor, basic facts relating to accidents and hazards.
Three class hours each week.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS DEPARTMENT
Mr. Swearingen, Department Head; Dr. And,e, Mr. Ault, Mr. I\irch, Mr.
Charney, Mr. H elsel, Mr. Keightley, Mr. Krnft, Mr. LaBute, Mr. Linton, Mr. Madia, Mr. McC rory, Mr. Pecosh, Mr. Sanfillippo, Dr. , Schuler, Mr. Sikora, Mr. Smitl1, Mr. Smoyer.

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION
IA Ed 355 CunmcuLUM MAKlNG 1N I NDUSTHIAL AnTs, 2 er.
Analysis of Indush'ial Arts objectives for curriculum content; emphasis by
grade levels; criterion basis of content selection and appraisal; curriculum
consh·u ction in selected are as.
Four class hours each week.
IA Ed 440 PRINCIPLES A.ND PRACTICES OF I NDUSTRIAL ARTS, 3 er.
A requirement for prospective Industrial Arts teachers in order that they
may master a few of the fundam en tal ptinciples, procedures and techniques
of Industria l Arts teachin g.
IA Ed 450 STUDENT TEACHING, 12 er.
Observation and participation in all teaching and activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work in the area of the student's specialization .
Prerequisite: A general quality point average of C or 2.0 and a 2.0 in
major fi eld. The student spends full time in achial classroom teaching
for a trimes ter of sixteen weeks.

· '143

Ed 45 1 PRO FESSIO NAL P RA CTICUM AND S CHOO L L AW, 2 er.
Methods and practices of teaching. General techniques of teaching and
techniques for the student's special fields. Pennsylvania school laws releva nt to th e work of the classroom teacher. Problems enco untered b y th e
students in th eir student teachin g. Must be chedul ed with I A Ed 450.
T wo class hours each week.

IA

LAB ORATORY Ar D DRAWI TG AREAS
100 F NUAl\ffiNTA L S O F W OOD W ORKING, 4 er.
A study of basic wood workin g techniques with emph asis on th e han d tool
ski lls. An inb·odu ction of th e basic wood working machin es includ ing portable power tools. Maintenance, care and safe operation of both tools and
eq uipment are sb·essed .
Two demonstration and six labora tory hours each week.

IA

101 F NDA MENT AL S OF CRAPJ-UC ART , 4 er.
A stud y of the man y processes in volved in the graphic arts. The processes
covered include letterpress, silk screen, intaglio and offset-lithograph y.
E mph asis is placed on letterpres composition and platen press operation
with additional stud y of ink, paper, printing pla tes, composing meth ods,
history and impo rtance of the graphic arts industry.
Two demonsb·ation and six labora tory ho urs each week.
IA

150 I NTRO DUCTOR Y M ECHA 1JCAL D RAWING , 2 e r.
Mechanical D rawing with th e major emphasis upo n blueprint readin g,
sketching, and th e theo ry of parallel projection incl uding obli q ue and
orth ographi c.
Fo ur labora tory hours each week.
IA

/

15 1 C H.~ PI-rrc A HTS D ES I GN, 2 er.
Basic principles of p rinting layout and design are pre en ted. The student is
given an opportuni ty to develop ski lls by applying these p rin ciples th rough
assigned drawings. This cou rse is correla ted wi th tl1 e Fundamentals of
Graphic Arts com se ( IA 101 ).
F our labora tory hours each week.

IA

I A 200
FuNDA l\ffiNTALS OF M ETALWORK] ' G, 4 er.
An inb·odu ctory co urse in me talworking giving ins tru ction in shee tmetal,
for ging and hea t trea ting, bench metalworkin g, oxyacetylene brazing, and
basic welding p racti ces. E mphasis is placed on th e safe use and ca re of
metalworkin g tools and equipment. Studen ts ga in experience in project
design and constru cti on. This course must be sched uled with IA 250.
Two demonsb·ation and six laboratory hours each week.
I A 201
Fm,rrHMENTA L S OF M ACHfNE, 4 er.
Instruction in the opera tion of hand and machine tools, includ ing the
engine lath e, milling machine, and haper. Basic found ry techni q ues are
included.
T wo demonsb·a tion and six laboratory hours each week.

144

IA 202 PowER TECHNOLOGY, 4 er.
So urces and applica tions of power a re stud ied. The theory of th e intern al
co mbustion engine, its uses, types, constru ction and fu nctions are included .
E mph asis is placed upon basic h ydraulics, pneuma tics, and instrumentation.
T wo demo nstration and six labora tory hours each week.
IA 250 SURFACE DEVELO PiVIENT AND DESIGN, 2 Cr.
A stu dy of surface developments uti lizing simple, parallel, rad ical, and triangulation techniques. E mphasis is placed on designing fun ctional metalworking projects. This course must be schedu led with I A 200.
Prerequisite : I A 150.
Fo ur laboratory hours each week.
IA 251 MACHINE DRAWING, 2cr.
Provides experiences in p roblem solving with reference to technical working d rawings . Special emphasis is placed on American Standard drawing
practices, shop processes, conventional representation, stand ardization of
machine parts and fas teners, preparation of tracings and the reproduction
of ind ustrial working d rawings .
Prerequisite: IA 150.
Fo ur laboratory hours each week.
IA 300 ELECTRICITY-E LECTRONICS I , 3 er.
The fund amental theory of elecb.ici ty is studied with emphasis on the effects of resistors, capacitors and inductors as used in direct and alternating
current circuits. Practice is given in the use of Ohm's Law, power formula
and Kirchhoff's Laws. Laboratory experiences parallel the theory presentation and provide applica tion of circuit principles and the use of tools and
equipment basic to the area.
Prereq uisites : College Algeb ra and Ph ysics 100.
Six laboratory h ours each week.
IA 301 CERAi-n cs, 4 er.
An introdu ction to Ceramics as an a rt, a craft, an industrial pursuit, and
an educational vehicle. Students are taught the major fo rmin g, deco rating,
and firin g p rocess in clay. Originali ty in ceramic design, sensitivity to tools
and materials and technical proficiency are stressed .
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 302 Aov ANCED WOODWORKING, 4 er.
Principally a course in machine woodworkin g. Safe operation of all basic
wood working machines is demonstrated. Students make projects involving
operations in all basic machines. Spray finish method and techniques are
demonstra ted . Maintenance of equip ment is discussed .
Prerequisites: I A 100 and I A 150.
Two d emonsl:J.·ation and six laboratory h ours each week.
IA 303 CRAFTS, 4 er.
An introdu ction to the Crafts is provided in this co urse. Creative craftwork
is done in a variety of media such as clay, me tal, wood, and mosaic. Creative and aes thetic design is stressed as well as attainment of techn ical pro fic iency. The studen t is made aware of th e vital and signiffcant role of
crafts in life and ed ucation.
Two demons tra tion and six laboratory hours each week.

145

IA 304 METAL D ESIGN AND FABRICATIO , I ( FERROUS META LS) , 4 er.
A study of traditional and con temporary ornamental iron d esign and fabricating techniqu es. Emphasis is placed upon individual project design and
construction. Students practice the techniqu es of hot and cold metal forming, riveting, brazing, and welding. Instruction is given relative to surface
h·eatment of ferrous metals.
Prerequisite: IA 200.
Two demonstration and six labora tory hours each week.
IA 305 JEWELRY MAKING, 4 er.
The creative and aes thetic applica tion of the fundamental processes of
jewelry makin g are presented. Handwrought brooches, necklaces, bracelets,
rings, and other types of jewelry are designed by the stud ent. In add ition,
the student is introduced to the supplementary crafts of lapidary and
enameling usuall y associated with jewelry making. Originality in design,
aesthetic sensitivity, and craftsmanship are stressed .
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 306 PLASTICS, 4 er.
A general inh·oducti on to the history and develop ment of plastics with emphasis on industrial applica tions includ ing the d esignin g of molds and
forms , molding problems and processes .
Two demonsh·ation and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 307 LEATHERCRAFT, 4 er.
Such fund amental leathercraft techniqu es as carving, ski ving, tooling, finishin g, sewing, and lacing of leather are taught. A problematic approach to
d esignin g in leather is sh·essed, thu s assurin g ori ginality of design and selfexpression. Through crea tive and aesth etic experi ences, lea th ercraft becomes an art eirpression.
Two demonsh·ation and six labora tory hours each week.
IA 308 FouNDRY, 4 er.
For students ·who wish to major in th e fi eld of metalworking. The course
is concerned with techniques in metal castin g. Foundry procedures and
processes that permit an increase in scope of the school metalworking
program are covered.
Two demonsh·ation and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 309 METAL DESIGN ANl) F ABRICATION II, (NON-FERROUS METALS) ,
4 er.
Provides experience in planning and development of jigs and fixtures; forging of stamping and cl1asing tools ; making tools for die cutting and th e
cu tting of dies. Organization of teachin g materials and curriculum d evelopment.
Prerequisite: IA 200.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 311 FUNDAME. 'TALS OF PHOTOGRAPHY, 4 er.
This course deals with the fundamenta ls and advanced problems of photography. It includes the study and care of cameras, picture composi tions,
developing, contact printing, enlarging, dodging, toning and photo finishing. Special problems are assigned to individual students.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours each week.

146

IA 350 ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS II, 3 er.
Special emphasis is placed on the study of the fundamentals of vacuum
tubes and semi condu ctors as applied in circuits including power supplies,
amplifiers, oscillators, and th e superhetrodyne receiver. Laboratory experiences are performed on experimental circuits in co rrelation wi th th e
th eo ry presentation along with p ractical circuit applica tions .
Prerequisite : I A 300.
Six labora tory hours each week.
I A 351 I NDUSTRIAL ARTS DESIGN, 2 er.
Design is stud ied as a process made up of three major compon ents; the
crea ti ve, the aes th eti c, and th e technical. Students experience design
crea ti ve ly and aes the tically b y ac tively participating in a series of design
problems which stress th e sensiti ve use of the elements and principles.
Creative thinkin g and aes thetic sensitivity are encouraged and developed.
Prerequisite: IA 151.
Four labora tory hours each week.
JA 352 AHCIUTECTURAL DRAFTING, 2 er.
Design experience is provided in a basic residence planning. The fund amentals sequences in des ignin g and d rawing a residence are stressed a nd
th e stu d ent co mpletes all architectural drawings necessary for co nstru ction.
E le ments of the course include: architectural styles, a rea p lanning, sb·'l1Ctural deta ili ng, pictorial rendering, building specifica tions and cost analysis.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA 353 LABORATORY PLANNING, 3 er.
Experience is p rovided in all phases of modern industri al arts laboratory
plannin g. The stud ent proceeds through the entire seq uence of laborato ry
planning from the original d esign to the completion of all drawings necessary for the co nsh·uction of industri al arts facilities . The major units of
the course include : types of indush"ial arts programs, p1inciples of laboratory planning, eq uipment selection, architectu ral and engineerin g practices,
and evaluation of indush·ial arts facili ties .
Four class hours each week.
JA 400 I NDUSTRIAL ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS, 3 er.
Theory and experiences associa ted wi th the various types of alternating
current and di rect current motors, the methods of controllin g motors, especiall y those emp loying th yra tron tubes, phototubes, transistors, silicon
contro lled rectifi ers, and timing d evices. Study will also be mad e on transformer principles, ge nerators and high voltage b·ansrnission. Experiences
will include practice in the use and operation of these circuits.
Prerequisites: IA 300 and IA 350.
Six laborat01y hours each week.
IA 401 PATTERNMAKING, 4 er.
For stud en ts who wish to major in woodworkin g in prepara tion for teaching a unit shop. Basic principles involved in the making of wood pa tterns
and co re boxes are sh·essed. Techniques are demonstrated. Pa tterns and
core boxes made b y students are used in th e school foundry.
Prerequisites : IA 100 and IA 302.
Two demonsh·ations and six laboratory hours each week.

147

IA 402 ADVANCED MACHINE, 4 er.
Experience in the operation of the millin g machine, shaper, the drill press,
and the engine lathe; in indexing and in the hea t b·eatments of me tals.
Special emph asis is placed upon asse mbl y and mass prod uction.
Prerequisites I A 201.
Two demonsb·ation and six laboratory hours each week.
I A 403 F URNITURE D ESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION, 4 er.
Bas ic principles of furniture consh·uction and upholstery are presented.
E mphasis is placed upon individual instru ction in meth od s and techniqu es
of teachin g modern methods of upholstering fo r the junior and senior hi gh
school student.
Prerequisites : I A 100 and IA 302.
Two demonstration and six laboratory hours per week.
I A 404 ADVANCED GRAPHIC ARTS, 4 er.
A d etailed study of multi-color, hand-cut, silk screen p rintin g, photo silk
screen techniques, bookbinding, band pape r makin g, rubber stamp ma king, printing plates, machinery maintenance and adjustm ents, and plannin g
a gra phi c arts p rogram fo r the Second ary school.
Prerequisites: I A 101 and I A 15 1.
Two demonstration and six labora tory ho urs each wee k.
I A 405 SPECIAL MACHINE, 4 er.
Project work utilizing special machine techniq ues . Admission onl y by
co nsent of the instructor.
T wo d emonsh·ation and six laboratory hours each week.
I A 406 E LECTRONIC CoMMUNICA TION CmcuITs, 3 er.
A stud y of th e theo ry of radi o transmitters, F M receivers, single sideband
techni q ues and microwave b·ansmission. Practi cal experiences will be provided with selec ted techniqu es of electronic co mmunications.
Prerequisites: I A 300 and IA 350.
Six laboratory hours each week.
I A 407 TELEVISION CrncuITs, 3 er.
The theory of operation of th e various stages of black and white receivers
as well as color television receivers an d television transmission. Practi cal
experiences will be provided in the trouble shoo tin g and operating techniq ues of th e vaiious stages of each sys tem.
Prerequisites: I A 300 and IA 350.
IA 409 OFFSET-LITHOGRAPHY, 4 er.
An introduction to the basic principles of the offse t-lithography printing
process. Specific areas of work to include copy preparation, photography
as applied to lithography, photo-lithograph y camera operation, steipping,
platemaking, and press operation. Historical aspects, advantages of lithography, and current industrial practices and procedures are discussed
thoroughly.
Prerequisites: IA 101 and IA 151.
Two demonstrations and six laboratory hours each week.
IA 410 F UNDAMENTALS OF AUTO MECHA ncs, 4 er.
Credit is given for work taken at General Motors T raining Center.
148

IA

411

ADVA NCED AuTo MECHANI CS,

4

e r.

Cred it is given for work taken at General Motors Training Center.

460 ADVANCED GR~PHIC A RTS DESIGN, 2 e r.
Designing and preparin g teachin g materials as used in Advanced Graphic
Arts throu gh the study and use of vmious metals in preparing of illusb·ative mate1ia l for· publica tion.
Prerequisite: IA 151.
Four laboratory hours each week.
IA

461 ADVANCED MECHANICAL DtHWING, 2 e r.
Special emphasis is placed upon th e basic principles involved in machine
design. The possibilities and limitations of the common metals, mechanical
movements, and the use of fasteners, and the application of machine fits
are sb·essed .
Prerequisites : I A 150 and IA 251.
Fo ur labora tory hours each week.
IA

IA 462
BLUEPRINT RE ADING, 2 e r.
This is a beginning co urse in blueprint reading designed fo r people enroll ed in the college as well as indusbial workers. Simplified drafting
practices and sb·uch1ral, topographic, and welding drawings are studied .
Four laboratory hours each week.

IA

470

CLI NI CAL

O BSERVATIO N

A ND

PRACTI CE

IN

MA NUAL

ARTS

A ND

6 e r.
This co urse is designed to provid e training ( through hospital staff lectures
and practical clinical experience) in Manual Arts, Industri al Therapy, and
Ed ucational The rapy, as it is integrated in th e Physical Medi cine and Rehabilitation program of a hospital. As a phase of the professional edu cational requirements, which includes studen t teachin g, an intensive six-week
co urse is offered under th e auspices of the professional staff at the Leech
Farm Veterans Administration Hospital in Pittsburgh. Open to junior,
seniors, and grad uate students in all curriculums. This course may be offered as part of sh1dent teaching.
EDUCATIONAL THE RAPY ,

I A 490
HONORS COURSE I N I NDUSTRIAL ARTS I , 4 er.
Individual study and research in the woodworking area.
Prerequisi tes: IA 100 and IA 302.
IA 491
HO NORS CouRsE I N INDUSTRIAL ARTS II , 4 e r.
I ndividual study and research in the metalworking area.
Prerequisites: IA 200 and IA 201.

492 Ho Nons CouRSE I N I NDUSTRIAL ARTS III , 4 e r.
Individual sh1dy and research in the graphic arts area.
Prerequisites: IA 101 aml IA 404 .
IA

149

MATHEMATICS DEPART 1E T
Dr. Monroe, Department Head : Mr. Bethem, Mr. Beyer, Mr. Blank, Mr.
Curti off, i\fr. Dunbar, Mr. Dunca n, Mr. Fern andes, Mr. Gibson, Mr.
Hausher, Mr. ova k, Mr. Riggle, Mr. Sapko, Mr. Schm idt, Mr. Skocik,
Dr. Thomas.

)

Math 101 FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
This course shall encompass a vari e ty of topi cs in math ematics for students of va rious desires, interes ts, and backgrounds. Thus th e student may
utilize th e course for terminal study or as a foundation course toward further or deeper study in mathemati cs. H ence, th e course sha ll contain
topics introducing Numb er Theory, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Probab ili ty and Logic.
Three class hours each week.
( Ma th majors may not take this co urse for credit. )
Math 102 COLLEGE ALGEBRA , 3 er.
A review of the fundam entals of Algebra for terminal students, as well
as, a bas ic foundation for majors in na tural and social sciences.
Prerequisite: Three yea rs of hi gh school ma th ematics or honor grade
in Fundamentals of Ma th ematics.
Three class hours each week.
( D oes not count towa rd math major. )
Math 103 COLLEGE TrucoNOMETHY, 3 er.
TWs course is to d evelop a broader unders tanding of trigonometry functions
and identities through a coordinate plane approach and to provide an
extension of loga1ithms through the base. It w ill also strnss the graph ical
representations of th e trigonome bic and logarithmic fun ctions along with
their inverse.
Prereq uisite : College Algebra.
Three class hours each week.
Math 104 ANALYTIC GEOMETRY A ID CALCULUS I, 3 er.
Real numbers, Sets, Inequalities, Ab olute Values, Rectan gular Cartesian
Coordinates, F unctions and th eir Graphs, Limits and Continuity, the D erivative.
Prerequisite: CEEB Math Score 550 or better and honor grades in
Hi gh School Algebra II and Trigonometry or College Algebra. All
mathematics and science majors unable to start this course will take
College Algebra and T rigonometry in addition to meeting other requiremen ts.
Three class hours each week.
Math 105 ANALYTIC GEOl'vIETRY A ID CALCULUS II, 3 er.
Differentiation of Algebraic Functions, tl1 e antiderivative, th e defini te integral as tl1 e limit of a sum with appuca ti ons to th e physical sciences and
engineering.
Prerequisite: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.
Three class hours each week.

150

Ma th 106 GEOMETRY I, 3 er.
This course begins wi th a study of the axiomati c method, independent
of its use in geometry. This will include supplementary materi al on the
basic elements of logic. Then a critical re-exa minati on and study of euclidean geo metry is undertaken. E mphasis is on carefully worded defini tions and postulates, what the basic assumptions are, and methods of a ttack in proving theorems.
Three class hours each week.
Ma th 150 DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
This course is an elective for E lemen tary majors specializing in Mathema ti cs. Methods of d etermining p upil diffi culties in arithmeti c and techn iq ues fo r co rrecting d efi ciencies in ma th ema ti cal literacy will be sh·essed .
Three class hours each week.
Math 201 ANALYTIC GEOMETI\Y AND CALCULUS III, 3 er.
Differenti a ti on and integration of logarithmic fu nctions, h·igonomeb:ic
functions and h yperbolic functions. Techniq ues of integra ti on such as by
parts, by subs titution, and by partial fracti ons.
Prereq uisite: Analytic Geome b·y and Calculus II .
Three class hours each week.
Ma th 202 ANALYTIC GEOJ\IBTRY AND CALCULUS I V, 3 er.
Polar coord inate, para metric eq ua tions, vecto rs in th e plane, im proper integrals and inde term inate fo rms, analytic geo meh·y of three dimensional
space.
Prerequ isite : Analytic Geomeh-y and Calculus III .
Three class hours ach week.
Math 203 GEOMETRY II, 3 er.
The general th eme of this course fa a co mparison of the axiomatic stru ctu res of Euclidean two-dimensional geo me h-y vs . Lobachevskian two-dimensional geome try.
Prerequ isite: Geometry I.
Three class hours each week.
Math -2 04 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA, 3 er.
The number sys tem, n umber theory, elementary th eory of groups, rin gs,
integral d omain, fi eld s, matrices and d eterminants.
Prerequisite: Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.
Three class hours each week.
Math 205 FIELD W oruc I N MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
This course is an enriching as well as practical usage of mathema tics fo r
secondary school mathematics. It applies mathema tics to the area of measurement. The use of the transit, sextant, h ypsometer, an gle mirror and
plane table and other measmin g instruments will be studied. Elementary
land surveying, note taking and translation of no tes into simple maps will
be emphasized. The slide rule and calculator will be utilized . Constru cti on
and use of student made instruments will b e enco uraged.
Prerequisite: College Trigonometry.
Three class hours each week.
151

Math 210 STATISTICS, 3 er.
This co urse is for non-ma th majors, and is not co unted toward a math major. Frequency d istri bution, percentiles, meas ures of central tendency, vari ability, normal distribution cu rve, populati ons, sa mples and error-sampling
dish·ibution of means, samplin g distri bution of proportion-nu ll and alternative hypoth eses, type I and typ e II errors, tes ts of means, confidence
intervals and d ecision proced ures, correlati on, chi square, simple analysis
of varian ce, statisti cs and th e d esign of experim znts.
Prerequisite: ColJege Algebra.
Three class h ours each week.
Math 301 ANALYTIC GEOMEmY A~D CALCULUS V, 3 er.
Vectors in three space, partial differenti a tion, multip le integrals, infinite
series.
Prerequisite: Ana lytic Geometry and Calculu s I V.
Three class h ours each week.
Math 302 THEORY OF EQUATIONS, 3 er.
Complex numbers; theorems involving polynomi als in one variable; cubic
and biquadratic equations; sep arations of roo ts; sturm's th eorem and approximate evalua tion of roo ts.
Prereq uisite : Analytic Geome h·y and Calculu s IV.
Th ree class hours each wee k.
tfa th 303 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, 3 er.
E lementary ord inary differential equations and their use in a wi de variety
of applications in geometry, engineering and physical sciences; methods
employing symboli c opera tors ; approximations, techniq ues and series solution .
Prerequisite : Calculus I V.
Three class h ours each wee k.
Math 305 LINEAR ALGEBRA, 3 er.
The beginning of th e course covers mabix th eo ry for handling sys tems of
linear equations and the introduction of vector spaces. The remaind er of
the co urse is h·eatrnent of the characteristi c value problems including a
discussion of normal mah·ices and culmin ating with a discussion of the
Jord an canonical fo rm .
Prerequisite : 24 credits of college math including Abstract Algebra.
Three class hours each week.
Math 390 MATHEll1ATICAL I NSIGHTS, 3 er.
To p rovide the seco ndary and elementary math emati cs major with an ad equate introduction to logic, set theory, fun ctions, relations, probabili ty and
some 'm od ern algebra.
Prerequisite : 15 credits in mathematics.
Three class hours each week.
Math 401 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, 3 er.
Lectures and problem solving in the stud y of fun ctions, sequences, limits,
differentiability and integration. Much sh·ess is p laced on d efinitions and
theorems with very little time spent on th e elementary differentiation and
integration formulas .
Prerequisi te: Analytic Geometry and Calculus V.
Three class hours each week.
152

Math 402 ADVANCED CALCULUS II, 3 er.
Lecture,: and problem solving in the study of vectors, functions of several
variables, and convergence. Much stress is p lac"'d on definitions and theorc 111s conce rnin g these topics.
Prereq uisite: Advanced Calculu s I
Three class hours each week.
Math 420 MATHEMATICS OF F1NANCE, 3 er.
The presenta ti on of the ,ibove topic is fr om a purely algebraic approach .
Althou gh some eco nomi c th eo ry and phiioso phy will be dis cussed in each
of th e area covered .
P rerequisite: College Algebra.
Three class h ou rs each week.
Math 490 HoNORS CounsE I ' 1ATHEMATICS, 3 er.
Indi vidual stud y and research on topics and materia ls not covered b y .regular co urse work in math ematics.
P rerequisite: 64 er :dits completed or sch eduled with a QPA of 3.25
in all work, recom n:end ation of the mathematics faculty, approval of
the D epart::1e.;t H · :-l and th e D ean of Instruction.
Ma th 491 HoNOHs Cu -.:h SE I N MATHEMAncs, 3 er.
Individual study and resem·ch on topics and materi als not covered by
regul ar co urse work in mathematics.
Prerequisite: 64 credits <:ompleted or sch eduled with a QPA of 3.25
in all work, recommendation of the mathemati cs fac ulty, approva l of
the D epartment H ead and th e D ean of Instructi on.
Math 492 HONORS CounsE I N MATHEMATICS, 3 er.
Individual sturly and research on topics and ma teri als not covered by
regular course work in mathematics.
Pre~;;c,u:J,te: 64 c-edits completed or scheduled with a QPA of 3.25
in all work, reco!Illilendation of the mathematics faculty, approval of
the Department Head and the D ean of Instru ction.
Math 495 SEMI AR I N MATiiEMATJCS, 1, 2, or 3 credits
Prerequisite: 18 h ours of mathematics.

MODERN LANGUAGE DEPARTMENT
T)r,

Ma ri sa, Department Head; Mr. D emetrakis, Dr. Gonzalez, Dr. Kru ec k,
Mr. Long, Dr. Marsh, Mr. Parascenzo, Dr. Romero, Mrs. Santee.

One hour of Language Labo ratory Study per week in required of a ll language students.

FRENCH
Fr 101 ELEMENTARY FRENCH I, 3 er.
Fo r th e student without previous knowledge of French. This course is
devo ted to th e development of the fundamenta ls of co rrec t idioma tic
French . The stud ent is made aware of basic sound pa tterns and sentence
stru ctures emphasizing at first h ea rin g a nd speaking th en readin g and
writin g. Classroo m instruction is supplemented by labora tory stud y and
practice.
Prerequisites : None.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.
153

102 E LEME NTARY FRENCH II, 3 er.
A continuation of F rench 101 for students who wish to increase their
aural comprehension, their speaking ability and their reading and writing
skills.
Pre requisite: French 101 or one yea r of high school French.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language labora tory per week.

Fr

103 I NTERMEDIATE FRENCH I , 3 e r.
( French gra mmar and reading ) . For students who have completed French
101 a nd 102 or two yea rs of high school F rench. Th is co urse provides a
review of essential French gramm ar a nd fmth er develops audio-lingual
co mprehension as well as reading and writin g facility.
Prerequisites: French 101 and 102 or two yea rs of hi gh school French .
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.

F r

104 l NTERl\£EDlATE FHE 1'CH II, 3 e r .
Continuation of 103. After a short review of grammar, sb·uctural patterns
are furth er d eveloped throu gh readin g and di scussion of selected prose
writings of modern authors.
Prerequisite: French 103 or equivalent.
Three class hours each week.
One hour of language labora tory per week.

F r

201 FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPO ITIOK AND PHONETICS I, 3 e r .
Cu ltu ra l themes are used as a basis for idiomatic conversation and discussions; written co mpositions are ass igned to teach th e studen t how to
w1ite co rrect French.
Prerequisite: F rench 104.
T hree class hours each week.
One hour language labora tory per week.

Fr

202 FRENCH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITJO N AND PHONETICS II, 3 e r.
Continuation of French 201 on a more advanced level as refl ected in
some representative author and a stud y of the essenti al phonetics needed
in conversa tion.
Prerequisite : F rench 201 or comple tion of French 104 with the grade
A or B.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language labora tory per week.

Fr

0

205 FRENCH CULTURE AND CrvILJZATlON I , 3 e r.
A study of th e mos t signifi cant aspects of French history from the Middle
Ages to modern tim es. The selections ,viii be from literary works and
other prose writings with di scussions on the social, political, economic and
cultural aspects of France.
Prerequisite: F rench 201 or 202 or permission.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.
Fr

Fr 206
FRENCH CuLTUHE Al\'D CrvIL1ZATION II, 3 er.
Continu ation of F rench 205 with more emphasis on recent times as well
as d iscussions on current events in France.
Prereq uisite : French 205 or permission.
Three class hours each week.
One hour of language laboratory per week.
154

Fr 301 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE I , 3 er.
A general survey of French Litera ture from the Middle Ages to 1800.
Prerequisite : 12 hours French beyond 102.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 302 SURVEY OF FRE 'CH LITERATURE II, 3 er.
A genera l survey of French Literature from 1800 to th e present day.
Prerequ isite : 12 hours French beyond 102.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 316 FHENCH LrrERATURE OF THE l6n1 CENTURY, 3 er.
A stud y of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the 16th
century.
Prerequ isite : French 301 or 302.
Th ree class hours each week.
Fr 317 FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 17TH CENTURY, 3 er.
A stud y of F rench Litera ture of the 17th century.
Prerequi site : F rench 301 or 302.
Three class hou rs each week.
F r 318 FRE:siCH LITER<\TUHE OF THE l 8n1. CENTURY, 3 er.
A sh1d y of eighteenth century thought and literature.
Prerequ isite: F rench 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 319 FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 19TH CENTURY, 3 er.
A stud y of nineteenth cen tury li terature and social thought with emphas is
on the romantic and realist periods.
Prerequisite : French 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 401 REA DINCS I N CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE, 3 er.
Subject matter to be based on the writings of famous 20th century au th ors.
Prerequisite : French 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.
Fr 4 12

LITERARY, CULTURAL AND POLITICAL HISTORY OF FHA , CE, 3 er.
( No t Currently Offered )
A summary of the intellectual accompli hments of the French nation from
the Gau ls to Cha rles DeGaulle.
Prereq uisite : French 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.

Fr 421 STUDIES I N FRENCH LITERATURE I, 1 er.
Subject matter to be arranged . The cour e is d esigned fo r French majors
who wish to take one additional credit.
Prereq uisite : 18 hours of French .
Fr 422 STUDIES I N FRENCH LITERATURE II, 2 er.
Subject matter to be arran ged. The course is designed for F rench majors
who wish to take two additional credits .
Prereq ui si te : 18 hours of F rench.
F r 423 STUDIES I N FRENCH LITERATURE III, 3 er.
Subject ma tter to be arranged. The course is designed fo r F rench majors
who wish to take 3 add itional credits.
P rerequi ite: 18 hours of French.

155

Fr 461 FIELD Woruc IN FRENCH STUDIES I, 3 er.
Study outside the United States, usuall y in Canada or France. Subjects
are to be chosen from courses to be offered in the French language at an
es tablished and accredited educational institution according to the interests and abi lity of the student.
Three class hours each week or according to the program of the institution.
Fr 462 FJELD WoRK I N FRENCH STUDIES II, 3 er.
Study outside the United States, usualJy in Ca nada or France. Subjec ts
are to be chosen from courses to be offered in th e French language at an
es tablished and accred ited ed uca tion al instituti on according to the interests and ability of the student.
Three class hours each week or according to the pn.,gram of th e
institution.
Fr 471 WORKSHOP I, 1 er.
A course designed for teachers in servi ce. Labora tory and audio-visual
techniqu es. May be taken outside the U.S.
Fr 472 WORKSHOP II, 2 er.
A course designed for teachers in service. Laboratory and audio-visual
techniqu es . May be taken outsid e the U.S .
Fr 473 WORKSHOP III, 3 er.
A co m se designed for teachers in service. Laboratory and audio-visual
techniques . May be taken outsid e the U .S.
Fr 490 HoNoRs CouRSE I N FRENCH, 3 er.
Individual stud y and research on topics and materials not covered by
regu lar course work in French.
Prerequisite : Junior Standing or schedu led with a quality point average of 3.25 in all work 0 , recommendation of the Modern Language
Deparhnent and approval of the Dea n of Instru ction .
0
with a minimum of 15 hou rs completed in French beyond Fr 104.

GERMAN
Ger 101 ELElvlENTARY GEru.1A , I, 3 er.
For those who have had no previous insb·uction in German or who reveal
insufficient trainin g for more ad vanced levels. This co urse is intended to
develop th e fundam entals of correct idioma ti c German through basic sound
patterns and sentence sb·u cture. L anguage laboratory is used in conjunction
with this and the fo llo,,ving courses.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.
Ger 102 ELEMENTARY GERMAN II, 3 er.
Continuation of German 101. It contains more reading, and the speaking
is more advanced.
Prerequisite : German 101 or one year of high school German.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language labora tory per week.

156

C e r 103 l NTEHl\ lEDlATE GE RMA N I , 3 er.
The goa ls a re understandin g, speaki ng, readin g, a nd wtitin g on a mo re
ad va nced level. It includes a re view of th e stru ctural princip les cove red
in Ge rma n 101 and 102, a nd add itional struc tu ral ma te rial, id ioms, e tc.,
a re prese nted . More e mp hasis is p laced upon bo th speakin g a nd readin g.
P re rer1uisite : Ge rm a n 102 or two yea rs of h igh school Germ an.
Three class h ours each wee k.
One hour language labora tory pe r week.
C e r 104 l NTEHMEill ATE GEHMA N II, 3 er.
Continu a tion of Ge rm an 103, but sp ea ki ng, readin g, a nd writin g on a
more ad van ced level.
P rereq ui site: G erm a n 103
T hree class hours each week.
One h our lan guage labora tory pe r week.
C er 201 CE11l\ tAN CoNvEHSATION, Col\ 1POS1T10N, AND PHONETICS I, 3 e r.
Co nce ntrates on the furth er de velop me nt of knowled ge a nd skill in sp eaking and w ritin g, based upon a rela tively small amoun t of read in g wh ich is
pa rti cula rly we ll ada pted to thi s p urpose.
P re req ui site : Germa n 104.
T hree class hours each week.
One hour lan guage labora tory p e r wee k.
C e r 202 GEHMAN CoNVEHSATIO N, CoMPOSITJON, AND PHONETICS II, 3 er.
Continu a ti on of Ger man 201, condu c ted on a more ad va nced le vel.
P re req uisite : Germa n 201 or th e co mple ti on of Ge rma n 104 with the
grade A or B.
T h ree class hours each week.
O ne hour lang uage labora tory pe r wee k.
C c r 205 CmuvrAN C ULTURE AND C1v1LJZATIO N I , 3 er.
Cove rs in o utli ne th e e nti re fi eld of Ge rma n litera ture w ith p arti cula r
refe rence to th e German peop le and their hi storical, politica l, economic,
and geog rap hi c backg round a nd to th eir a rt a nd fo lklo re.
P re req uisite: Germa n 104.
T hree class hou rs each wee k.
O ne hour la nguage labora tory per week.
C er 206 CEHMA, C uLTUHE AND C1v1LJZATJON II, 3 er.
Continu a ti on of Ge rm a n 205.
P re req ui site : Ge rma n 205 o r th e comp le tio n ot Ge rm a n 104 w ith th e
grade A or B.
Three class hours each wee k.
One h o ur la nguage la bora to ry pe r week.
Cer 301 SunvEY OF GEHMA N L JTEHATUllli I, 3 er.
Background fo r stud y of th e h istory of Ge rm an Litera ture, p resentin g a
fo und a ti on in lite ra ry definiti on ( style, fo rm, pe riod ) with exa min ation of
appro pria te exa mples from the works of leadin g Ge rma n-speakin g auth ors.
P re requ isite : 12 h ours Ge rman beyo nd Ge rma n 102.
T h ree class hours each wee k.

157

Ge r 302 SUiwEY OF GEHJ\IA N LITEHATUllli 11 , 3 er.
Continuation of 301.
Prerequisite : 12 hours German b eyo nd Ge rm an 102.
Three class hours each week.
Ger 303 GElliVIAN CLASSICAL MovE:MENT, 3 er. ( not currently offered)
A study of writin gs by German classical au thors with th orough d iscussions
of classical literary principles as they appear in Ge rmany, France, England,
G reece, and Rome .
P rerequisite : German 301 or 302.
Tluee class ho urs each week.
Cer 304

GERJVIA , Ro~IA NTIC 1ovEMENT, 3 er. ( not currently offered)

A study of tl1 e writing of German romantic authors and tl1orough discus-

sions of romanti c literary principles as tl1ey appear in Germany and elsewh ere.
P rerequ isite: Germa n 301 or 302.
Three class hour each week.
Ger 315 GErtUAN LITEHATUI~E OF THE LATE BA110Q E:
1720-1760, 3 er.
Read ing and discussion of wo rks rep re enting major literary trend s in th e
age of Klopstock, with emphasis on tmd erstand ing influences and inno vations in ·ocial, political, and religious tl1ought.
P rerequisite : German 301 or 302.
Three class hou rs each wee k.
Ger 316 CLASSICISM; AuFKLAHU, c AND STUHM UND DRA NG
( 1760-1790 ), 3 er.
Reading and discussion of representative wo rks by Lessing, Goe th e, Schiller
and their co ntempora ries, with emphasis on understanding developments in
aes tl1 e tic outlook.
Prerequisite; Ger ma n 301 or 302.
Three class hours each wee k.
Ger 317 Ro~IANTICISM; 1790-1830, 3 er.
Founda tion course in understanding the Ge rm an Romantic W eltanschauung
as seen in major writers of the period ( 1ovali , E.T.A. H offman , Kleist,
etc. ).
P re req ui site; Germ an 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.
Ger 318 REALISM TO NATURALISM; 1830-1 70, 3 er.
A course d ealing with ideas in transition, focusing on theory and practice
in prose fo rms, drama, and poetry in tl1e era immediately preceding German unifi cation as reflected in works by writers of va rious nationali ti es
( G rilJ parzer, H eine, Keller, etc. ) .
P rereq uisite; German 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.
Ger 319 NATU HALISM-IMPRESSIONJSM-EXPRESSIONISM; 1870-1920, 3 er.
Concentrated study of literary developments durin g the half century whi ch
witn essed tl1 e ri se and fa ll of the Germ an monarchies; writers represented
( a mong otl1ers); Gerhart H aupb11 ann , Hu go von H ofm annsthal, Franz
Kafka, Rainer Maria Rilke and Thoma :M ann.
Prerequisite: Gennan 301 or 302.
Three class hours each week.

158

Ge r 320

CoNTEi\IPORARY GERMA LITERATURE: 1920 TO THE PRESENT
DAY, 3 er.
A study of tlie mos t recent developme nts in Germa n L iterature, wi th a special e mph as is on understa ndin g the impac t of conllic ti ng id eologies and
aes tlie tics; Tho mas Mann, Brecht, Crass a nd tlieir co nte mpo raries a re tl1 e
foca l points.
P rereq ui site : Germa n 301 or 302.
Three class h ours each week.
Ge r 321 GoEnrn's F AUST, 3 er. ( n ot currently offe red)
Co ncen tra tes o n the g reates t Ge rm an mas te rpi ece a nd provides thorou gh
di scussions of a li tera ry a nd social na tur e.
Pre req uisite: Cerma n 301 or 302.
Th ree class hours each week.
Ge r 322 GEHi\fAN LY111c PoETHY, 3 e r. ( no t curre ntly offe red )
Readin gs a nd d iscussion · fro m an a ntl1ology of tl1e whole fi eld of tl1 e Germa n Ly ric.
P re requi site: Ge rman 301 o r :J02.
Three class hours each week.
Ge r 326

T1-LE NINETEENTH CENTUHY AFTEH GOETHE, 3 er. ( no t currentl y
o ffered)
Readin gs a nd di scuss ions co ncerning tl1e litera ture a nd tl1e social, economic,
a nd po li tical background of the century precedin g our ow n.
P re req ui site: Germ a n 301 or 302.
Three class hours each wee k.
Ce r 340 ScJE Nnnc GERMAN, 3 er. ( not c urre ntly o ffered)
Read ings from typ ical scientifi c books and pe riod icals in the va rio us fi elds
of science. Em phasis is laid upon vocabula ry, wo rd fo rma ti on, sen tence
stru c ture, a nd rela tin g the pa rts to a mea nin gfu l whole.
P re req ui site : Germa n 301 o r 302.
T h ree class h ours each wee k.
Ger 401 READ INGS IN GERMAN LITE HATUH.E 1, 3 e r. ( no t curre ntly offe red)
Read ings fro m representa ti ve p oe ts, dra matists, novelists, sho rt story w1iters,
an d essayists of our ow n century. Pa rticula r a tte ntion is given to b·end s in
tl1ought, litera ry analysis, an d tl1e social and poli ti cal sce ne.
Pre requ isite : C e rm a n 301 or 302.
T hree class h ours each week.
Ger 402 READJNGs IN GERMAN LITERATURE II, 3 er.
Readin gs from con te mpora ry ne wspa pers a nd periodica ls. Di scussions wi th
r ·fercnce to the readin g m atte r a nd th e co nte mpora ry scene i n Ge rman y.
P rerequisite: Germ a n 301 o r 302.
Th ree ·lass h our s each week.
Ger 412 LnEHAHY, CuLTUHAL, AND PO LITICA L I-h TOHY OF GERMANY,
3 er. ( not curre ntly offered )
Readi ngs from Ge rma n Literatu re with refe rence to the h istory of tl1 e country in co njun ction w itll a regula r h istory.
P re req ui site: German 301 or 302.
Three class h ou rs each week.

159

Ger 421 STUDIES JN GEHMA N LITEHATUI\E 1, 1 er.
Designed to meet special problems or deficiencies.
Prerequisite: 18 hours of German.
Ger 422 STUDIE IN GEfu"\-IAN LITERAT URE 11, 2 er.
D esigned to meet special problems or d eficiencies .
Prerequisite : 18 hou rs of German.
Ger 423 STUDIES IN GEHMAN LITERATUI\E III, 3 er.
Designed to meet special problem or deficiencies .
Prerequisite: 18 hours of German.
Ger 461 FIELD vVm1.K IN GERMAN STUDIES I, 3 er.
Study outside the United States, usuaU y i n Germ any. Subjects are to be
chosen from courses to be offered in the German language at an es tablished
and accredited educa tional institution accord ing to th e interests and ability
of th e stud ents.
Three class hours each wee k or according to the program of the institution.
Ge r 462 FIELD vVoRK IN G£n]l[AN STUDIES II, 3 er.
Study outside the United States, usuaUy in Germa ny. Subjects are to be
chosen from cour es offe red in the German language a t a n estabHshed and
accredited edu ca tional institution according to the interes ts and ability of
th e stud ent.
Three class hour each week or according to th e program of th e institution.
Ger 471 WORKSHOP I, 1 er.
Prereq uisite: Consent of instructor.
Hours to be arranged.
Ger 472 WORKSHOP II, 2 er.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
H ours to be arranged.
Ger 473 WORKSHOP III, 3 er.
Prerequisite : Consent of the instructor.
Hours to be arranged.
Ger 490 H oNOHS Co RSE IN GERMAN, 3 er.
Individual study and resea rch on topics and materials not covered by regular course wo rk in Germ an.
Prerequisite : Junior Standing or scheduled with a quality point average
of 3.25 in all work 0 , recommendation of the Modern Language D epartment and approval of the Dean of I nstruction.
0
With a minimum of 15 hours in Germ an beyond German 104.

SPANISH
Span 101 ELEMENTAHY SPA NISH I, 3 er.
For tl1e student without previous knowledge of Spanish who wish es to
achieve a so und basis for an active command of the language. The co urse
is devo ted to the d evelopment of the fundam ental speech skills which are
reinforced in the langua ge laboratory. Progressively greater emphasis is
placed on reading a nd writin g.
Three class homs each week.
One hom language laboratory per week.
160

pan 102 ELEME, TARY SPANI H II, 3 er.
A co ntinu ation of Spanish 101 for h1d ents who wish to increa e oral comprehension, their speaking abili ty, and th eir read ing and writing ski lls.
P rerequ isite : Spanish 101 or one yea r of hi gh school Spanish.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language labo ratory per w ek.
Span 103 INTERMEDIATE SPA NISH I, 3 er.
An adequate review of the essentials of Spanish grammar through intensive
oral struchll'es and w1·itten practice to faci li ta te the use of Spanish grammar,
and to develop the use of words and exp re sions that are accepted throughout th e Spanish-speakin g world.
Prerequisite: Spanish 101 and 102 or th eir equ ivalents.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.
Span 104 I NTEHMEDIATE SPANI H II, 3 er.
To develop a reaso nable conh·ol of the principal sh·ucture patterns throu gh
dialogue, oral, reading, and writing practice from reading of mode rn authors.
Prerequfaite : Spanish 103.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.
Span 201 SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND PHOJ\'ETICS I, 3 er .
Intensive practice based on modern prose, to provide th e students with
models of nah1ral, spontaneous speech whi ch include both cultural themes
and colloqu ialisms, up-to-date dialogues on wh ich to base class discussion.
vVritten co mpositions usin g orthographic ru les as an inh·odu ction to teach
th e student how to write in Spanish.
Prerequ isite: Spanish 104.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.

/
Span 202 SPANISH CONVERSATION, COMPOSITION, AND PHONETICS II, 3 er.
A stud y of tl, e essential Spanish morpho logy, syntax, semantics, and linguisti cs as reflected in some representative authors in order to confront th e sh1dent with new ways of writing and thinkin g th at will p repare him for th e
Spanish Culture and Civilization courses.
Prerequisi te: Spanish 104.
~
Three class hours each week.
()
One hour language laboratory pe r week

~
~

i

pa'n 205 CULTURE AND C1vILIZATIO OF SPAIN, 3 er.
A sh1dy of the most significant aspec ts of Spanish history, earl y and contemporary trends, with a broad discussion of th eir essential characteristics
and th eir conb·ibution to W es tern Civili za tion, th erefore stimulating th ought
on th e social, political, econom ic and cultural problems whi ch co nstitute the
the mes of Spanish history.
Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or 202.
Three class hours each week.
One hour language laboratory per week.

161

1

\ ,i,

I

Span 206 CULTU1~E Mm C1VILIJA TION OF 1-IrSPANIC-AMERICA, 3 er.
~ udy of the earl y p re-colombian cultures of the Spanish-Am erica n co un~ tfles and the impact of the Spanish conques ts upon th e peoples of th ese
countries. Wider appreciati on of th e psychologi cal elements th at h ave made
th eir imp1int upon the people who live in these lands today, and to examin e
th e contemporary politi cal, economic, literary, arti sti c, and scie ntifi c mo vements in the most important republi cs of Hispani c-Am eri ca and th eir relationship to the U nited States at large.
Prerequi site: Spanish 201 or 202.
Th ree class ham s each week.
One hour language labora tory per week.
Span 301 SmwEY OF SPA NISH L1 TERAT RE , 3 er.
An intr·oduction to th e masterpi eces of Spanish Literatu re ran gin g from
"Poema de Mio Cid" to th e current authors who represent all of the important Spanish literary genres, such as na rrative poetry ( epic and ballad ),
lyri c ve rse, th e short story, and also selecti ons from novels and dramas. This
co urse will provide an inh·odu ction to criti cal literary evaluation .
Prerequ isite : 12 hou rs Spanish b eyond 102.
Span 302 SuRVEY OF SPA NISH-AMERICA LITERATURE, 3 er.
A stud y of representative selections from th e colonial peri od to present a
comprehensive picture of the se ttin g in which Spanish-Ame1ican Literature
has developed , with emph asis on the salient characteri sti cs and the di stinctive co ntributi ons of each litera ry fo rm in the peri od or mo vement und er
study. This course will provide an inh·oduction to criti cal literar y evalu ati on.
Prerequisite : 12 ho urs of Spanish belond 102.
Span 304 SPA NISH S1-10RT STORY, 3 er. ( not currentl y offered )
The development of this n arrati ve form will b e exa min ed. Selec tions from
tl1 e principal writers will include tl1 e period of th e Poema de! Cid , th e
pica resqu e era, and mod ern tim es .
Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or 302.
Span 305 CERVA NTES : DoN QUIJOTE, 3 er.
A stud y of the works of Cervantes wi tl1 emphasis on D on Qu ijote.
Prerequ isite : Spanish 301 or 302.
Span 306 SPANISH DRAMA, 3 er. ( not currently offered)
A study of th e dram ati c literature of Spain with parti cular refe rence to th e
romanti c and reali sti c mo vements.
Prerequis ite: Spanish 301 or 302.
Span 307 TH E CE NEBATIO N OF 1898, 3 er.
A study of novels, sh ort stori es, essays, poeh·y and dram as of th e most representati ve au th ors of thi s p eriod and their inAu ence on mod ern Span ish
Literah.1re.
Prerequisite : Spanish 301 or 302.
Span 308 COLDEN AcE DRAMA , 3 er.
A study of the verse d ramas which illush·ate th e dramatic techn iques and
themes prevalent in Spain b etwee n 1600 and 1700.
Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or 302.

162

Span 309 COLDEN AGE NovEL, 3 er.
The m ajor prose works of the Renaissance a nd Ba roqu e styles : The Pastoral,
Chi valric, a nd Pica resqu e 1ovels.
Pre requis ite: Spanish 301 or 302.
Span 320

MASTERPIECES OF H1SPANIC-AJVIERICA N LITERATURE, 3 er. ( not
currentl y offered )
One a uthor to b e studied in depth. Subjec t to b e selected.
Prerequi site : Spanish 301 or 302.

Span 401

READINGS IN THE LITERATURE OF SPAIN AND HISPANIC-AMERICA, 3 Cr.
This course is designed for Spanish major wishing to stud y in depth authors of Spain and H ispani c-America. Works to b e selected .
Pre requi site : Spanish 301 o r 302.

Spa n 41,2

LITERAHY, CULTURAL, AND POLITICAL HISTORY OF SPAIN AND
HrsPA NIC-AMERICA, 3 er. ( not currently offered)
A summ a ry of th e accomplishments of tl1e Spanish-speakin g world from th e
Colde n Age to Francisco Franco.
Pre req 11isite: Spanish 301 or 302.

Span 421 STUDIES IN SPANISH LITERATURE I, 1 er.
For th e b enefit of teacher in service a nd to m eet special proble ms or
defi ciencies .
Prereq uisite: 18 hours of Spanish.
Span 422 STUDIES IN SPA NISH LITERA TURE II, 2 er.
For tl1 e b enefit of teache rs in servi ce a nd to meet special proble ms or
defi cie ncies.
P re requ isite: 18 h ours of Spanish.
Span 423 STUDIES IN SPA NISH LITERA TURE III, 3 er.
For tl1e b enefit of teacher in service an d to m ee t special problems and
defi ciencies.
Pre requisite: 18 hours of Spanish.
Span 461 FIELD WORK IN SPANISH STUDIES I , 3 er.
Study outsid e tl1e United States, usu all y in a Spanish-speaking country.
Subjects a re to be chosen from co urses to b e offe red in th e Spanish la ng uage at an es tablish ed a nd accredited edu ca tional instituti on accord in g to
th e inte res ts and ability of tl, e student.
Prerequ isite : Consent of th e insh·u ctor.
Three cl ass h ours each week or acco rdin g to the program of the instihJ tion .
Span 462 FJELD WORK 1N SPA , 1s1-1 STUDIES II, 3 er.
Study outside th e U nited Sta tes, u sually in a Spanish-speaking co unh·y.
Subjects are to b e chosen from courses to b e offered in th e Spanish lang uage a t au established and accredited edu ca tional institution according to
th e inte res ts and ab ility of tl1 e student.
Pre requ isite : Consent of tl1e insh·uctor.
Three class h ours each week or accordin g to tl, e program of the institution.
163

Span 471 WORKSHOP I, 1 er.
An individ ual stud y co urse for stu dents and teacher in servi ce.
Prerequisite: Consent of the insh·u ctor.
Span 472 W ORKSHOP II, 2 er.
An individu al stud y course for stud ents and teacher ·in se rvice.
Prerequi site : Consen t of the instru ctor.
Span 473 WORKSHOP III, 3 er.
An individual stud y course for students and teacher in service.
Prerequisite : Consent of th e in h·uctor.
Span 490 H ONORS CounsE JN SPA n H , 3 er.
Individual study and research on topics and materi als not covered by regular co urse work in Spanish.
Prerequisite: Junior Stand ing or schedu led with a q uali ty point average
of 3.25 in all work 0 , reco mmendation of the Modern Language Department and approval of th e Dea n of Insh·uction.
0
\Vith a minimum of 15 hours completed in Spa nish beyo nd 104.

MUSIC DEPARTME T
Mr. Dovenspike, Deparbn ent H ead: Mr. Colelli, Mr. Doli nar, Mr. Sessler,
Mr. Sporny, Mr. Suskalo, Mr. Su tton, Mrs. Wi lson
Mus 180 Co-CURRJCULAR AcnvITIES I - BA ND, 1 er.
Entrance by interview with Band Director. Req uired attendan ce at rehea rsals and all public performance . Ba nd mee ts 5th period five ( 5 ) tim es
a week during foo tball season and fou r ( 4) tim es a week during co ncert
season.
Mus 181 Co-CURRJCULAR Acr1VJTIES I - CHORUS, 1 er.
E nh·ance b y interview with Choir Director. Required attendance . at rehea rsals and alJ public performances. Choru s meets 5th peiiod-Tuesday,
Thursday, and Frid ay.
fo s 182 Co-Cu1m1c LAR ACTIVITIES I - MEN's GLEE CLun, 1 er.
E ntr ance by interview with fon's Glee Club Director. Req ui red attend ance
at rehea rsals and all p ubli c perfo rman ces . Men's Glee Clu b meets 5th peri od
- Mond ay, Wedn esday.
Mus 183
Enh·ance
tendan ce
meets 5th

'-----

Co-CuumCULA11 ACTIVITIES I - WOMEN's GLEE CLUB, 1 er.
b y interview with 'Women's Glee Club D irector. Requ ired atat rehearsals and all public performances. Women's Glee Club
peri od-Monday, W edn esday and F ri day.
.

Mus 184 Co-CURntCULAR Acr1vrrrns I - OncHESTnA , 1 er.
E nb·ance b y intervi ew with Orches h·a Director. Required attend ance a t rehearsals and all public perfo rm ances . Orches tra mee ts on W edn esday evenings .

164

I

I

I
!
\

L

Mus 20 1 I NTRODUCTION TO Mu IC, 2 er.
This course provides an orientati on in music ex peri ence whi ch aims to
equ ip the p rospec ti ve teacher with a know led ge and und erstand in g of music
as it relates to genera l education and th e art of da il y livin g. Th ro ugh th e
use of recordin gs, radio, concerts, and other media , every possible contact
is mad e with mu sic. The possibili ty of correlation with oth er subje<;: ts is
explored. T hi s course .is requ ired of all sophomores in gene ral edu cati on.
No p rereq ui site cou rses or special abilities are req uired. ( One class hour
may be integrated with World C ulture II .)
Two class h ours each week.

r

1us 221 RHYTHMIC EXPERIENCES, 2 er.
Actua l p erfo rm ance experi ences on tun ed and non-tun d p ercussion instru11ents to develop rhythmi c coo rdin atio n a nd rein for ce ab ili ty to read rhyth mi c nota ti on. Further expe ri ences in body coordination through rhythmi c
ctivities. Theore ti cal study of tim e signatures, counting a nd clapping
rhythms indi vid uall y.
Two class hours each wee k.

L

Mus 280 Co-CuRRJCULAR ACTIVITIES II - BA ND, I er.
E ntrance by interview wi th Band Director. Req uired attenda nce at rehea rsals and all public perform ances. Band meets 5 th peri od , fi ve ( 5 ) tim es a
week, durin g football season a nd fo ur ( 4 ) tim es a week dur ing conce rt
season.
Mus 281 Co-Cunmc uLAR Acnv1T1ES II - C1-10nus, I er.
E ntran ce by interview with C hoir Director. Hequired attendance at rehea rsals and all public p erforman ces. Ch orus meet 5 th period-Tuesday,
Thursday and F rid ay.
Mus 282 Co-CURRJCU LAFI Acnvrrms II - ME N's GLE E CLUB, I er.
En tran ce by intervi ew with Men's Glee Club Director. Requ ired attend ance
at rehea rsals and a ll public perform ances. Me n's Glee Clu b meets 5 th p eri od
-Mo nd ay, W ednesday.
Mus 283 Co-CunrucULAR AcnvrrIEs II - 'Wo;\,m, 's GLEE CLUB, I er.
E ntrance by interview with Women's Glee Club Direc tor. Req uired a ttend ance at rehearsals and all public p erformances. \Vom cn's Glee Club mee ts
5 th period - Mond ay, W ednesday and Fr iday.
us 284 Co-CunruCULAR ACTIVITIES II - OncnESTRA, I er.
Entrance by interview with Orchesb·a Director. Req uired attend ance at reh earsa ls and all publi c p erfo rm ances. Orches tra mee ts on \Vcclnesday evening.
Mus 301 T HEORY I, 3 er.
Thoro ugh tra ining in the melodic, and harmoni c elements of music. Includes stu dy of major and minor scales, intervals, major and minor tri ads,
inversions, inb·oduction and use of I , IV, V chord s. Melod ic and harmon ic
dictation. Keyboard harmony.
T hree class hou rs each week.
Mus 302 THEORY II, 3 er.
Continu ation of melod ic and harmoni c di cta tion. Introdu cti on of seventh
h ords. Fo ur part hat mon iza tion. Fu rth er in vestigation into other chords
d their uses. Tra nsportation, modulation and th e writin g of ori ginal songs.
Three class hours each week.

C

165

Mus 3 11 KEYBOA RD E XPERIENCES, 2 er.
Concentra ti on on p iano techni q ue usin g beginners pia no meth od and adva ncing as fa r as possible into hi gher grad ed materi al. Abili ty to play acco mpanim ents fo r songs fo und in th e basic mu sic series fo r elementa ry
schools.
Three class hours each week.
Mus 312 SIGHT SINGING, 3 er.
Concentration on sight read ing of m ateri al traditionall y taught in public
sch ools. Includes both melodi c and rh ythmic aspects as well as two, three,
and fo ur p art sin gi ng.
Three class hours each wee k.
Mus 326 CnrLDREN's SONG LrrE HATUHE, 3 er.
Stud y and memori za tion of so ngs fo r a ll occasions. Soi1gs about animals,
seasons, b·ansportation, other countri es, etc., are rep resenta tive of materi al
to be included . Purpose of course is to provide a memo ry repertoire fo r
th e teacher.
Three class hours each week.
Mus 380 Co-CUR HJ CULAR AcT1v1Tms III - BAND, l er.
E ntra nce b y interview with Band Director. Req uired attend ance a t rehearsals and all public perform ances . Band m ee ts 5 th pe ri od , Ji ve ( 5) times
a wee k, during foo tball season and four ( 4 ) tim es a week durin g concert
season.
Mus 381 Co-Cu mucuLAR ACTIVITI ES III - C1-10n us, 1 er.
E ntra nce by interview w ith Choi.r Director. Req uired attendan ce at reh ea rsals and all p ubli c perfo rm ances. C horu s mee ts 5 th p eriod - Tu esday,
T hursd ay, and Friday.
Mus 382 Co-CURRICULAR AcT1vJT1 Es III - iVI EN's GLEE CLu n, 1 er.
E nb·ance by interview w ith Men's Glee C lub Director. Req uired a ttend ance
at reh earsa ls and all p ubli c perfo rma nces . Men's Glee Club meets 5th peri od
- Mond ay and 'vVednesd ay.
:Mus 383 Co-CURRI CULA R AcTJVJTTES III - WoMEN's GLEE CLUB, 1 er.
E nb·ance b y interview with 'vVomen's Glee Clu b Direc tor. Req uired attendance a t rehea rsals and all public perfo rm ances. Women's Glee Club meets
5 th p eri od - Mond ay, 'vVedn esd ay and Friday.
Mus 384 Co-CUHIUCULAR Acn v1n.Es III - ORCHESTRA, 1 er.
E ntrance b y interview w ith Orchesb·a Director. Req uired a ttend a nce at rehearsal s a nd all pubHc pe rforman ces. Orches h·a mee ts on 'vVeclnesday evenin g.
iVI us 430 OPERA Sun vEY, 3 er.
T hi s course will provide stud ents with ( 1 ) th e ori gin and hi story of opera,
( 2 ) n ation al contributi ons to th e art, ( 3) th e listing analyzation of num erous re presentati ve operas, ( 4 ) th e rela ti onshi p of plo ts to hi story and events.
Three class h ours each week.
Mus 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY M usrc SURVEY, 3 er.
A stud y of th e development of Contempora ry music . A d iscussion of ca uses
and eITects of compositional styles and th e li stenin g of such styles on reco rdin gs. Also the implica tion of jazz in th e contempora ry scene .
T hree class hours each week.

166

OUTDOOR RECREATION AND
EDUCATION DEPARTME T
Dr. Black, Department Heacl.
Majors in Ou tdoo r Recrea tion must bea r cos ts of tra nsportati on in all
courses in which field b·ips a re h eld. Cos ts of food and lodging m ust be
paid by the stud en t for camp ex periences. The stu dent will b e expected to
furni sh his own eq uipment and ma terial fo r certain fun cti ons, such as a
sleeping bag for camping and fi rea rms fo r sh oo ting.
OR 310 NATURAL H 1STORY I (S ummer ), 3 er.
F ield exp lorati on for id entifi ca ti on and study of both livin g and non-li ving
th ings in tbe comp lex interrelationships in 11a tur e. T he sign ifica nce of tlie
environm ent to man. Th e conserva tion practi ces needed to maintain the
environment.
( May be taken in any ord er.)
Prerequ isites: Man and His Biologica l v\/o rld , Ma n :1 ncl H is P hys ical
W orld , Ph ysical Geology, Meteorology.
Heq uired of all Outdoo r Recrea ti on Ma jors.
One afternoon each week.
OR 311 NATURAL HrsTORY II (Fall ), 3 er.
F ield explora ti on fo r identifi ca ti on a nd study o.f botl1 living and non-li ving
thin gs in tl1 e complex inte rrela tionships in na ture. The signifi cance of the
environment to man. The conserva ti on practi ces need ed to main tain the
e nvironm ent.
( May be ta ken in a ny order.)
P re req uisites: ifa n and His Biologica l vVo rkl , Man and His Phys ical
W orld , Ph ys ical Geology, ?.fo teo rology.
Req uired of all Outdoo r Recrea tion Majors.
One aftern oon each week.
OR 312 .NATURAL H 1STORY III ( W inter-Spring) , 3 er.
F ield exploratio n for id entifi ca ti on a nd study of both li vin g and no n-li ving
tl1 ings in the co mplex inte rrelationsh ips in natc re. Th e significan ce of the
envirorun ent to man. The conserva tion practices need ed to mainta in the
environment.
( May be taken in any orde r. )
P rereq ui sites: Man and His Biological W orl d , Man and Hi s P hysical
W orld , Ph ys ica l Geology, Me teorology.
Req uired of all Outdoo r Recreati on 1fa jors.
One aftern oon each week.
OR 321 OuTooon L1v1NG w1Tu SAFETY AND SURVIVAL, 4 er.
The elements of sa f ty and surviva l in th e out-of-doo rs. F ield b·ips are
made to representa tive livin g a reas. W eekends are spent in outd oo r liv ing
11ncle r va ryi ng co nditions.
P rereq uisite : Conse nt of l nsb·uctor.
Req uired of all O utdoo r Recrea tion Majors.
One a fternoon each wee k plus several wee kend s.
Give n only in summ er.

167

OR 330 OUTDOOR RECREATION I ( Summer ), 2 er.
Leadership trainin g in th eory, demonstration and stud ent participation in
all types of outdoor recrea tion th rough the four seasons of th e year.
( May be ta ken in any ord er. )
Prerequisite : Consent of Instru ctor.
Heq nirecl of all Outdoo r Hecrea ti on 1ajors.
One ha]£ clay each week.
OR 331 OurnooR RECREATION II ( FalJ ), 2 er.
Leadership in h·aining in th eory, demonstration and stud ent participation
in all types of outdoor recreation throu gh the four seaso ns of th e year-.
( May be taken in any order.)
Prerequisites : Consent of instru ctor.
Required of all Outdoor Recrea tion fajors.
One half day each week.
OR 332 O urnoo H RECREATION III ( Winter-Spring), 2 er.
Lead ersh ip in trainin g in th eory, demonsh·a tion and stud ent participation
in all types of outdoor recrea tion throu gh th e four seasons of the yea r.
( May be taken in any ord er.)
P rerequisite: Consent of insh,Jctor.
Required of all Outdoor Recrea tion Majors.
One ha]£ d ay each week.
OR 341 CAll•IP OnGANlZATJON, 3 er.
Emphasis through theo ry, phil osoph y and practive of th e requisites of
organizing and adm inistering representati ve private and agency camps, both
short and long term .
Prerequisite : Consent of insh·u ctor.
Requ ired of all Outdoor Recrea tion Majors.
O11e half day each week plus weekends wo rkin g in ca mps.
OR 344 CAMP 1IANAGEMENT, 3 er.
The role of the ca mp manager as a business adminish·ator in rela ti on to
the total camp program. Theory is studi ed and achia l camp experi ence is
req uired .
Prerequisite : Camp Organi za ti on and Adminish·ation.
Req uired of all Outdoor Recreation Majors .
One h alf day each week p lus weekend s in camps.
OR 347 CAMP CouNSELTNG, 3 er.
The philosophy and bas ic practical ex peri ences needed for lea rnin g th e
co unselor's responsibi lities for campers.
Prerequis ites: Ceneral Psychology, Introduction to Phi losophy p lus
consen t of Insh·uctor.
One half day each week plus weekends in camps.
OR 351 Sc1-moL AND CoMMUNlTY RECHEATJON, 3 er.
Principles of school and community recrea tion p lan nin g. Analysis of the
recreation needs of a particular sch ool sys tem or a co mmunity.
Prerequisite: Camp Management.
One half clay per week ( one clay in summer term s.)

168

OR 354 PARKS AND PLAYG ROUN D MANAGE.\IBNT, 3 er-.
Orga ni za tion, opera tion and ma nagement of public and pri va te facilities,
large and small ; includ ing fac ilities with Specia lized fun cti ons such as trap,
skeet and rifle ranges, golf co urses, fee fi shin g fa cili ti es, swimmi ng pools
and ska tin g rinks.
Prereq uisites : Recrea ti on O rga niza ti on.
3 pe riods p er wee k plus field trips.
OR 361 CAMP ARTS AND CRAFTS, 3 er.
C rea tive experi ence in such camp a rts and crafts as bas keh·y, ceramics,
lea the rwork, metal wo rk, plastics, stone wo rk, wood ca rving. American
I nd ian C ra fts a re studied .
P rereq uisite : Co nsent of I nstru ctor.
3 p eri ods per week.
OR 371 RECREATION FOH SPECIAL I NTEREST CnouPs, 3 er.
Recrea tion in schools, instituti ons, and co mmun ity facilities fo r such gro ups
as pre-school chi ld ren, the physically h andi capped, mentall y retard ed ,
emoti onall y di sturbed, aged .
P rereq ui site: Co nsent of Instru ctor.
Hours arranged . Actu al expe ri ences emphas ized.
OR 381 THE RECHEATION MovEMENT, 3 er.
The development of th e conserva tion, recrea ti on and pa rk move ments.
Pmrequ isite: none.
3 p eriods pe r week.
OR 384 O u·rnoon EDUCATION, 3 er.
The development of programs for outdoo r edu ca ti on. The problems of
sta ffin g, eq uip ment, fac ilities are considered ; p arti cularl y as related to
sch ool sys tems.
P rerequi sites: Ca mp Management, Camp Co un seling.
3 periods per week.
OR 387 RECREA TION ORGANIZATION, 3 er.
Objecti ves of and procedures for orga niza ti on and imp lementa ti on of recreation programs. Plannin g fo r use of outd oo r a reas.
P rereq uisite: Camp 1anagement and Ca mp Co unseli ng or Consent of
Instru ctor.
3 periods pe r week.
vVh en give n in summ er may be two to th ree wee ks intern ship program.
OR 401 SPECIAL Snmms, I, 1 er.
ln-ser·vice h·ain ing experiences in ca mps, p arks, playground s, schools a nd
institutions.
P rerequi site : Consent of Ins tru ctor.
To be arra nged- May be ta ken co ncurrently.
May be repea ted .
OR 402
PECIAL STUDIES, II, 2 er.
I n-service training experi ences in camps, p arks, playground s, schools and
institu tions.
P rereq uisite: Co nsent of Instru cto r.
To b e a rranged-May be taken concurrently.
May be repea ted .
169

OR 403 SPECIAL STUDJES, III, 3 er.
In-serv ice b·aining experi ences in ca mps, pa rks, playground s, schools a nd
instituti ons.
P rereq uisite: Co nsent of I ns tructor.
To be arran ged-May be taken concurrently.
May be repea ted .
OR 495 SEMINAR, 1, 2, or 3 er.
Research into recrea tion problems.
Prereq ui site: - Co nsent of Insb·uctor.
To be arra nged.

PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT
Dr. Lac kner, Depart ment H ead ; i\1 r. Berma n, M r. Cherri ngton, Mr. Smith,
Dr. Tsambassis, Mr. W alsh.
Phi [ 101 I NTUODUCTlON TO PHILOSOPHY, 3 er.
Th is co urse is designed to fa rniU arize the student with th e major pro blems of philosophy as d iscussed by class ica l and con te mporary phi losophers.
Based on selected readings.
Three class hours per week.
Phil 102 I NTRODUCTION TO Locrc, 3 er.
Exa mines th e nature and forms of mean ing and a rgument. It indud es
semantics ( meaning of term s a nd func tions of language), fo rmal logic
( ded uctive reasoning), and scientific meth odology ( induction ) .
T hree class hours per week. (
Phi l 203 HISTORY OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY, 3 er.
Ranges over th e p re-Socra tic p hi losophers, Pla to, Ari stotle, the Stoics, Epicurea ns, Skeptics, th rough to th e philosophers of th e H elenisti c pe riod , including Plotinus.
Three class h ou.rs per week.
Phil 204 H1sTOHY OF MODERN P1-1.1LOSOPHY, 3 er.
A survey of phi losoph ical ideas from th e Rena issa nce to the E nlightenment.
It lays special emphasis on such influe ntial thin kers as Fra ncis Baco n, D esca rtes, Ho bbes, Spinoza, Leibni tz, Loc ke, Berkeley, Hu rn e, and Kan t.
Three class hours p er week.
Phi l 302 HrsTORY OF MEDIEVAL Pr-IILOSOPHY, 3 er.
Begins with Augustine and p roceeds with Erigena, Anselm, Abelard , Aq uinas, Roger Baco n, D un s Scotus, and vVi lli am of Acca rn . Also includ es such
criti cal issues as th e p rob lem of U niversals.
Three class h ours per week.
Ph il 304 NINETEENTH-CENTURY PI-uLOSOPHY, 3 er.
Surveys th e developmen t of Cerman Idealism with Fichte, Sch elling, Hegel,
and th e vo luntari stic reaction to it with Kierkegaa rd , Schop enhauer, and
N ietzsche. Also exa mines the d evelop ments in Br1tish E mp i1i cism and
F rench Positivism.
P rereq ui site: H istory of Mod ern Philosophy.
T hree class hours p er week.

170

l

Ph il 305 ET111cs, 3 er.
Exam ines the major ethical sys tems of Wes tern Civilization, and discusses
th ef,i· phil,?s,? phic~! foun: ~a tion~; Ana lyzes the meanin g of such mo ra l term s
as good, n ght, and, duty.
Three class h ou rs per wee k.

,,

Phil 306 PHILOSOPHY OF REL 1C10N, 3 er.
D iscusses th e nature of reli gion, the a rgu ments for and aga inst the existence of God, the q ues tion of reli gious knowledge ( mysticism and revela tion ), the problem of evil, th e q ues t for immortaHty, and th e nature of
reli gious d iscourse.
Three class hours p er week.
Ph il 307 P1-uLOSOPHY OF Arrr, 3 er.
Exam ines th e nature and bas is of criticism in the fin e arts, in cludin g litera ture, painting, mu sic, sculptme, architectu re, and the dance. Based o n
selected read in gs from prominent classical and contemporary ph ilosophers
and art criticism.
T hree class ho urs per wee k.
Phil 308 AMERJCAN PJ-U LOSOPJ·LY, 3 er.
Surveys the development of Ameri can thou ght from Jonathan Edwa rds to
the present. Lays special em phasis on Peirce, Royce, James, Santayana,
D ewey, and vVhi teh ead.
Three class hours p er week.
Phil 309 I-I1sTOHY OF SCIENCE, 3 er.
A su rvey of th e develop ment of scientific inquiry among C ree k, Med ieval,
a nd C lass ica l Renaissa nce th inkers.
Three class hours per wee k.
Ph il 401 , 402, 403 SPECIAL PnouLEJ\Is 1N PH ILOSOPHY, 3 er.
( I , II, o r III followi ng co urse number of semes ter hours.) T he subject is
selected by the insh·uctor with the approval of th e D epartment. D epend in g
on th e choice and specia l interest of th e insh·uctor, such areas as Sociaj and
Politi cal Philosophy, Bri ti sh E mpiricism, Co ntin ental Rationa lism, etc., will
be exa min ed .
Three class hours per week.
Phi l 404 :M ETAPHYSICS, 3 er.
Inq uiry into the natu re of rea lity and th e mean in g of existence.
P re requi site : P hil 204 or 304.
T hree class hours per wee k.
Phil 405 SYJ\rnoL1c Loc1c, 3 er.
An advan ced course in logic which exa mines the meaning of statement
co nn ec tives and the use of h· uth ta b les, the sh·ucture of argumen ts in terms
of the propositional calculus, quantification, and classes, and th e stru cture
of axiomatic sys tems.
Prerequ isite: Phi l 102.
T hree class ho urs p er week.

171

Phi l 406 CoNTEMPOllA HY P1-uLOSO PHY, 3 er.
Discusses current ph iloso phi cal movements, such as L in g uj sti c Analysis a nd
Logical Positi vism, Pheonome nology and Ex isten tia Hsm . Di alecti cal Materia l.i sm, Realism, Idea lism, Na tu ralism, a nd Pragmatism.
P re requi site : Phi l 204 or 304.
Th ree class h ou rs pe r week.
Phi l 407 EPJSTOJ\IOLOGY, 3 er.
A hi stori cal survey of theo ries of knowledge, both classical and co nte mporary.
Pre requis ite : Phil 204.
Th ree class hou rs pe r week.
P hil 408 P1-ULOSOPHY OF ScIENCE, 3 er.
Stud y of th e me th ods, co ncepts, and pres uppos itions of scie ntific inquiry.
Pre rcc1uisite : Phi l 102 a nd 204.
T hree class h ours pe r week.
P hil 49 1, 492, 493 JloNons Co unsEs
( I , II, or III fo llowing co urse number indica tes numbe r of semes te r h ours.)
This course is designed to provide the stude nt w itJ1 a n opportun ity to e ngage in ind ependent resea rch in Philosophy und e r the direction of a me mber of th e fa culty.
Pre req ui site: Hig h academi c perfonnance.
Conse nt of instru ctor, D epa rb11 ent H ead a nd D ea n of Acade mi c Affai rs.
P hil 495 SEJ\II NAH 1, PIULOSOPHY
T he s tud e nt will have th e oppor tu nity of ma ki ng an inte nsive exa mination of the tJ1ought of one outstand ing philoso phe r in th e history of phil osoph y, whe th e r a ncient, medi eva l, mode rn , or conte mpora ry. The ph ilosophe r will be chosen by th e ins b·uctor wi tJ1 tJ1e a pprova l of the D e parbl1ent.
Prereq ui site : N in e hours in Philosophy, p lus permission of instru ctor.

PHYSlCAL SCIENCE DEPARTl\llENT
Mr. Craig, Department Head; Mrs. Cos tello, Mr. F le min g, Dr. Fusco, Mr.
H acke tt, Mr. H a rblian, Dr. Kells, Mr. Lazzaro, Mr. Matzen, Mr.
Pe tri ck, Mr. Hob in, Dr. Serene, J\fr. Zoppetti .

PHYSICAL SCIENCE
~ Sci 111 MAN AND Hi s P1-1vs1CAL W o nLD, 5 er.
A broad, survey-type, non laboratory co urse d evo ted to tJ1 e fi eld of ph ysics,
,
che mish·y a nd astronomy and their related branches. Bes ides lecture-reci✓ tation me tJ,ods, motion p ictures, demonstra tion ex pe rim e nts, oral re po rt
and othe r activiti es of a resea rch or a udi o v isual project type are used .
Five class hours each week.

172

CHEMISTRY
Chemistry 101 GENERAL CHEMISTRY "I, 4 er.
The course includes a chemical study of the structure and behavior of
matter. Topics stressed the first trimester include atomic structure and
valence, equation and formu la writing, the periodic table, the gas laws,
oxidation and reduction, solutions, and ionization stoichiometry.
Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisites:
Chemish·y 102 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II, 4 er.
Includes tJ1 e fundamenta l id eas concernin g the common metals and nonmetals, and inh·oduction to rad ioactivity and nu clear reactions and semimicro qua litative ana lys is.
Three lec ture hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisites :
Chemish·y 201 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I, 4 er.
A study of the theoretical principles and prac tices underlying analytical
chemistry. It includes study and practice in separating and identifying the
ca tions and anions, mathema tical computations of chemical equilibrium in
solutions of elech·olytes, and an inh·oducti on to the statistical method app licable to qua lita tive and quantitative procedures .
Prerequisites: Chem istry 101 and 102.
Chemistry 202 ANALYTICAL Cm::1vusTHY II, 4 er.
A continuation of Chemisb·y III, including a study of the relationship of
qualitative and quantita tive analytical procedmes; theory and practice of
volu meb·ic, gravimetric, and colorimeh-ic d eterminations; electro-d eposition
and oxidation reduction metJ1ods; and unknowns involving the practices of
both qualita tive and quantitative procedures, sh·essing p recision, accuracy,
significant figures, and errors.
Three lecture hours and £om laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite:
Chemistry 301 ORGA 'IC CfIEMJSTHY I, 4 er.
An elective for those who plan to major or minor in Chemistry. It includes
a stud y of the hydrogen compounds of carbon of the aliphatic series and
emphasis on sh·uctural relationships and nomenclature as well as uses,
characteristi c p roperties, and syn tJ1esis.
Three class and fo ur labora tory hours each week.
Prereq uisite: Chemistry 101 and 102.
Chem istry 302 ORGANIC CHEllHSTRY II, 4 er.
A contin uation of Organic Chemistry I, dea ling primarily with the amines
and proteins and tliose compounds belonging to th e aromatic series. Both
micro and semi-micro techniques are employed to stress the properties and
type reactions of th e usual classes of organic co mpounds.
Three class and fo ur laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite : Chemishy 301.
Chemish·y 311 ORGA NIC PnEPAHATIONS, 3 er.
An advanced course in synthetic organic chemistry. I mportan t reactions
and special experimental techniqu es are applied to the preparation of more
complex organic compounds.
Three class and fom laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite: Chemi try 201 and 202.

173

Chemistry 321 BIOCHEMISTRY I, 4 er.
Includes the chemistry of the carbohydrates, fats and proteins; a survey of
the chemistry and function of enzymes, vitamins and hormones .
Three class and four laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 301 and 302.
Chemistry 322 B10CHE:MISTRY II, 4 er.
Includes the chemistry of the carbohydrates, fa ts and proteins; a survey of
the chemistry and fun ction of enzymes, vi tamjns and hormones.
Three class and four laboratory hours each week.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 301, 302, 321.
Chemistry 351 ACRICULTURAL CfmlvllSTRY, 3 er.
Includes discussion of plant fe rtilizers and their soil reactions, plan t composition and chemurgy, chemical control of weeds, etc. as well as labo ratory work in the field.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 201 and 202, and 301.
Chemistry 361 I NDIVIDUAL WORK I, 1 er.
An opportunity for each stud ent specializing in the area of Chemistry to
organize, inves ti gate and report on a specific problem on his own selection.
Chemistry 362 I.NDIVIDUAL vVoHK II, 1 er.
The continuation of Individual Work I in the second trimes ter.
Prerequisite: Individual Work I.
Chemisb·y 401 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I, 4 er.
Properties of gasses: elementary th ermodynamics; thermochemisb·y: kinetic
molecular theo ry: atomic and molecular ·sb1.1cture; in trod uction to the
theo ry of chemical bonding.
Prerequisites: Chemisb·y 201 and 202.
Mathematics through integral calculus.
Three hours lecture and four hour laboratory each week.
Chemistry 402 P1-rrsrcAL C1-m",u TRY II, 4 er.
Kinetics: properties of solids and liquids: phase eq uili bria : colliga tive
properties of solutions; elecb·olytic co nductance and elec trochemistry.
Prereq uisite : Chemis try 401.
Th ree lecture hours and four hours laboratory each week.
Chemistry 411 AovAXCED I i--oncA:NIC CHEMISTRY I, 3 er.
Modern b··c al111ent of principles of inorganic chemistry emphasizing che mical bonding, stereochernisb·y, coord ina tion and bases and non-aqu eous solvents.
Prerequisite : Phys ical Chemi sh-y 401 and 402.
Three class hours per week.
Chemistry 4 12 ADVANCED I NOHGANIC CHEMISTRY II, 3 er.
Mod ern trea tment of principles of inorganic chemistry emphasizing chemical bonding, tereochemistry, coordination compound s with emphasis on
periodic properties, acids and bases and non-aqueous solvents.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 411.
Three class hours per week.
174

Chemistry 421 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I, 3 er.
Consideration of synthetic methods, structure determinations, and reaction
mechanisms for acyclic, alicyclic, and aromatic compounds of synthetic and
natural origin, with emphasis on modern theory and practice.
Prerequisites : Chemistry 301 and 302.
Three class hours per week.
Chemisb·y 422 AnvANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II, 3 er.
Consideration of synthetic methods, structure determinations, and reaction
mechanisms for acyclic, alicyclic, and aromatic compounds of synthe tic and
natural ori gin, with emphasis on mod ern theory and practice.
Prerequisite : Chemistry 421.
Three class hours per week.
Chemi b·y 423 QUALITATIVE ORGA IC CimMISTRY, 3 er.
Identification of pure organic compo unds and mixtures by classical as well
as by instrumental method s.
Prerequisites : OTganic 301 and 302.
Three class hours each week and four laboratory hours each week.
Chemisb-y 431 LITERATURE OF CHEMISTRY, 1 er.
D esign d for chemistI·y majors and includes a survey of the literatu re in
the field.
Prerequisites: Completion of 18 hours in Chemistry and German I
( two trimesters).
Every Chemistry major should endeavor to take this course.
One class how· each week.
Chemisb·y 441 LABORATORY TECHNIQUES WITH I NSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS I , 3 er.
Includ es laboratory planning; selecting, use, care, and storage of equipment,
makin g of solutions and various reagents from stock supplies. Setting up of
class room demonstrations for use in secondary schools is sb·essed.
Prerequisite: Chemisb·y 201 and 202.
Three class and four laboratory hours each week.
Chemistry 442 LABORATORY TE HNIQUES WITH I NSTUMENTAL ANALYJS II, 3 er.
Includes laboratory planning; selecting, use, care and storage of eq uipment,
making solutions and various reagents from stock supplies. Setting up of
classroom demonstrations for use in secondary schools is stressed .
Pre req uisite: Chemistry 441.
Three class and four laboratory hours each week.
Chem isb·y 445 CHEMISTRY FOR HIGH ScnooL TEACHERS, 3 er.
Designed to strengthen the preparation of the teacher in service and will
include recent ideas in chemical bonding, crystal structure, radio and
nuclea r chemistry.
Prerequisite : Certification in Physical Science or Chemistry.
Three class hours per week.
Chemisb·y 451 AnvANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I , 3 er.
Cla sical and statistical thermodynamics as applied to chemical systems.
Prerequisite : Physical Chemistry 401 and 402.

175

Chemistry 452 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II, 3 er.
Prerequisite: Advanced Physical Chemistry 451, Kinetics and E lectrochemistry.
Chemistry 495 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR, 1 er.
An introduction to the literature, history, and research methods of chemistry.

PHYSICS
l' h) sics 100 GENERAL P1-1Ys1cs, 4 er.
An introductory co urse in physics with emphasis on mechanics. The topics
include vectors, forces, work, power, and energy. Considerable attention is
given to the application of the principles of physics to machines .
Prereq uisite: Algebra.
Th ree class pe1iocls and three laboratory hours each week.
Ph ysics 101 COLLEGE PHYSICS I, 4 er.
Mecl1anics and H eat
An introdu ctory course in physics. Some of the topics studied are : the
mechanics of solids, liquid , and gasses; work, power, and energy; heat
phenomena. The student is given an opportunity and required to solve
some problems and proofs by cal culus.
Prereq uisite: Diffe rential Calculus.
Three class hours and three laborator y hour each week.
Physics 102 COLLEGE PHYSICS II, 4 er. Sound, L ight, E lectricity and
Magnetism
A continuation of Phys ics I. Some of th e topics studied are : Production
and nature of sound waves, including music sounds, refl ection and refracti on, optical instrum ents, spectre and interfe rence; elecb·icity and magneti sm.
Prerequisite: Differenti al Calculus.
Three class hours and three labora tory hours each week.
Physics llO Asn10NONIY, 3 er.
No n-mathematical presen tation of methods and results of as tronomical d iscovery. The planet Earth-its shape, motions, and atmosphere. The seasons,
calender, time of clay. Telescopes and their uses. The moon-effects on the
ea rth, surface fea tures, phases and ecli pses. The p laneta ry system-Law of
Gra vitation-sa tellites, and eclipses. The stars in their seasons, constelJations, star clusters, cos mi c dust and gas, the ga llactic sys te m, th e ex te rior
ga laxies.
Three hours lecture each week.
Physics 216 OP-r1 cs, 4 er.
Ceome b·ical and physical op tics including refl ection and refraction at su rfaces, lenses, interfe rence and diffraction, elementary spectroscopy and
pola rization of light are di scussed. Applica tions a re mad e in th e study of
op ti cal insb-uments.
Prerequisites: Physics I and II.
Three class hours and three labora tory hours each week.

176

Phys ics 221 MODERN PHYsrcs, 3 er.
This is a stud y of the twentie th century phys ics. Tl1e course include the
d evelopment in th ermoionics, X-rays, and rad ioactivity. Considerab le
a ttention is given to th e mode rn concepts of atomic stru ch1re together with
th e mechanisms of release of atomic energy and its subsequent uti liza tion.
Prerequisites : Physics I, II and Calculus II .
Three class hours and three laboratory hours each week.
Ph ysics~243 W AVE, MOTJON, SOUND, 2 er.
An intermedi a te course in physics consideling sta tionary and movin g waves,
electrom agnetic waves, Loren tz b·ansforrna tion of length and time, relativistic d yna mics, sound and acco ustics .
Prerequ isites: College Algebra and Tri gonometry.
Two class periods each week.
Ph ysics 251 ELECTRONICS, 4 er.
A first co urse in elec troni cs which includes electronic emm1s10n, opera tion
of vacuum tubes, gas filled h 1bes, amplifiers, rectifiers, oscillators, conh·ol
a nd wave shaping circuits, and transistor theory.
Prereq uisite : 1 year of Physics .
Reco mmended p re or co-req uisite: Ph ysics 103 and Differentia l Calculus.
Ph ysics 301 ADVANCED MECHANICS, 4 er.
In this co urse calculus is used freely in th e solution of problems involving
centroid s, moment of inerti a, stati cs and kineti cs of a particle and rigid
body. Vector Algebra ( grad ient, d iverge nce, curl ) and different coordina te
sys tems are presented in solving p roblems.
Prereq uisite: Ph ysics 103 and 3 h"in1esters of Calculus.
Phys ics 316 ADVANCED ELECTRICITY AN"D MAGNETISM, 3 er.
This course i ncludes topics i n E lectrosta ti c Magnatos tati c and elec trom agnetic fields . E lectri c circuit theo ry, electromagnetic waves, Maxwells eq uations, included. Vec tor Algeb ra ( gradient divergence, curl, e tc. ) and diffe rent coo rd inate sys tems are presented in solving p roblems.
Prereq uisite : Ph ys ics 103 and 3 tr imes te rs of Calculus.
Three hours of lectu re.
Ph ysics 361 I NDIVIDUAL W oHK I, 1 er.
An opportunity fo r each sh1dent specializing in th e area of physics to organi ze, in vesti ga te and report on a specific problem of his own selectio n.
Physics 362 I NDIVIDUAL W onK II, 1 er.
Continu ation of Ind ividual W ork I in the second him es ter.
Ph ys ics 391 THERMODYNAMICS, 4 er.
An interm edi a te co urse in physics co nsiderin g equ a tions of sta te, wo ik, the
laws of th ermod ynamics, change of phase, kinetic th eory of gases,. molecul ar
velociti es, tran po rt phenomena, and sta tisti cal rn echaiiics. ·
· · · ··
Prereq uisites: Calculus I and II .
Three class periods and th ree laboratory hours each week.
Ph ys ics 4 11 AsTROPHYSICS, 3 er.
A cou rse in dealing with the applica tion of ph ysics and math e matics· in· the
field of Asb·onomy. A study of recent cliscoveries in Radio Asi:roncirriy and
· ·
th e space program.
Prereq uisites: As tronomy-12 credits of Physics arid Calculus I arid II .

177

Physics 495 SEMINAR IN PHYSICS, 1 er.
An introdu ction tu the literahue, history, teachin g and research methods
of physics majors.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of credH in Physics.

PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
Dr. White, Department Head; Dr. Barasch, Dr. Craig, D r. Gamble, Mr.
L evend os, Dr. Long, Mr. McDonald, Mr. McIntyre, Miss O'Brien, Dr.
Palermo, Dr. Seidel, D r. Volkin, Mrs. Williams.
Psy 101 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A general introduc tion to the scientific tudy of behavior with emphasis on
such topics as methods of stud y, learning, sensation, percep tion, development of the individual, motivation, personali ty, and individual differences.
Three class hours each week.
~ Psy 201 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the nature of the learning process with emphasis on th e application of principles of learning to the problems of teaching. An important
aspect of the course is the sh1dy of ach1al classroom problems and procedures by observation of regular work and by special illustra ti ve demonstrations in the laboratory school. Recognizing th e importance of the individual's learning process, this course deals with the psychological climate of
the classroom, the importance of evaluating the child's total learni ng, the
group process, and guidance as an essential part of crea tive teachin g. The
course should furni sh the prospective teach er wi th a foundation in the
theories, principles and master ideas of the educative process.
Prerequisi te : General Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 300 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, ( CHILD D EVELOPMENT ), 3 er.
A study of the patterns of physical, men tal, social and emotional d evelopment in the period of early childhood through the pre-pubescent period .
T he course \vill emphasize the normal development of th e individual.
Prerequisite: General Psychology and for Teacher Educa tion students
a prerequisite is Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
i (Psy 301 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY II, ( ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY),
3 er.
A study of ( 1) developmental needs and adjustment problems experienced
b y pre-adolescents, adolescents, and young adu lts, ( 2) problems that confront parents, teachers, counselors, and other adu lts in their relations wi th
individuals in these age groups, and ( 3) case reports of secondary school
pupils in need of various kinds of assistance.
Prerequisite: General Psychology and for Teacher Education studen ts
a prerequisite is Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each week.

178

Psy 302 PSYCHOLOGY OF EXCEPTIONAL CHJLDREN, 3 er.
The problems of exceptional or atypical children. The major purpose is to
gain a fun ctional und erstanding of th e various types of ph ysical and menta l
"deviates", both as to the ge nesis of th eir behavioral p rocesses, their treatment, and the guiding p rinciples involved in their trainin g.
Prerequisite : General Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 303 PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT, 3 er.
A stud y of the individual's adjustive processes in personal and social relationships. The course will review the defensive reactions, abnormal behavioral reactions, problem solving, and superior adjustment.
Prerequisi te: General Psychology.
ThreJ:' class hours each week.
Psy 310 ME 'TAL H YGJENE, 3 er.
Problems of personality and mechanisms of adjushnent, includ ing a stud y
of th e ori gin and resolution of conflicts, and the role of emotion in the patterns of behavior are studied. ( This course should not be taken if Psychology of Adjustment has been taken .)
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
Three class hours each week.

/

Psy 320 SOCTAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the interaction beh'leen th e individual and his social gro ups
within a cultural context. The course will be concerned with th e individual
in his social role, social status, social groups, and social institutions.
Prerequisite : General Psychology & Principles of Sociology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 330 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the relationships bet\'leen bodily processes and behavior. The
course is designed to d emonstrate the relationship between psychological
phenomena and th e physiological functioning of the organism. Topics
covered in the co urse will include sensation an.cl perception, refl exive behavior, motivation, emotion al behavior and cortical functionin g. Some laboratory experience will be included in th e course.
Prerequ isi te: General Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 340 PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING, 3 er.
A study of the nature and fun ction of measurement in psychology with
concenh·a tion on tes t constru ction problems and procedures and an examination of some typical tes ts in the field s of intelligence, personality, special
ap titud es, abilities and interes ts.
Prerequisi te : General Psychology.
Three class hams each week.
Psy 400 SPECIAL STUDIES IN PSYCHOLOGY I, 1 er.
This course provides the student with a n opporhmity to engage in individual study and research in an area of psychology of interest to the student.
Admission to this course is subject to th e approval of the department head .
Prerequisite: Consent of Instru ctor.

179

)

Psy 401 SPECIAL STUDIES IN P YCHOLOGY II, 2 er.
This course p rovides the student with an opportunity to engage in individ ual stud y and research in an a rea of psychology of interes t to the student.
Admission to this course is sub jec t to the approval of the department head .
Pre req uisite : Consent of th e Instru ctor.
Psy 402 SPECIAL STUDIES m PSYCHOLOGY III, 3 er.
This course provides the stu dent ,vi th an opportunity to engage in individual stud y and research in an area of psychology of interes t to the stud ent.
Admission to this co urse is subjec t to th e approva l of the departm ent head .
Prerequisite : Consent of th e Instru ctor.
Psy 4 10 CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
An introductory course designed to aid students to think crea ti ve ly about
the kind s of information and data to be obtained in stud ying individu als.
The comse seeks to point out so me of th e problems and procedures which
co nstitute the type of clinical p rocedure. This course is not designed as a
course to train the stud ent to become a clinical psychologist, but ra ther is
an inh·odu cti on to th e appli ed area of cli nical psychology.
Prerequisite : General Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, Psychologica l
Tes tin g, Psychology of Per onality and Senior Standin g.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 411 PRACTICUM JN PSYCHOLOGY, varying er. ( No t currently offered )
Special stud y in case stud y methods, psychological testin g and the use of
clinical instruments; ad mission by permission of Dean of Academic Affairs.
P rerequisite: Psychological Tes tin g, Sta tistics, Experimental Psychology,
Cl.inical Psychology.
Psy 4 12 ABNORMA L PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A study of the symptoms, ca uses, incidence and fo rms of treatment of the
more common types of abnorm al behavior. Includ ed will be a considerati on of the neuroses, psychoses, character and personality diso rders, mental
defi ciency and psychosomatic reac ti on . The co urse will give a brief intro d uction to some of the major th eo ries of h·eatment.
Prerequisite: General Psychology and Junior Stand ing.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 415 Ex PERLvIENTAL PSYCHOLOGY, 4 er.
An introduction to the experi men tal method as it is used in psychology.
The course is concerned wi th me thods, principles and theories in psychology. Laboratory time will be used to give the student an opportunity to
repea t experimental studies and to develop independent studies.
Prerequisite : Statistics.
Two class hours and fo ur labora tory hours each week.
Psy 420 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSO:\'ALITY, 3 er.
A study of the d evelopment, tructu re, and dynami cs of personali ty. Some
current theoretical approaches to the understanding and assessment of personali ty will be reviewed and evalua ted.
Prerequisite : General P ychology and Junior Standing.
Three class hour each week.
180

Psy 430 1-IJSTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A stud y of the histori cal developmen t of psychology for its philosophical
ori gins to the present day. The course will briefl y review the phi losophi cal
ori gins and will place greatest emphasis on the d evelopment of scientific
psychology from the earl y "schools" of psychology to the current "sys tems"
of psychology.
Prerequisite: General Psychology and Junior Standin g.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 435 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEAR NING, 3 er.
A study of th e nature and conditions of learning. The co urse will exam ine
th e types of learning and the experimental proced m es used in the study
of learning problems. The various interpreta tions of the process will be
exa mined and evaluated.
Prerequisi te: General Psychology and Juni or Standing.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 440 STATISTICS, 3 er.
The course is designed to acquaint th e student in psychology with the
common statistical procedures used in th e d escription of d ata gathered in
the va rious types of psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Psy 445 I NDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
A stud y of the psychological principles appli ed to problems of business and
indush-y. The co m se will be concerned with such topics as personnel selection and trainin g, wo rk effi ciency, morale and lead ershi p , and consum er
behavior.
Prerequisite : Genera l Psychology.
Three class hours each wee k.
Psy 490 SEMINAR 1 , PSYCHOLOGY I , 1 er.
The course is a discussion type semin ar co urse dealing with special a reas
of psychology not covered in the departmenta l course offerings. It is designed to give the stud ent an oppo rtunity to engage in readings in th e literature of psychology and to engage in criti cal discussions of th e topic.
Prerequ isite: Junior or Senior Standing in Psychology.
Psy 491 SEMINAR IN PsYCHOLOCY II, -2 er.
This co urse is a discussion type seminar course dealing with special a reas
of psychology not covered in the deparb11enta l course offerings. It is designed to give the student an opportuni ty to engage in readin gs in the literature of psychology and to engage in critical discussions of th e topic.
Prerequis ite: Junior or Senior Standing in Psych ology.
Psy 492 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY III, 3 er.
This comse is a d iscussion type sem inar course d ealing with special areas
of psychology not covered in the depa rbn ental co urse offeri ngs. It is d esigned to give the stud ent an opporhmi ty to engage in readin gs in th e litera h1re of psychology and to engage in criti cal discussions of th e topic.
Prerequisite: Junior or Senior Standing in Psychology.
Psy 495 HONORS COURSE IN PSYCHOLOGY, 3 er.
This course is designed to provide the student with an opportuni ty to engage in independent re earch in Psychology under th e d irection of a member of the faculty.
Prerequisite : High Academi c Performance, Consen t of Instructor, Department H ead and D ean of Academi c Affairs.

181

SECONDARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Dr. Ball, Department Head ; Dr. Benedetti, Mr. Butler, Mr. Cairns, Dr.
Crowley, Dr. Culler, Dr. Jones, Mr. Mattee, Mr. Owsiany.
Sec Ed 301 PROBLEMS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION, 3 er.
The practical problems of teaching and learning in th e secondary school
with emphasis on principles of problem solving are studied. A survey is
made of the structure and nature of American Secondary Education. Tools
and techniques used in problem solving are introduced. A problem study
using action research is a requirement of the co urse.
Prerequisite: Educational Foundations and Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each wee k.

J Sec Ed 420

I NTRODUCTIO TO GUIDA NCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES, 3 er.
The principle objective of this course is to develop an understanding of the
principles of guidance with emphasis on basic concepts and procedures for
guidance services as well as the organization and administration of th e
guid ance program a re considered.
Prerequisite: Educa tional Foundations and Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each week.

Sec Ed 430 EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS, 3 er.
This course is a consideration of the simpler sta tistical measures, with particu lar stress on the applica tion to classroom work, and of th e principles
underlying the construction of valid, reliable objective tests. Practice opportuniti e are offered for the construction of class room tes ts in various subject-matter fie lds.
Prerequisite: Educational Psychology.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 435 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY, 3 er.
The development of classroom techniques which lead to cooperative und erstandings between school and community is a chi ef objective of this course.
Considerable attention is given to th e tru cture of the comm unity, its
groups, and th eir goals. The school is viewed in its role as a publi c relations laboratory.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 440 TEA CHIKG OF ENGLISH rn SECONDARY Sc1-L00Ls, 3 er.
The application of principles of educational psychology, philosophy, and
sociology to the teaching of English in junior and senior high school. The
course includes both practical techniques of classroo m practi ce and an investigation of the larger problems of the profession. Ad equate prior conte nt
courses in English are necessa ry to th e student undertaking this course.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 441 TEACHI NG OF GEOGRAPHY AND EARTH ScJE NCE JN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 Cr.
A review of concepts and bas ic philosophy in geograph y and earth science .
The course includes a survey of avai lable materials and cun-ent curriculu ms in the fi elds of geography and ea rth science whi ch form th e bases for
analys is of modern techniques in the teachin g of these subjects.
Prerequisite : 18 credits in geography and/ or earth science.
Three cla s hours each week.

182

Sec Ed 442 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
The math emati cal abilities of th e secondary student are d iagnosed. Methods of mathematical teaching a re di scussed and presented. Results of mathema tical ed ucation accord ing to recent resea rch are stud ied and trends are
indicated . The control and use of the visual aids pertaining to mathema ti cs
is presented as well as so urces of information. How to maintain a mathematics classroo m, and a stud y of stud ent, teacher, ad ministration and co mmunity problems with proper methods of instruction are considered. Content material will be included at the discretion of the mathemati cs d epartment. Evaluation is maintained by tes ts, reports, textbook evaluations,
course outlines, unit plans, projects and teaching lessons.
Prerequisite: Mathematical Insights.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 443 TEACHING MODERN LA 'GUAGES IN THE SECONUARY SCHOOLS,
3 er.
T his course will be taught in the language laboratory. It will cover th e
th eory and practice of teaching and mod ern language. Instru ction in th e
use of the labora tory will be given.
P rerequisite: Completion of at leas t one trimester of the junior yea r.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 444 TEACHING OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
This course is planned to give the prospective science major a thorough
gro undin g in the problems of teaching science. The objectives of the science
progra m in th e seco nd ary school, selecti on of tex tbooks, so urces of suitable
litera ture, how to secure materials for instru ction, th e preparation of units,
and special techniqu es are studied.
Prerequisite: 12 hours of work in major field .
Three class hours each week.
•)l_Sec E d 445 TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
'/I T his course is intended to familiarize prospective teachers with desirable
methods whi ch may be used in teachin g th e social studies . E mph asis is
placed on the philosophy, objectives, courses of study, and organiza ti on of
subject matter for teaching purposes, curri culum materials, procedures and
development.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Ed 446 TEACHI NG OF SPEECH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, 3 er.
Problems in th e selec tion of materials for co urses of study, forensics, gro up
discussions, assemblies, dramatics and correction and improvement programs on the secondary level. This stud y is planned to benefit students
specializing in the teaching of oral English, speech and dramati cs and those
supervisin g extra-curri cular activities in the speech fi eld .
Three class hours each week.
Sec E d 449 PRI NCIPLES OF TEACHING, 3 er.
The course is primarily concerned with the direction of learning, the und erstandin g and use of common procedures in teaching, the planning of instruction, the evaluation of the effectiveness of instru ction, and characteri stics of an effecti ve teacher.
Prerequisite: Educational Foundations and Educa tional Psychology.
In certain situations, this course may be substituted for the Secondary
Teaching Methods Course. Admittance only by consent of th e Department H ead of Secondary Education.

183

Sec E d 450 STUDENT TEACHI 'G, 12 er.
Observation and participa tion in all teachin g and activities related to the
performance of a teacher's work, in the area of th e student's specialization.
Prerequ isite: A general qualj ty point average of C or 2.0 and 2.0 in
their area of specializa tion. The student spends full time in actual
classroo m teaching for· a h·imes ter of 16 weeks.
Sec E d 45 1 PROFESSIONA L PRACTIC ·M AND SCHOOL LAW, 2 er.
Metl1ods and practices of teachin g. General techruqu es of teaching and
techniqu es for tl1e sutdent's special fi elds. Pennsylvarua school laws releva nt to the work of tl1e classroom teacher. Problems encountered by ilie
stud ents in ilieir stud ent teaching.
T wo class hours each week.
Sec Eel 455 MoDER N METHODS IN SECONDARY ScHOOLs, 3 er.
An analys is of ilie functions of seco ndary edu ca ti on and of classroom problems, followed up by the presentation of techruq ues for th e solution of such
problems advocated by ilie more recent literature in th e field.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Eel 456 TrIE SECONDA RY SCHOOL CURRICULUl\•I, 3 er.
An a na lysi s of th e function s of second ary school cu rri culum including: th e
historical developm ent of th e high school curriculum ; current and projected
trend s; patterns of curricu lu m d evelopment; the dynamjcs of curriculum
improvement; curriculum provisions for meeting individual differences;
trends in specific instructional fields; the place and purpose of student activities and tl1e extra-class curri culu m.
Three class hours each week.
Sec Eel 463 SECONDARY READING AND ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE, 2 er.
The purpose of this course is to help the prospective teachers of the Second ary Academic subject areas d evelop an und ersta nding and app reciation
of the necessa ry readin g skills need ed b y th eir students. Meiliocls of establishin g awa reness of general reading needs as well as ilie special skills
uruque to th eir subject area will be stressed .
Two class hours each week.
Sec Eel HONORS SEMINA1~; 3 er.
A sem inar intended to provide an experience of quality tlrnt expl~ifs tl1!')
hum an and other resom ces of th e college. The maior emph asis is · to be on
inq uiry ra ther tlrn n ilie rn ei-e acqui ition of information. The methodology
of th e co urse is design ed tci'featu re tl1e Socratic med10cl, case study, action
resea rch, or problem-oriented techniqu es. 'the exa mination, 111 the forri1 of
a defense of a paper written b y tl1e stude nt in his major field, is intended
to minjmize routine summary and to maximize ctitical thinking.
Prerequisite: Educa tional Foundations and Ed uca tional Psychology.
Three class hciu:rs each week.

184

SOCIAL STUDIES DEPARTME T
Dr. Jack, Department Head ; Mr. Brown, Mr. Buchovecky, Dr. Goode, Mr.
Diehl, Mr. F ear, Mr. George, Dr. Harris, Dr. Hart, Mr. H epner, Mr.
Kania, Dr . Keller, Mr. Lechner, Mr. Lucas, Mr. Marshall, Mr. Norman,
D r. Papacostas, Dr. Planinsic, Mr. Pushkarsh, Dr. Schmidt, Mr.
Schneider, D r. Siegal, Dr. Thomas, fr. Welsh, Mr. vVomsley, Mr.
Zemo.

SOCIAL STUDIES
S Ste.I 101

WORLD CULTURE I, 3 er.

A survey of the evolution of man's cul ture-his governmental, economic,

social, religious, intellectual, and aesth etic ac tivities from ancient times to
the beginni ng of the modern wo rld .
Three class hours each week.
1

Std 102 W ORLD CuLTURE II, 3 er.
A sm vey of th e evolution of man's cultu re-his governmental, econom ic,
social, religious, intellectu al, and aes th etic ac tivities from the end of the
\ ancient wo rld to modern times .
Three class hours each week.
S ·std 180 THE SLAVIC W ORLD, 3 er.
A general survey of th e historical and cultu ral backgro und and development of the wes tern, southern and eas tern· Slavs, from the origins of the
Slavic tribes to the p resen t.
Three class hours each week.
S Std 181 Ti-IE SLAVIC WORLD II, 3 er.
An analysis of the governments and political sys tems of Bulgatia, Yugoslavi a, Czechoslovakia, Poland and the Soviet Union, wi th special emphasis
placed upon ideology, th e politics of Communist parties, p resen t and pas t,
governmental sh·uctures and p rocesses, and theori es conce rning the evolution of Communist sys tems in these co un b·ies .
Three class hours each week.
S Std 401 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SocIAL ScIENCE I, 1 er.
Development of individual programs by stud ents. D oes not replace any
co urse regularly given.
S Std 402 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SocIAL ScmNCE II, 2 er.
D evelopment of individ ual programs by tu dents. Does no t replace any
co urse regula rly given.
S Std 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SocIAL SCIENCE III, 3 er.
Develop ment of individual p rograms by stu den ts. Does no t replace any
co urse regularly given.
S Std 491 1-loNORS COURSE IN SocrAL STUDIES I, 3 er.
Directed readin g and research in the area of in terest chosen b y the studen t
in consultation with an ins tructor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the H onors Program of the College.
185

S Std 492 HONORS CotrnsE IN SOCIAL STUDIIES II, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in the area of interest chosen by the student
in consultation with an instructor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the H onors Program of the College and S
Std 491.
S Std 493 H ONORS COURSE I SOCIAL STUDIES III, 3 er.
Directed readin g and research in the area of interest chosen b y the student
in consultation with an instructor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the Honors Program of th e College and S
Std 491 & 492 .
S Std 495 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL STUDIES, 3 er.
Selected studies in the literature, philosophy, technfrJu es, and research of
social studies.
Prerequisite : Permission of the Instru ctor.

ECONOMICS
E con 101 Pru CIPLES OF E CONOMICS I , 3 er.
The co urse emphasizes economic principles and problems which are fund amental for an und erstandin g and appreciation of our modern sys tem. While
stressing the basic economi c concepts and national income, attention is also
given to practical economic matters, including labor problems, finan ce,
taxa tion, business cycles and fiscal policy.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 102 PRINCIPLES OF E CONOMICS II, 3 er.
The course consists of an analytical study of certain cru cial present day
p roblems such as the composition and pricing of national income, th e dish·ibution of income and the pricing of the prod uctive factors, intern ational
trad e and fin ance, current economi c problems and the individual's responsibility as a ci tizen of the world.
Prerequisite : Economics 101.
Th ree class hours each week.
Eco n 203 I NDUSTRIAL RELATIONS, 3 er.
The methods b y which workers, employers and the public have been and
are now a ttempting to solve th eir problems are examined in the light of
und erlying economi c piinciples. Labor and management representatives
from the area are invited to di scussion sections when possible.
Three class hours each week.
Eco n 205 D EVELOP;\,IE 'T OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY, 3 er.
A critical analysi of economic life in Colonial Ameri ca. A study of the
East-Wes t immi gration and the grow th of modern business and industry
in the United Sta tes . Special attention is directed to the corporations and
its part in the nation's dynamic growth. The causes and conseqnence of the
great depression are also considered .
Three class hours each week.
Econ 206 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT, 3 er.
An ex tensive survey of th e development of economic thought from approximately 1700 to 1900, stressing the contributions of Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Marx, and Mill.
Three class hours each week.
186

Econ 211 MONEY AND BANKING, 3 er.
The course concentrates on the functioning of the monetary and banking
system as a whole and its relationship with the rest of the economy. Emphasis is placed on the study of commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System, the Treasury D epartmen t, the nature of money and the signifi cance
of monetary policy.
Prerequi ite: Economics 101.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 212 P unuc F INANCE, 3 er.
A study of governmen tal ac tivities in the collec tion and spending of public
income. Subjects covered include: governm en t expenditures, taxes and
revenues, public d ebt ma nagement, fiscal policy and fi scal ad ministra ti on.
Prerequisite: Economics 101.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 221 I NTERMEDIATE MICRO E CONOMIC THEORY, 3 er.
A review of th e nature and scope of economic theory. A study of value
theory, wage th eory, th e theory of fa ctor prices and income distribution ,
output de termin ation, capital in vestments, rents and profits.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 222 AccouNTINC I, 3 er.
The course places emph asis on the basic concepts of acco unting and uses
of accountin g data. It is designed for students who plan to continue with
add itional courses as well as for those whose needs are li mited to an introdu ctory co urse.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 223 AccouNTING II, 3 er.
The co urse places emphasis on fin ancial reports for the use of management
in planning and controllin g operations. E mphasis is placed on decision
making. Suffi cient coverage of the techniqu es of data processing is employed to provide the fo und ation fo r an adequa te und erstanding of the
basics of sys tem design and intemal conh·ol.
Prereq uisite : Accounting I.
111ree class hours each week.
Econ 225 MONETARY AND F1scAL POLICY, 3 er.
A comprehensive analysis of monetary and income th eory. The role of
mone tary and fiscal policies in periods of depression, inflation and economic
stability.
Prerequisite: Economics 211.
Three class hours each week.
Econ 230 I NTERMEDIATE MACRO ECONOMIC THEORY, 3 er.
An ana lysis and meas urement of the forces tha t determine the level of aggrega te economic activity. Included is the meas urement of economic activity, problems in the control of economic activity and the level of economic
acti vity.
Prerequisite: Economics 102.

187

Econ 240 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS, 3 er.
An examination of the various economic aspects of capitalism, socialism,
communism and facism. The economics of the wes tern nations including the
Soviet Union are analyzed in terms of theoretical and operational approaches to th e solutions of basic economic problems.
Prerequisite: E conomics 102.
Th ree class hours each week.
Econ 250

QUANTITATIVE METHODS

Econ 270 COMMUNITY REso RCES, 3 er.
A method of providi ng teachers in all levels of edu ca tion with the opportunity to discover, study, and adapt community resources to their classroom work. The workshop includes the production of teaching materials,
based on workshop findin gs for the use of participants, and other teachers.
First Summer Session-4 weeks.
d aily 9 A.M. to 4 P.M.
Econ 401 SPECIAL P ROBLEMS IN ECONOMICS I, 1 er.
D evelopment of individual programs by stud ents. D oes not replace any
course rngu larly given.
Econ 402 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN Eco •oMics II, 2 er.
Development of individual programs by students. D oes not replace any
course regul arly given.
Econ 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ECONOMICS III, 3 er.
Development of individual program s by stud ents. D oes not replace any
course regularly given.
Econ 490 HONORS CoURSE 11 Eco NOMICS I, 3 er.
Directed reading and resea rch in an area of interes t chosen b y the student
in co nsultation with an instru ctor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the H onors Program of th e College.
Econ 491 H ONORS Co URsE IN EcoN01vrrcs II, 3 er.
Directed readin g and resea rch in an area of interes t chosen b y the stud ent
in consulta tion with an instructor.
Prerequisite : Provision of the H onors Program of the College and
E con 490.
Econ 492 HONORS COURSE IN ECONOMICS III, 3 er.
Direc ted readin g and research in an area of interest chosen by the student
in consultation with an instru ctor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the H onors Program of the College and
Econ 491 & 492.
Econ 495 SEJ\HNAR IN Ec oNo;,.,n cs, 3 er.
Selected studies in th e literahire, philosophy, techniques, and research of
economics.
Prerequisite : Permission of the Instructor.

188

HISTORY
H ist 101 H1sTOHY OF U.S. AND PENNSYLVANIA I , 3 er.
A broad stu dy of the political, economic, social and intellectual forces
which haped th e American past to 1865. Pennsylvani a history assumes a
p rominent place in this course.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 102 HisTOHY OF U .S. AND PENNSYLVANIA II, 3 er.
A broad study of the political, economic, social and inte!Jectu al forces
which shaped th e American past since 1865. Pennsylvania history assumes
a pro minent p lace in this co urse.
Th ree class hours each week.

J I-li st 103 S nvEY OF U .S . AND PENNSYLVANIA H1sTOHY, 3 er.
A co urse fo r secondary curriculum stud ents who are not majori ng in history
or social studi es; Indusb"ial Ar ts students and Speech Correction students.
This cow-se wilJ survey th e major issues of United States growth and d evelopment from 1607 to the present. Problems in American, political, social
and eco nom ic history will be discussed.
Three class hours each week.
~

-list 121 H1sTOHY OF EunoPE TO 1815, 3 er.
1e cl velopme nt of the social, economic, poli tical, religious and cultural
periences of the Europea n people. The d ecline of monarchial Emope and
e major de mocratic movements in E urope.
Tlu-ee class hours each week.
Hist 122 H ISTORY OF EunoPE S1NCE 1815, 3 er.
The grow th of European national states as refl ected in th eir political, socia l
and eco nom ic ac tivities. An understanding of the cas ual and intergroup
rela tionships are essenti al to the analysis and interpretation of the difficulti es facing th e European world today.
Three class hours each week.
Hi st 142 H1sTORY OF LATIN AMERICA, 3 er.
The development of the Latin American co unb'ies from the period of discovery to the present. The colonial p eriod, th e revolutionary period, and
th e nati onal period a re smveyed. E mopean a nd American relations with
Latin America are emphasized .
T hree class hours each week.

~

list 143 H1sTORY OF THE FAR EAST, 3 er.
The interaction of East and W es t with emph asis on developments since
1800. The impact of modem technology, imperialism, nationalism and communism on Oriental culture is given special a ttention.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 144 H1sTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST, 3 er.
The rise of the mod ern national state in the Middle Eas t is the focal point
of internation al concern since World W ar I. A review of the histo1y of the
peoples of the region in addition to a considera tion of major political, economic and cultu ral fac tors which color internati onal affairs in the ,fiddle
East is the basis for this work.
Three class hom s each week.

189

* Hist 150 I-hsTORY OF Tl-IE ANCIENT vVORLD, 3 er.
The origins of W estern Civilization from pre-historic man to the disintegration of the Roman Empire, embracing a thorough study of the cultural
aspects of the F ertile Crescent and Greco-Roman Civiliza tions.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 201 HISTORY OF PE NSYLVA IA , 3 er.
T he found ing and development of Pennsylvania from its colonial beginn ings
to the present tim e. Emphasis is placed on the social, economic and political d evelopments in th e differen t periods of its history. Special attention
is given to the diversity of the people and their ins titutions and to the
growth of Pennsylvania as a leader in our modern industri al world .
Three class hours each week.
* Hist 202 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES HISTORY, 3 er.
The policies and problems of United States in the twentieth century, with
emphasis upon the Second World W ar and the post-war period.
Prerequisites : United States and Penn ylvania I and II.
Three class how- each week.
i-Hist 221 1-hsTORY OF Co TEMPOitAlW EUROPE, 3 er.
The d evelopment of p olitical, social, and economic forces since World W ar
I and a history of th e several a ttempts to resolve these problems.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 223 HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL EUROPE, 3 er.
The political, social, economic, and cultural history of the Middle Ages
with emphasis on institutional and cultural life from the fa ll of Rome to
the Renaissance.
Three class homs each week.
Hist 224 RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION, 3 er.
Renaissance Cultme in Emope from the 14th to the 16th century, with
emphasis on Italy. It will include a trnatrnent of late Medi eval Civi lization,
the growth of Humanism, and the rise of the principle branches of Protes tantism, and the reform movement within the Roman Ca tholic Church .
Three class hours each week.

(

Hist 232 TWENTIETH CENTURY vVORLD HISTORY, 3 er.
Background and analy is of 20th Century events and emerging iss ues is
brought out by a study of the growth of capitalism, imperialism, totalitarianism. World W ars I and II and recent efforts toward collective security
and international under tanding.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 237 SOCIAL I-I1 TORY OF THE UNITED STATES, 3 er.
A study of the major groupings and ways of thou ght of the United States
from colonial days to the present.
Three class hours each week.
ist 238 I-I1sTORY OF AMERICAN LABOR, 3 er.
This is a survey course covering th e history of labor in America from colonial times to the present. Many topics are included in this study, from indentured and slave labor in colonial Ame1ica to problems fa cing labor today
with the co ming of autom ation. Incl uded also are such topics as the labor
philosophy of the "Robber Barons", the great strikes, labor and the courts,
and other related studies.
Three class hours each week.

190

I list 239 D1PLOMATIC UNITED STATE H1sTORY, 3 er.
Special em phasis is p laced on a study of our fo reign relations from the
beginning of our national history to the present. Included are sepera te
topics such as the growth and influence of a p olicy of "i olation," the crea tion and development of the Monroe D och'ine, the ch anging position of
the U nited Sta tes as a world power, and th e problems incid nt to the assumpti on of the resulting respo nsibilities.
Three class h ours each week.
~

list 241 HISTORY OF ENGLAND, 3 er.
The grow th of the peop le and institutions of England from the conques t
by th e Anglo-Saxons to the present. The emphasis is placed on th e development of those factors that gave rise to th e stru ggle for th e es tablishment of
democratic principles in our modern wo rld.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 245 H1sTORY OF Rus IA , 3 er.
A stu dy of th e rise of the Hussian sta te from th e migrations of the Slavic
tri bes to th e fo rm ation of the Soviet Union.
Three class hours each week.
Hi st 250 AlllERJCA , CONSTITUTIONAL H1STORY, 3 er.
The grow th of th e American Constituti onal sys tem, with special emphasis
on consti tuti onalism, fed era lism, national-s tate rela tions, judicial review,
economic regula tions and civil liberties.
Three class hours each week.
Hist 401 SPECIA L PROBLEMS l N HISTORY I, 1 er.
Developmen t of individual programs by stud ents. Docs not replace any
course regularly given.
Hist 402 SPECJAL PROBLEMS IN HJSTOHY 11, 2 er.
D evelopme nt of individual programs by students. Does not replace any
co urse regularl y given.
Hist 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN 1-IISTOHY III, 3 er.
Developme nt of individual programs by students. Does not rep lace any
co ur e regu larl y given.
Hi st 491 lloNons CounsE 1N H1sTORY I, 3 er.
Directed read ing and resea rch in an area of interes t chosen by the stud ent
in co nsulta tion with an insb·uctor.
P rer quisite : Provisions of the Hono rs I rogram of th e College.
Hist 492 HONORS CouRSE IN HISTORY II, 3 er.
Directed readin g and research in an area of in teres t chosen by the srudent
in consultation with an instru ctor.
Prerequis ite: Provisions of th e H ono rs Program of the College and
Hist 491.
Hist 493 Ho 'ORS Co RSE IN HISTORY III, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in an area of interes t chosen by th e srucl ent
in consulta ti on w ith an instructor.
P rereq ui site: Provisions of th e Honors Program of the College and
Hist 491 & 492 .

191

Hist 495 SEMINAR 1N I-hsTORY, 3 er.
Selected studies in the literature, philo ophy, techniques, and researc h of
history.
Prerequisite: Permission of the In tructor.

POLITICAL SCIE CE
~ Pol Sci 101 l NTnooucnoN TO PounCAL SCIENCE, 3 er.
A co urse designed for those b eginning the study of political science. The
general characteristics, concep ts, and trends of the study of political science are sh·es ed .
Three class h ours each week.

J Pol

Sci 102 AMERICAN CovERNMENT, 3 er.
The general principles of the Ame,ican system of co nstitutional governmen t;
sp ecial emphasis is placed upon the organization and func tions of the national government- legislative, executive and judicial; carefu l treahn ent is
given to the rights and duties of citizenship, the electorate, political p arties,
civil ri gh ts and the growing regulatory function of government.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 201 STATE AND LOCAL CoVER..'-'MENT, 3 er.
A trea tment of the organization, power , function , and problems of sta te
an local governmental units. Emphasis is placed on the growing co mplexi ty
of relationship among the vario us levels of government as a result of tech nological development and the growth of metropolitan a reas.
Three class hours each week.

Pol Sci 202 I NTERNATIONAL RELATIO, , 3 er.
Background of interna tional politics since the First W orld W ar, emphasizing
successes and failures of the League of Nations, the ri e of totalitarianism
and World W ar II; the pattern of international affairs, the balance of
power sys tems and various efforts at collec ti ve security.
Th ree class hour each week.
Pol Sci 203 h l'TERNATIONAL OncANlZATlON, 3 er.
An anal ysis and evaluation of the United Nation and other intern ation al
organizations and considera tion of some of the theoretical concepts and
practical p rob lems involved .
Tliree class h ours each week.
Pol Sci 211 POLITICAL PARTIES, 3 er.
This cour e deals with the organization and operations of political parties
in the United States. Carefu l attention is given to the methods used by
parties in nominatin g candidates and conducting ca mpaigns, and to the
significance of pressure groups, public opinion, and the electorate in our
politi cal life.
Three class homs each week.
Pol Sci 213 DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL THOUGHT, 3 er.
A stud y of th e principle writin gs a nd theories of the major political philosoph ers from the time of the Creek City State to the eighteenth century.
Three class h ours each week.

192

Pol Sci 215 CoMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT, 3 er.
Major a ttention is given to Great Bdtain and Sovie t Russia as best representing, among foreign governmen ts, the democratic and authodtarian systems. Biief consideration is given to the governmen ts of France and Germany. Frequ ent comparisons and contrasts are d rawn between th ese government and governm ents in the United States.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 220 I NTRODUCTORY PUBLIC ADMINI TRATION, 3 er.
An analysis of the history, and scope of public administration in United
States; organizational theory and practice a re emphasized; likewise, problems of cenb·alization, decentralization, management, and political and
legal conb·ols.
Three clas hours each week.
Pol Sci 250 CONSTITUTIONAL LAw, 3 er.
A study of the major provisions of the American Constitution and the
growth of America n Constitutional Law based on analysis and discus ion
of leading judicial decisions.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 260 I NTEREST GriouPs AND PUBLIC OPINION, 3 er.
tudies of the influence of individu als and groups on governmen tal poHcy
d ecisions through form al and informal processes. E mphasis is placed on the
formation, expression, measurement and ro le of pubHc opm1on; and the
organiza tion techniq ues, policies and membership of political interest
groups.
Three class hours each week.
Pol Sci 270 Pouncs OF DEVELOPING AREAS, 3 er.
A sys tematic study of th e origin and ri se of Anti-Colonialism. The co urse
is a critical inves tiga tion of the most basic problems and the mos t important
political and constitutional developments and governmental syste ms of new
independent sta tes; tl1e struggle for influ ence among grea t powers and the
increasing native demands for national self-d etermination in th e remaining
colonial counbies.
Three class hou rs each week.
Pol Sci 401 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE I, 1 er.
D evelop ment of individ ual progrnms by students. Does not replace any
co urse regu larl y given.
Pol Sci 402 SPECIAL PROOLEMS 1 POLITICAL SCIENCE II, 2 er.
D evelopment of individual programs b y stud ents. Does not replace any
co urse regularl y given .
Pol Sci 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE III, 3 er.
D evelopment of individual programs by tud ents. Does not re place any
co urse regularl y given.
Pol Sci 490 HoNons CounsE 1 POLITICAL S IENCE I , 3 er.
Direc ted readin g and research in an a rea of interes t chosen by th e stud ent
in consultation witl1 an insb·uctor.
Prerequisi te: Provisions of the Honors Program of the College.

193

Pol Sci 491 HONORS COURSE IN POLITICAL SCIENCE II, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in an area of interes t chosen by the stud ent
in consultation with an instructor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the H onors Program of the College and
Pol Sci 490.
Pol Sci 492 HoNoRs CoURsE IN POLITICA L ScIENCE III, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in an area of interes t chosen by the stud ent
in consultation with an instructor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the Honors Program of the College and
Pol Sci 490 and 491.
Pol Sci 495 SE1vu An IN PoLITJCAL ScrnNCE, 3 er.
Selected studies in the litera ture, p hilosoph y, techniqu es, a nd resea rch of
poli tical science.
P rerequisite: Permission of th e Instru ctor.

SOCIOLOGY
Soc 101 PRINCIPLE OF SOCIOLOGY, 3 er.
This is a basic course in sociology d ealing with the interaction ari sing from
the association of hum an being . Empba is is placed upon natural and
social heritage, the meaning and fun ction of cul ture, th e origin, fun cti ons,
and characteri stics of social instih1tions; with inquiry in to th e nature a nd
genesis of social pathology.
Three class hou rs each week.
Soc 103 ANTHROPOLOGY, 3 er.
Antiquity of man; varieties of ancient and modem types; ori gin, development of preliterate culh1re, primitive ocial organiza tion.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 200 REsEARCH METHODS, 3 er.
This course makes a basic review of cien tifi c procedure as such relates to
the conduct of resea rch . Procedures for data collecti on, analys is, etc. are
also considered.
Prerequisite: Pri nciples of Sociology.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 202 CONTEMPORARY SocIAL PROBLEM , 3 er.
Selected con temporary social problems including crime, divorce, d elinquency, etc., in their relation to our b·aditionaJ social institutions. Current
d ata and remedial proposals will be ca refu lly exa min ed and evalu ated in
tJ1 e li ght of basic sociological principles.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 210 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION, 3 er.
This course considers the general nature of social stra ti fication and processes of social mobility. Some a ttention is given to tl1e various fo rms of
social stratificati on.
Prerequis ite: P1inciples of Sociology.
T hree class hour each week.
194

Soc 220 THE FAMILY, 3 er.
This course deals wi th the development of the family and the home in its
historical, economic and legal aspects. The various factors influencing the
organization, disorganization, and reorganization of the family are considered, as well as the modern trends in this basic institution.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 230 CoMi-rnNITY AND EcoLOGY, 3 er.
Some a tten tion is given to the nature of human communities as social
units . Attention is also given to various ecological theories and metropolitan
processes.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 240 SocIAL INSTITUTIONS, 3 er.
This course discusses the nature of social institutions. Basic units such as
the family, economi c, political, religious, and ed ucational orders are considered.
Prerequisite: Prin ciples of Sociology.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 250 INTRooucno,, TO Soc1AL Woruc, 3 er.
T his course introduces the student to the field of social welfare. The nature
of the fi eld and the various welfare services, e tc. are considered.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology or Instructor's consent.
T hree class hours each week.
Soc 260 CmME, 3 er.
A stu dy of the historic background of our society's methods of dealing
with the adult offender; also, a consideration of current techniques being
used with him . Finally, a brief look at several types of offenses, including
drug addiction, homicid e, and organized clime.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 261 JUVENILE DELINQUENCY, 3 er.
A consideration of the causes, prevention, and treatment techniques, past
and p resent, which have been used in dealing with the juvenile delinquent.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 280 CHILD WELFARE, 3 er.
The nature of child welfare services will be considered . Their scope and
function will be considered.
Prereq uisite: Principles of Sociology and lnh·oduction to Social Work
or Instructor's consent.
Three class hours each week.
Soc 300 WELFARE PRACTICUM, 3 er.
This course provides the opportunity for on- the-job experiences in welfare
organization . The nature of training is defin ed by academic and agency
personnel.
Prereq uisite: Two cou rses in social work or Instructor's consent.
Soc 401 SPECIAL PROBLEMS I SOCIOLOGY I , 1 er.
Development of individual programs by stud ents. Does not replace any
course regularly given.

195

Soc 402 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SOCIOLOGY II, 2 er.
Development of individu al programs by students. Does not replace any
course regularly given.
Soc 403 SPECIAL PROBLEMS r SOCIOLOGY III, 3 er.
Development of individual programs by stud ents. Does not replace any
course regularly given.
Soc 491 HoNORS COURSE IN SOCIOLOGY I , 3 er.
Directed reading and research in an a rea of interes t chosen by th e stud ent
in consultation with an instru ctor.
Prerequisite: Provisions of the Hono rs Program of the College.
Soc 492 H ONOR COURSE IN Soc10LOGY II, 3 er.
Directed reading and resea rch in an area of interes t chosen by the stud ent
in consulta tion with an insh·uctor.
Prerequi ite: Provisions of the Honors Program of th e College and
Soc 491.
Soc 493 HONORS COURSE IN SocIOLOGY III, 3 er.
Directed reading and research in an area of interes t chosen by the student
in consultati on with an instructor.
Prerequisi te: Provisions of th e H onor Program of the College and
Soc 491 & 492.
Soc 495 SEl\fiNAR 1 , SocIOLOGY, 3 er.
This course provid e an overv iew of th e fi kl as it may he d efined b y the
insh·uctor.
Prereq uisite : Upper Division Status, Instructor's consent.
T wo class hours each week

SPEECH A D THEATRE DEPARTMENT
D r. Carl L. Wilson, Depmtment Head; Mr. Brammer, Mr. Coursey, 1r.
Cowles, Mr. Emelson, Mr. Homer, fr. Kirtley, Miss Langham, Mr.
Miller, Dr. Robson.
Sp 098 HrGH SCHOOL FoRE SIC WoRKSHOP, 3 er.
High school students recommended as acceptable in their school's fo rensic
programs may register for one, two, or three two-week wo rkshops in oral
reading and ora tory, extempore speakin g, and di scussion, and / or debati ng.
Regish·ation for th e entire sequence and for the Hi gh School Theatre Workshop is recommend ed .
Prereq uisite: Consen t of Instructor.
Three Lecture-Discussion H ours each week.
Sp 099 H1 G1-r SCHOOL TI-IEATRE WORKSHOP, 3 er.
Recommend ed hi gh school stud ents may register for one, hvo, or three twoweek workshops in stage craft, acting, and/ or di rectin g. Registration fo r
th e entire sequence and for the High School Forensic \Vorkshop is recommended.•
Prerequisite: Consent of Insh·uctor-.
Three Lecture-Discussion H ou rs each week.

196

100 Vo1c E AN D Drc noN, 3 er.
Us ing the international phonetic alphabet to identify and habituate cor rect
articul a tion of English sounds; d eveloping a responsive voice free of defects. Group and individual d 1ill as need ed .
P rerequisite :
Three lecture hom s each wee k.

Sp

~

p

201

P

BLIC S PEAXl ' G,

3 er.

✓""- Designi ng, rehearsing, and delive ring ex tempore speeches to faci litate
solving group and public problems; repo rtin g a nd eva luatin g oth er speakers'
in tent, con tent, form at, and delive ry.
Prerequisites : Sp 100 ( Speech Majors Only), E ng 102, and Psy 101.
Th ree lecture hours each week.
Sp 210
T ECH NI CAL PLAY PnooUCTJO N, 3 er.
Building, painting, ri gging and shiftin g scenery ; consh·uction and use of
properti es; costuming and make-up ; lighting and sound.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standin g or Consent of lnsh·u ctor.
Three lecture homs each week.

250 0R t\ L I NT ER P R ETATIO N , 3 Cr.
Techniqu es of d iscovering denotati ve and conn ota ti ve meanin gs in literatu re; audible and visible interpreta tion.
P re req uisite: Sp 100 and Consent of Instru ctor or Sp 201.
Th ree lecture hours each week.

Sp

260 PLt\ Y DIRECTI •c, 3 er.
Script selection and analys is; castin g; scene design; production, rehearsal,
and performance techniq ues; hi tori cal styles; application to proscenium,
open and arena stages . Students will direct one-act plays as indi vidual projects.
Prerequisite: Sp •2 10 or Consent of Instru ctor.
T hree lecture hours each week.
0
This course does not grant credit toward gradu ation.
Sp

p 275
CRE t\ TIVE Dn t\ M ATICS, 3 er.
D eveloping Children's impromptu dram atiza ti ons, includ ing stori es, poeh-y,
pan tomines, rhythms, puppeh·y; observation of and practi ce in leadin g
snch acti vities; research projec ts.
Prerequisite: Sp 250.
Th ree lecture-d iscussion homs each week.
Sp 300
CHOR AL SPE AKING , 3 er.
Selectin g, analyzing, and orga nizing literatu re for group interpretation ;
cas tin g, directin g, and staging choral readin g and read ers' th ea ter prod ucti ons.
P rereq uisite : Sp 250 or Consent of lnsh·uctor.
Th ree lec ture-d iscussion hours each week.
Sp 301
ARGUM ENTt\ T JO N A rn D E BAT E , 3 er.
Logical advocacy : briefing and supporting prima faC'ie cases advoca tin g
p ropositions of policy; nega ti ve positions; exposing fa llacious evid ence and
reasonin g; refuta tion and reb uttal.
Prereq uisite : Sp 250 or Consent of Instru ctor.
Three lecture hours each week.

197

Sp 305 Discuss10 , 3 er.
Using a rational decision-making sequence to d erive gro up app roved solutions to group and public problem ; chairmanship and leadership fun ctions;
private and public di scussion formats.
Prerequisite : Sp 250 or Consent of Instructor.
Three lech 1re-d iscussion hours each week.
Sp 325 CHJLDREN's THEA TRE, 3 e r.
Theah·e as an art form and an edu ca ti onal experience fo r young aud iences;
selectin g a play; acting; directing; technical producti on. Parti cipati on in
cas t and / or crews fo r campus producti ons.
Sp 331 A CTING, 3 er.
The acto r's interpretation of sc ripts, includin g charac teriz~ ti on by ex te rna l
and interna l techniques; stud y and practi ce of histori cal styles.
Prereq uisite: Sp 250 or Consent of Instru ctor.
Three lecture-discussion hours each week.
Sp 350 LANGUAGE AND B E HAVIOR , 3 e r.
Developing language habits tha t improve sensory and symbolic perce ption,
inference-making, evaluation, and adjustment to increasing J...71owledgc.
P rerequisite : Junior standin g or Consent of Insh·uctor.
Three lecture-di scussion hours each week.
Sp 360 PARLIAll! ENTA RY PROCEDURE, 3 er.
Continu ati on of 305: current parli amen tary practi ces; h·aining as a member, secretary, chair man, and parliamenta rian in fo rma l disc11ssion of motions to resolve group and public controversies.
Prereq uisite: Sp 305 or Consent of th e Instru ctor.
Three lecture-discussion hours each week.
Sp 370 Fon ENSIC A CTIVITIES, 1 er.
Intercollegiate and public debate, di scussion, ex tempore speakin g, ora tory,
or oral reading.
Open to all students.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 371 FORENSIC ACTIVJTIES, 1 e r.
Intercollegiate and publi c debate, discussion, extempore speaking, oratory,
or oral reading.
Prerequisite: F orensic Activi ties 370.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 372 FORENSIC ACTIVITIES, 1 er.
Intercollegiate and public d ebate, di scussion, extempore speaking, ora tory,
or oral reading.
P rereq uisite : Fo rensic Activities 371.
Th ree class hours each week.
Sp 375 THEATRE ACTIVITIES, 1 e r.
General assignments in cast and/ or crews for campus produ ctions.
Open to all student with consen t of instructor.
Three class hour each week.

198

Sp 376 THEATRE A c n v ITIES, 1 er.
General assignments in cast and/ or crews for campus produ ctions.
Prerequisite: Theah·e Activities 375 and Consent of Insh·uctor.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 377 THEATRE A CTIVI TIES, 1 er.
General assignm ents in cast and / or crews for campus prod ncti ons.
Prereq uisite : Thea h·e Acti vities 376 and Consent of Instru ctor.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 380 FORENSI C W ORKS HOP, 1 er.
Intercollegia te and public deba te, disc11ssion , ex tempore speakin g, oratory,
or oral readin g.
Open to Speech Majors only.
Three class hours ea h week.
Sp 381 FORENSI C W ORKSH OP, 1 er.
Intercollegiate and public debate, d iscussion, ex tempore speaking, oratory,
or oral readi ng.
Open to Speech Majors only.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 382 FORENSI C W ORKSHOP, 1 er.
Intercollegiate and public debate, di sc ussion, ex tempore spea kin g, oratory,
or oral readin g.
Open to Speech Majors only.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 385 THEAT RE W ORKSH OP, 1 er.
Special ass ignm ents in cast and / or crews fo r campus produ cti ons.
Open to Speech faj ors only.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 386 THE ATRE WORK H OP, 1 er.
Special assignments in cast and / or crews for campus p rodu cti ons.
Open to Speech Majors onl y.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 387 THEA TRE WORKSHOP, 1 er.
Special ass ignm ents in cast and / or crews for campus produ ctions.
Open to Speech Majors only.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 400 P ERSUASION , 3 er.
Analyzing individuals, audiences, occasions, and subjects for rational and
ra tionali zed appeals; logical and psychological arrangement, support, langua ge, and delivery; the ethics of persuading and of being persuaded.
Prerequisite : Sp 301, 305, and 350 or Consents of Insh·uctors.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 410 AD VANCED T ECH NICA L PLAY PRODUCTION, 3 er.
Set design, cosh1ming, and lighting for the p roscenium . Open, and Arena
stages in contemporary and historical periods; indi vidu al assignments in
campus production.
Prereq uisite : Sp 210 or Consent of Instru ctor.
Three class hours each week.

199

Sp 415 ADvANCED Ac n G, 3 er.
Further development of the actor' a rt, with emphasis on thorou gh rehea rsal a nd performance within an en emble in a specifi c produ ction.
Prerequisite : Sp 331.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 420 THEATRE AND h s LTTEfu\ TURE, 3 er.
D eve lopment of the thea h·e and it litera ture: theatre a rchitecture, playwriting, production, actor , and audi ences : readin g and discussion of plays
and their social relationships from ancient Greeks to modern Thea tre and
the Absurd.
Prerequisite : Sp 210, 260 and 331 or Consent of Insh·11 cto r.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 421 RADIO SPEAKI 'G, 3 er.
Principles of public speaking, discussion, d eba tin g, oral readin g, ac tin g,
and directing adapted to the rad io medium and audiences.
Prerequisite: Sp 260, 301 and 305 or Consent of In tru ctor.
T hree class hours each week.
Sp 450 DRAMATIC CRITICISM, 3 er.
Examination, according to dram atic th eo ries, of the literary and techni cal
values of selected produ cti ons from stage, screen and television, including
campus productions.
Prerequisite: Sp 420 or Consent of Insh·uctor.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 460 ADVA NCED P unu c SPEAKI NG, 3 er.
Developing a bod y of reliable evidence a nd reasonin g about a public problem; ad apting composition and delivery to va ried audiences and occasions;
emph asis on style in extempore and manu cript speeches.
·
Prerequisite: p 400 or Consent of Instru ctor.
Three class hom each week.
Sp 470 ADVANCED D 1SCUSSION, 3 er.
Continuation of 305: analytic techniqu es in form ing and improving groups;
creativity and decision-making models.
P rerequisite: Sp 400 or Consent of In tn.1 ctor.
Three class homs each week.
Sp 475 DIRECTING F ORENSIC PROGRAll-r , 3 er.
Coaching oral reading and oratory, extempore speakin g and di scussion , and
debating; establishing and maintaining fo rensi c programs; organizing and
managing fo rensic tourn aments. Supervising labo ratory practice with avai lable high school and college students.
Prerequisite : Consent of Instru ctor.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 476 DIBECT1 , G THEA TRE PROGRAM , 3 er.
Establishing and operating theah·e programs; ana lyzing, selecting, and
casting scripts; plann ing and directin g rehearsals and perfo rmances. Supervised laboratory practi ce in stage-craft, acting and directing with high
school and college stud ents available for College Players and other productions. A general co ur e for teacher without course-work background ; not
open to maj ors in Speech and Thea b·e as a substitute For any requ ired
course.
Prerequ isite : Con ent of lnsh·uctor.
Three class hours each week.

200

Sp 490
H oNOHS COURSE I N SPEECH AND THEATRE I, 3 er.
Indi vidual resea rch and reporting of topics not included in courses, planned
as a three term project but subjec t to termina tion a t the encl of any term
if the quality of either the research or the repo rting is unsatisfactory.
Prerequisie : Hi gh Academic Standing & Approva l of th e lnsh·uctor,
H ead of Deparhnent and D ean of I nshu ction .
Three class hours each week.
Sp 491
HoNOHS CouRSE I N SPEECH AND THEATRE II, 3 er.
Individua l resea rch and reporting of topics not included in co urses, planned
as a three term project but subject to termination at the end of any term
if th e quality of either the research or the reporting is unsa tisfactory.
Prerequi si te: High Academic Standing & Approval of tl1e lnsh·uctor,
H ead of Department and D ea n of Insb·uction.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 492
Ho NO HS CouRsE IN SPEECH AND T1-IBATHE III, 3 er.
Indi vidual resea rch and reporting of topics not includ ed in co urses, planned
as a three term project but su bject to termination a t tl1e encl of any term
if th e q uali ty of eitl1er the research or th e reporting is unsa tisfactory.
Prerequisite: Hi gh Academic Standfog & Approval of tl1e Instru ctor,
H ead of Department and Dean of Instru cti on.
Three class hours each week.
Sp 495
SEMJNAR I N SPEECH AND TrlEATRE, 1 er.
Gro up research a nd reportin g of topi cs not included in courses .
Pre requisite: Approval of the lnsb·uctor and of th e H ead of the D epartment.
One class hour each week.

SPECIAL EDUCATIO
Dr. He n_ry, Department I-lead; Mr. Belch, Mr. Bitonti, fr. Bowlen, Dr.
Dicki e, t-tfr. Disho ng, Mrs. Hughes, Dr. Gross, Miss Kaleita, Mr.
Nemec, Mr. Yates, Dr. Quist.

MENTALLY RETARD ED
Eel t-IH. 301 CuruucuL M PLA N /INC, 1ATE1UAL AND EQ JPMENT,
3 er.
Problem in th e selection and placement of ch ild ren in Special Education
class programs. Type and cost of eq uipmen t needed. Meetin g parents and
co mmunity problems. Education of teache rs, paren ts, school board and
commu nity of values in Special Education programs. Selectin g Special
Ed uca tion class teachers and planning for improvement .in service.
Three class hours each week.
Sp

MH. 302 ARTS AND CRAFTS l' OR SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSES ,
3 er.
D evices, techniques, and methods for making interesting, usefu l, and athactive article are considered for use with children in Special Ed uca tion
class . Projects in simple hanclloom weaving, rake knittin g, textile toys,
baskeb-y, and wood are emphasized.
Three class hours each week.
p

Ed

201

Sp Ed MR 306 EoucAn, G THE THAI 'ABLE C1-uLo, 3 er.
Organization of classes, teaching methods, behavior and progress records
and re ports, and hom e-school-community relations are studi ed .
Three class hours each week.
Sp Ed MR 400 SPECIAL CLASS METHODs-ELEME NTA HY, 3 er.
Major emphasis is given to basic proced ures for plan ning and implemen ting
an acleq uate ed ucational program for mentalJy retarded childrnn of different age and ability levels. The course provides a developmental approach
with emphasis on specific techniques and method s for mee ting the need s
of th ese children.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Eel MR 401 SPECIAL CLASS METHODS-SECONDAnY, 3 er.
Appraisal of philosophies, cu rriculums and teaching meth ods is mad e in
relation to learners enrolJecl in older you ths classes. Analysis of academi c
progra ms with on-the-job and vocational programs is included ; appropriate
resea rch, ma teri als, equipment and reso urces a re evalua ted.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Ed MR 402 Gu10ANCE WITH EMPHASIS ON l NTEIWlEWlNG AND PAnENT EoucAno ', 3 er.
It is important to help parents accept the handicap of th eir child whether
it be mental retardation, ph ysical impairment, a speech defect or any other
condition. This course a ttempts to help parents recognize and adjust to the
realiti es of their child's condition.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Eel 1R 403 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE MENTALLY RETAHDED, 3 er.
Intensive review of resea rch is made pertaining to e tiology of men ta l retarda tion, of classification systems, and methods of diagnosis. Included are
th e study of brain injury, retarda tioo, research on lea rning charactel'istics
and evaluation of psychological tests. Criteri a di stinguishing mental retarda tion from oth er problems are examined.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Ed MR 410 DlAG 'OSTIC TE T G AND REMEDIAL TEACHING, 3 er.
Study of achievement tests useful for diagnostic purposes . Teaching procedures adjusted to particular needs or weaknesses. To include all school
curriculum, elemen tary and secondary.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Eel MR 449 STUDENT TEACHING IN CLASSES FOR MENTALLY RETAHDED CHILDREN, 6 er.
Obse rvation and participation in all teachin g and activiti es related to th e
performance of a teacher's work in the class for mentally retard ed children.
The student spends full time in ac tu al classroom teaching for a trimes ter of sixteen weeks. Eight wee ks are spen t in a class for the me ntall y
re tard ed a nd eight weeks are spent in a regular classroom.
202

SPEECH A D HEARING
100 PHONETICS, 3 er.
A study of the science of phonetics as it applies to the communica tive process. Emphas is is placed on the articulation process in a communication
sys tem. The stud ent is required to learn and use the In ternation al Phonetic
Alphabet.
Three class hours each week.

Sp Ed SH

Sp Ed SI-I 101
l-IEARI G PROBLEMS , 3 e r.
The appreciation of the ma ny problems of children a nd ad ults wi th hearing
losses in order to acq uaint the stud ent with tl1 e improvement a nd adjustment of the ch ild or ad ult to his hea,ing problem.
Three class hours each week.
Sp Ed SH 102
LANGUA GE AND SPEECH D EVELOPMENT, 3 er.
A study of the normal development of speech and language, includ ing the
ori gins of speech, stages of speech and language development, and factors
influencing tl1e acq uisition of speech and language.
Th ree class hours each week.
Sp

Ed

SH

103

MECJ·lANlSM,

ANATOMY

AND

PHYSIOLOGY

OF

THE

EAH

AND

VOCAL

3 er.

A stud y of the anatomy and physiology of the hearing and speech mechanisms dealing with their functions and capabilities in their performance
necessa ry for speech and hea rin g.
Th ree class hours each week.
Sp Eel S H 202 SunvEY OF SPEECH PATHOLOGY, 3 e r.
A founda ti on course in speech pathology, considering incidence, etiology,
and symptomatology of speech d isord ers, and stressing the physical, psychological, and social co nditions rel ated to these speech problems.
Th ree class homs each week.
SH 204
PRACTICE IN M EASUREMENT OF H EARING, 2 er.
Famili arization with the basic eq uipment and proced ures used in the assessment of hearing. Opportunity for practi ce in the use of this equipment
is provided .
Three class hours pe r week, p lus labora tory.
Sp E d

206 AUDITORY TRAINING AND SPEECH R EADING, 3 er.
Students stud y the different systems of teaching Speech Reading. Lessons
in Auditory Training and Speech Read ing are plann ed and presented fo r
all age gro ups manifesting differen t levels of hearin g impairment.
Three class hours each week.
Sp E el SH

Sp Eel SH 208
P SYCH OLOGY OF SPEECH AND H EARING, 3 er.
Familiarization wi th th e psychological factors involved in speech and
hearing. Special emphasis is given to th e percep tion of speech, freq uency
of occu rre nce of symbols, and tl1 e role of learnin g.
Three class hours each week.

Eel SI-I 270 STurrnm
( not currently offe red)

Sp

NG ,

3 er.

203

_)

Sp E d Sil 308 CLJNlCA L PnACTICE JN AuDlTOHY THA JNINC AND SPEECH
READJNC, 3 er.
( not currently offered)
Sp Ed SH 302 I NTRODUCTION TO CLJ 1CAL PnocEDUHEs, 3 er.
A review of speech disorders, tes tin g, remedial priociples. Opportunity for
th e acc umulation of materials fo r therap y, and for obse rvation of clini cal
practicum is provided.
Th ree class h ours each week.
Sp Ed 304 Am,nNISTHATION OF Punu c SCHOOL PnocRAMS, 3 er.
Acqua intance of students with sm vey techniqu es, schedu ling, b·avel, recorcls, interviews, materials, and p erson nel in volved in the admini sh·ation
of a public sch ool program in speech and h ea ring .
Three class h ours each week.
Sp Ed SH 306 CLINICAL METHODS AND TECI-INlQUES, 3 er.
A stud y of the applica tion of variou s th erapeutic methods and techni qu es,
with some emph asis on diagnos tic tools used by th e speech clinicians.
Three class hot11 each week.
Sp Ed SH 308 ADvANCED CLINICAL PnAcncui-r, 3 er.
Clinical practicum. Each stud ent is responsible fo r his own cases, including
diagnosis, therapy, record s, counseling, etc., with planned superv1s10n.
Clinical practice is accomplish ed in the College Speech Clinic, Noss Labora tory School, and Outpa tient clinic for chil dren and ad ults.
L aboratory hours as assigned each week.
Sp Ed SH 400 STUDENT TEACHING, 12 er.
Observa ti on and p arti cipation in a public school speech and h earing therapy
progra m. The student sp ends one full trimes ter of sixteen weeks und er
supervision of a certifi ca ted public school clinician, wi th periodic visits by
the college supe rviso r.
Sp Ed SH 402 PnoFE SIONAL PRA n UM AND CHOOL LAW, 2 er.
Cenera l techniqu es of teaching, and tech niques for th e student's a rea of
specializa ti on. Pennsylvania sch ool laws relevant to the work of the public
school clini cian . Discussion of problems encountered by th e clinicians during stud ent teachin g.
Two class h our each week.
Sp Ed SH 404

HoNons COURSE rn SPEECH A rn I-lEAlUNC I, 1-3 er.

Sp Ed SI-I 406

H o ,ons COURSE

1 ,

SPEECH AND 1-IEAruNc II, 1-3 er.

204

Directory

Directory
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
Governor .... . . .. . ... . . . .. . . .. . ....... .. ... . . .. Raymond P. Shafer
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
Chairnrnn .............. . ............... . .. ... Dr. Otis C. McCreery
CO UNCIL OF BASIC E DUCATIO N
Chairman . ...... . .. .. . ... ........... . ..... Mrs. Albert M. Greenfield
Walter J. Burke
Mrs . Emmeline K. Mohr
Dr. Paul S. Christman
Parke K. Lutz
Dr. WilJ iam M. Potter
Walter Wilmarth
COUNCIL OF HIGHE R E D UCATIO1
Chairman . . ... ... .. . . . . ...... . . ... . . .. . . . .... .. ... . Frank H ~wkins
Dr. Katherine E. McBride
Dr. Otis C. McCreery
Cail Rose
James H . Rowland, Esq .
W illiam H . Rea
Dr. Leonard N. Wolf
MEMBERS - AT - LARGE
Mario C. Celli
Ira C. Gross
Secre tary to the Board ... . . . . . .. . . . ........... ... . Severino Stefa non
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC I NSTRUCTIO N
Superintenden t of Public Instruction .......... . .... D avid H. Kurtzman
Bureau of State Colleges and Universities .. . .. ... .. George W. Hoffman
Commissioner of Higher Education .......... ...... Frederi ck K. Miller
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Presid ent ............... . . .. .. . .. . ..... .. , .... . .. . .. John C. F 1ich
Vice President ..................... . ...... : . ...... Dr. Abe Azorsky
Secretary-Treasurer . ." ... . . .. ..... . .......... .. . .. Mrs. D . Roy Clyde
Member of the Executive Committee of the
Trustees Association . . ...... .... . . . . ......... . .... D. C. Longanecker
Trustees Association :
James H. Adamson
Peter T. Drnubauld
Jack T. Beck, Jr.
James E. H amer
T. Gerald Stanley

207

AD 11 ISTRATI01
ADM I NI STRATION
President of the College .. ... . . . . .. .. .. . .. . . . .. ... Michael Duda
ADM I ISTRATIVE OFF ICER
D ean of Faculty and Academic Affairs . .. .... . George H . Roadman
Dean of Adm inistrati ve Affairs .......... .. . . . Merrill G. Campbell
Dean of Student Affa irs and Services .. .... .. Charles B. Williamson
Business Manager .... . . ........... . .... ..... Paul E. Wickerham
ACADEMIC
D ean of
D ean of
D ean of

DEANS
Graduate Studies .... . ........... .. .. . Stephen E. Pavlak
Arts and Sciences ...... .. .... ... ........ Gabriel P. Betz
Teacher Education . . ............ .... ..... Philip J. Proud

DIRECTORS OF ACADEMI C SERVICES
Director of Admissions . . . . .. . . . ... . . . ... .... . . Harold E. Kemper
Director of Audio-Visual Education .. . ......... . .... Jack F. Hoyes
Director of Part Time and Continuing Ed ucation . .. . Merle 0 . Covell
Director of Guidance ..... : . .. .. .... . .. ....... Malverne R. Wolie
Director of 1 oss Laboratory School . .. . . ... . . . . . Merrell E. H olman
Director of Placemen t . .. . ...................... Frank M. Naylor
Director of Research and Development . . . . . . . . orma n C. Pendered
Director of Student Teachin g . .................... Irvin J. Shutsy
Director of Campus Plan ning and Expansion ... .. ... .. Jay D. H elsel
Library ....................... . .......... Virginia E. Luckhardt
Area Curricu lu m Coo rdina tor . ......... . .. . .. . ... Dennis P. Burke
Assis tan t Area Curriculum Coordinator ...... . ...... Jeffrey Douville
Assis tant D ean of Teacher Education . . ... ... . . Wi lliam R. Benedetti
H EA DS OF ACADEMI C DEPARTME TS
Ar t . .... .. .. . .. . .. . ........ . .... . ........... Angus H . Douple
Biological Science ... . ....... .. . ..... ...... ... . Syd ney C. Bausor
Ed ucational Fou nda tions .... . ......... .... ..... . . Philip J. Proud
E lementary Education . . ......... . ................ H arry B. Miller
E nglish ..... . ... . . ... ......... . .. .... ...... . . John P. Watkins
Geograph y .................................. James T. Anthony
H ealth and Physical Education .................. E ugene J . Hes ter
Industrial Arts . ............ . . .. .. . ... .. . .. .. John R. Swearingen
L ibrary ...... . . . . . . ... .. ..... .. . . ... ..... Virginia E. Luckhardt
Mathema tics ......... . ........ . ............... Harry L . Monroe
Modern Language . . ........ . ......... . ... . ... Wilbur R. Ma risa
Music . .. ......... ..... . ........ . .. . .. .. . ... . Vetold W. Sporny
Noss Labora tory School ....... . .... .... . ..... . Merrell E. Holman
Outdoor Recreation and Education .. .. . . .. . .. . .. Wm. LeRoy Black
Philosophy .... ... .... . .. .. . ... . .... . ....... Vince nt F. Lackner
Physical Science . .. .. . . ... .. .................... J. Robert Craig
Psychology .. . . . . .. . . .. . . ... . . ..... ... ... . ... H oward R. White
Public School Nm sing .... .. . . .. . ... ...... .. ... Mary E. Tempera
Secondary Education . . ...... ... ........ . . ..... . .. Arthur L . Ball
Social Studie .... ... ..... .... ..... ... ..... . . . ... .. Phil R. Jack
Special Education ............................. Arthur C. H enry
peech .. . ... . ................................... Carl L . Wilson

208

STUDENT AFFAIRS A D SERVI CES
Men ...... ............ . .. . ...... . .. Robert H . Aldstadt
Deans of Men ..... ... . . ..... John H. Katusa, E lmo Na tali
Deans of Women .... .. . Dorothy E . Bell, Isabella R. King
ur es ..... .. .. ... . .. Dorothy J. Hanjorgiris, Ella Rankin,
Margaret E. Sanders, Mary L. Verry
College Ph ysician . .... . .. . .. . .. .... ..... . .. .. Joseph E. Downey
Director of Athletics ............. . .. ......... . . Eugene J. Hes ter
Director of Student Activities .... . . .. .. ........ . . Joseph Dochinez
Director of Financial Aid . ........ .. ... .. . . ....... Richard Similo
Business Manager, Student Activities .... . ..... . . ... . . John Rhoads

Dean of
Assistant
Assistant
College

ADMI 1ISTRATIVE SERVICES
Southwestern Regional Instru cti onal
faterials Center . . . . . . . .. .......... .. ... .. ... Howard L . Jones
BUSINESS SERVICES
Food Manager- Servomation Ma thias Company ..... . ... Alonzo Farr
Housekeeper ... .. .... .. .. ..... . ............... Della McClellan
Superintend ent of Buildings, Grounds
and Eq uipment .. . . . ....... . ...... . . . ............. Paul Dixon

EMERITI
Frederick Atkins, B.S ., M.A . . ....... ....... . . .. . . . ..... . .. 1946-1966
Associate Professor of Mathematics
Ella E. Bernstorf, A.B., A.M . ... .. ..... ..... .. .. . . . .. . ... . . 1930-1945
Dean of Women
0. Ray Bontrager, A.B., M.A ., Ph.D .... .. ·...... . . . . .. . . ..... 1936-1962
Professor of Education
Henrie tta Carroll, A.B ., A.M . . . ......... ... ... ... ... . . . ... 1926-1957
Associate Professor of English
Cora Coover, B.Litt. ....... . ........ ... . . . ... .. 1929-1933; 1952-1966
Instructor of English
Shrive r L. Coover, B.S., M.A., Ed.D . . ... . ... ............ . . 1930-1966
Professor of Industrial Arts Education
Ma ry R. DeCarlo, B.S., M.Ecl., Ed.D ..................... . . 1954-1968
Professor of Education
Thomas If. Gilland, A.B., M.A., Ph.D . ........ . ............. 1931-1956
Director of Noss Laboratory School
Director of Student Teaching
Nancy Waters Grimes, A.B., M.A .... . .......... . 1928-1935; 1946-1956
Associa te Professor of Geography
Lela T. Hamilton, A.B., M.A.... .. ..... . ... .. ... .. ... . ... . 1952-1968
Dean of Women
Ceorge E. Harding, A.B ., M.A. . . .. . ... ... ................. 1927-1958
Associate Professor of Geography
Betsey M. Hazen, A.B ., M.A......... . ............ . . .. .. . . 19-26-1954
Assistant Professor of Art
209

Louise Hildreth, B.S ., B.S ., M.A . . . ... . ....... . .. . . . .. . . ... 1926-1962
Associate Professor of Art
Aaron J. H oover, B.S., M.E d ............... . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . 1936-1967
Assistant Professor of Industrial Art
C. Mart Hughey, A.B., M.A ...................... ......... 1928-1964
Assistant Professor of E nglish
Mary H . King, B.S., M.Ed ...... ....... ................... 1932-1955
Assistant Professor of E lementary Ed ucation
Frank W. Lenox, A.B., M.A . . .. . ........ . ... .. . ..... . . ... 1947-1963
Dean of Men
John F. Lewis, B.S ., M.Litt . . ... . .. . . ....... . . .. . . .... . ... 1945-1966
Associate Professor of Biological Science
Ada K. Marsh, B.S., M.Ed . ..... . . . ..... . ..... ... ........ . 1945-1965
Associate Professor of E lementary Education
Emma Sacco, B.S., A.M ... ..................... . ... . ..... 1928-1957
Associate Profes or of Social Stud ies
D orothy K. Salisbury, A.B., B.L.S., M.A. . . . . .. . . . .... . .... . 1929-1941
Assistant Professor of Library
Elon G. SaHsbury, B.S., A.M., Ph .D .................... .... 1930-1943
Professor of Mathema ti cs
Anthony T. Stavaski, B.S ., ,f. Ed. . . . . . .... . .... . ... ..... . . 1935-1965
Associate Professor of Mathematics
K. F ife Sterre tt, A.B., M.A., Ph .D. . ....... . . . ..... . ....... 1955-1964
Professo r of Education
H arold W. Trais ter, B.S., A.M ., Ed. D . . .. ... . ... . .. . ... . . . . 1947-1957
Professor of Education
Pa ul 1. Walker, B.S., M.S . . ................. . .. . ......... 1930-1965
Dean of Administrative Affairs

FACULTY
PROFESSORS
Asa H. Anderson ( 1956 )
Professor of Biology
B.S., Salem College;
ginia University

,f . .,

Wes t Virginia

niversity; Ph .D., W es t Vir-

Nevin E . And re ( 1964 )
Professo r of Industrial Arts
B.S ., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed ., Pennsylva ni a U niversity;
D .Ed ., University of Missouri
Arthur L. Ball ( 1964 )
Professor of Ed ucation
B.A ., Washin gton and Jefferso n; ,J .Ed., Duques ne U niversity; Ph.D .,
University of Pittsburgh
Jan W. Ball ing ( 1966)
Professor of Biology
B.A., University of Louisville; M.S ., Purdue Un iversity; Ph.D ., U niversity of Louisville
210

Sidney Barasch ( 1967)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., New York University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of T echnology
Sydney Bausor ( 1960)
Professor of Biology
B.A., Columbia College; M.A. , Columbia University; Ph.D ., Colum bia
University
William R. Benedetti ( 1965 )
Professor of Ed ucation
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M. Ed. , Uni versity of Pi ttsbmgh ;
D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Gabriel P. Betz ( 1955)
Professor of Geography
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of Illi no is; D.S.S., Syracuse University
Wm . LeRoy Black ( 1965)
Professor of Biology
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.S., Unive rsity of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Vernon Bloemaker ( 1962 )
Professor of E nglish
B.A., Midland College; M.A., Un iversity of Nebraska; Ph.D ., University of Nebraska
Dennis Burke ( 1966 )
Professor of Education
B.E., Duquesne University; M.Ed ., Duquesne Unive rsity; Ph.D., U niversity of Pittsburgh
Merrill Campbell ( 1948)
Professor of Education
B.S., Californi a State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed.,
University of Pittsburgh
Philip Y. Coleman ( 1967)
Professor of English
B.S., Southern Illionois Uni versity; M.A., Unive rsity of Illinois; Ph .D .,
Unive rsity of Illinois
Thomas H. Coode ( 1965)
Professor of Social Studies
B.S., Middle T ennessee State College; M.A., Middle Tennessee State
College; L.L.B., YMCA Night School of Law, ashville; Ph.D ., Un iversity of Georgia
Eugene A. Craig ( 1966)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Tulsa; M.A., University of Tulsa; Ph.D. , University
of Colorado

211

Harold Crockett ( 1965 )
Professor of English
B.A., Central State; M.F.A ., Oklahoma University; Ph.D., University
of Illinois ·
Leslie Crowley ( 1955 )
Professor of Education
B.A., University of South Ca rolina; M.Ed., U niversity of South Carolina; D.Ed., George Peabod y College fo r Teachers
Neel Culler ( 1961 )
Professor of E du cation
B.S., Pennsylvania State U ni versity; I.Ed., Pennsylva ni a State Un iversity; D .Ed., University of Pittsburgh
William F . Daniels ( 1964 )
Professor of Ed ucation
B.A., University of South Carolina; M.A., Appalachi an State Teachers;
Ph .D ., Indiana University
Michael Duda ( 1956 )
President
B.A., St. Vi ncent College; M.Ecl ., U niversity of Pittsburgh; D.Ed .,
University of Pittsburgh ; LL.D ., St. Vincent College
Ralph W. Edwards ( 1965)
P rofessor of E nglish
B.A., Bowdoin College; M.A ., Bread Loaf School of English ; Ph.D.,
Boston U niversity
Karl Gamble ( 1961 )
Professor of Ed ucation
B.S., California State College; M.Ed ., U niversity of Pittsburgh; D.Ecl .,
University of Pittsburgh
George Hart ( 1938)
Professor of Social Studies
B.A., Uni versity of Pittsburgh ; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D .,
U niversity of Pittsburgh
Arthur H enry ( 1958 )
Professor of Education
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., U niversity of Pittsburgh; D .Ed .,
U niversity of Pittsburgh
Jack Hoyes ( 1946)
Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed ., Unive rsity of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. ,
Universi ty of Pittsburgh
Phil Jack ( 1955 )
Professor of Social Studies
B.A ., Pennsylvania State Uni versity; M.A., Pennsylvania State Uni versity; Ph.D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh

212

Harold C. Jones ( 1960 )
Professor of Education
B.S., California State Col1ege; M. Ed. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D .,
University of Pittsburgh
John W. Kel1er ( 1956)
P ro fesso r of Social Studies
B.A. , Heidelburg College; M .A., Oh io State University; Ph.D ., University of Ohio
Mil ton Kel1s ( 1966 )
Professo r of Physical Science
B.S., University of Washington ; Ph.D ., Massachusetts lnstih1te of
T echnology
H arold Kem per ( 1955 )
Professor of Education
B.S., Geneva College; M .Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Vincent L ackner ( 1962 )
Professor of Philosophy
B.S ., St. Vincent College; M.A ., Uni ve rsity of Toronto; Ph.D., University of Toronto
Cas ton Lebois ( 1955)
Professor of Industri al Arts
B.S., Pennsylvani a State University; M.Ed. , Pennsylva ni a State Unive rsity; Ph.D., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
Will iam Lister ( 1963)
P rofessor of Biology
B.S., University of Rhod e Island ; M.S ., U niversity of Rhode Island ;
M.Ed., University of Rhod e Island; D.Ed., Boston Un iversity
John A. Long ( 1963)
·
Professo r of Education
B.S., Bloomsburg State Co!Jege; M.S ., Bucknell University; D.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State U niversity
Minor Major ( 1956 )
Professor of English
B.A ., Washington U niversity; M.A., Unive rsity of Kansas; Ph.D., University of Colorado
W ilbur Maiisa ( 1960 )
Professor of Languages
A.B., Waynesburg College; Ph.D., Uni ve rsity of Paris, Sorbonne
John 0. Marsh Jr. ( 1967)
Professor of L anguages
B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Rutgers University; Ph .D., Uni versity
of Wisconsin
H arry B. Miller
Professor of E du cation
B.S., California State College; M.Ecl ., Uni versity of Pittsburgh ; D .Ed. ,
University of Pittsburgh

213

Harry Monroe ( 1946 )
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Frank Naylor ( 1956)
Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Unj versity of Pittsburgh; D .Ed.,
University of Pittsburgh
Angelo J. Orlandi ( 1965 )
Professor of Education
B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A ., W es t Virginia University; Ed .D ., W est
Virginia University
Philip Palermo ( 1966)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., New York University; M.A., New York University; Ph .D., New
York University
Homer R. Pankey ( 1965 )
Professor of Education
B.A., Shepherd College; M .A., Wes t Virginia U niversity; Ed.D. , W est
Virginia University
Stephen Pavlak ( 1954 )
Professor of Educa tion
B.S., Califorrua State College; i\1I. Ed. ,
University of Pittsburgh

ni versity of Pittsburgh ; D .Ed.,

Philip J. Proud (1962 )
Professor of Education
B.S ., W estern Michigan University; M.A., University of Michigan ;
D.Ed ., Columbia University
George H . Roadman ( 1946)
Professor of Social Studies
B.S ., California State College;
University of Pittsburgh

1.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph .D. ,

John L. Robson ( 1966 )
Professor of Speech
B.S ., West Virginia University; M.A ., University of Soutl1ern Califorrua; Ph.D., University of Southern California
H arry E. Seidel Jr. ( 1965)
Professor of Psychology
B.S., U.S . Naval Academy; .M.Ed., University of Maryland ; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
.M ichael Serene ( 1960)
Professor of Physical Science
B.S., Kent State University; M.A., Kent State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsbmgh
2 14

Irvin Shutsy ( 1948)
Professor of Education
B.S ., California State College; M.Ed., Universi ty of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Leo nard Seigel ( 1960 )
Professor of Social Studies
B.A., W estern Reserve University; M.A., W estern Reserve University;
Ph.D., Western Reserve University
Ralph L. Thomas ( 1966 )
P rofessor of Social Studies
B.S., Lafaye tte College; M.Litt. , Univers ity of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D ., U ni ve,·sity of Pittsburgh
Ra lph W. Thomas ( 1962 )
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., Washington and Jefferso n College; Ph.D ., University of Pittsburgh
Alexa nd er N . Tsambiassis ( 1964)
Professor of Philosophy
B.A., U niversity of Ath ens; B.D., Seabm y-Wes tern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Leonard B. Volkin ( 1967 )
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Ed ., Pcm1sylvania Sta te U niversity;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
James A. Walker ( 1907 )
Professor of English
B.A., Am herst College; M.A., H arvard University; Ph.D ., H arva rd
Uni versity
John Watkins (1957)
Professor of E nglish
B.S., California State College; M.S., University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D .,
University of Pittsburgh
Howa rd R. White ( 1966)
Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Buffalo; M .A., Uni ve rsity of Buffalo; Ph .D., State
University of Iowa
Charl es B. Williamson (1967)
Professo r of E du ca ti on
B.A ., State University of Iowa ; M .A., State Uni versity of Iowa; Ph.D.,
Uni vers ity of Chicago
Ca rl E . Wilson ( 1965)
Professor of Speech
B.Ed. , Illi nois State 1ormal Un iversi ty; M.S.Ed ., Uni versity of Southern Califo rni a; D .Ed., Pennsylvania State University

215

Dan iel E . Wilson ( 1967 )
Professor of English
B.S. , West Chester State College; M .. , Kansas State Un iversity; Ph.D.,
\,Ves tern Reserve Uni versity
Ma lverne Wolfe ( 1947 )
Professor of Social Stud ies
B.S., Slippery Rock State ColJege; M.A., U nive rsity of Pi ttsb urgh ;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Rosalind L. Andrews ( 1966)
Associa te Professor of English
A.B ., University of 1iam i; M.A .,

ni versity of Miami

Olga Anderson ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Nebraska vVesleyan Uni versity; M.A ., U ni ve rsity of Nebraska
fames T. Anthony ( 1964 )
·
Associate Professo r of Geography
B.S., Eas t Stroudsbu rg State College; M.A ., Teachers College, Columbia University
Andrew K. Ault ( 1966 )
Asso ia te Professor of Industrial Art
B.S., West Virginia Institute of Technology; M .Ed., Penn sylvani a State
University
Mitchell Bailey ( 1959 )
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Cali fornia State College; M.Ed., Rutgers U ni versity
Nellie Baliker ( 1956 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Fairmont State College; M.A ., We t Virginia Un iversity
Ruth Barry ( 1962 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., Pennsylvani a State
University
August Bethem ( 1961 )
Associa te Professo r of Ma thema ti cs
B.S., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A., Washi ngton and Jefferson College; M.S., University of Illinois
John Beyer (1963)
Associate Professo r of Mathemati cs
B.Ed ., Duquesne University; M.Ed., Duque ne Univers ity; M.Math. ,
U niversity of South Caroli na
Glenn H . Blayney Jr. (1966)
Associate Professor of E nglish
B.A., Lafayette College; B.Litt., Oxford
versity
216

niversity; if.A., Brown Uni-

Ri chard Birch ( 1957)
Associa te Professor of Ind us trial Arts
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
John Bitonti ( 1962)
Associate Professor of Education
B.S. , California State College; M.A ., Wes t Virginia Unive rsity

J.

H ersche l Bowlen ( 1946)
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., W est Virginia University; M.A., Columbia University

Cla rence L. Brammer ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Education
B.S ., Wes t Montana College; l\11.A., Colorado State College
Edward Brown ( 1967)
Associa te Professor of Social Studies
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .L.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology; M .S.W. , U nive rsity of Pittsburgh
W illiam II. Bue ll ( 1962 )
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S ., California State College; M .Litt., Uni ve rsity of Pittsburgh
Richard Cerulla ( 1968)
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S .Ed ., California State College; M.A., W est Virginia University
Ralph Charney ( 1946)
Associate Professor of Ind us trial Arts
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Leona rd Collelli ( 1958 )
Associa te Professor of Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Boston University
Merle Covell ( 1956 )
Associate Professor of Educa ti on
B.S. , Kansas Sta te College; M .S., Kansas State College
Robert Cowles ( 1965 )
Associa te Professor of Speech
B.A., Marietta College; M.A., Bowling Green State Unive rsity
J. Robert Craig (1957)
Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., West Virginia v\Tesleyan ; M .Litt., University of Pittsburgh
Wasil Curtioff ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Indiana State University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., Louisianna State
University
Rose Dalaidi ( 1957 )
As ociate Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
217

Robe rt F. Di cki e ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of E du ca tion
B.S., Bridgewater Sta te College;
E d .D. , Michi gan State Uni versity

1.A., Michi gan State University;

Berlie Dishong ( 1964)
Associate Professo r of Ed uca tion
B.S., Califo rni a State College; M. E d ., Penn sylva ni a State University
Angus Dou pie ( 1946)
Associate Professo r of Art
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania Sta te Unive rsity
William D ovenspike ( 1955 )
Associa te Professor of Music
B.S., Indiana Sta te University of Pennsylvania; M.E d. , Pennsylva nia State University
D avid L. Dunbar ( 1962)
Assoc ia te Professo r of Ma th ematics
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.S., University of P ittsb urgh
Ja mes R. D uncan ( 1966)
Associa te Professor of Ma th ematics
B.S., Ce neva College; M.Ed., University of Pittsb urgh
E lsie M . Ferm ( 1966 )
A socia te Professor of Ed uca tion
B.S., State Uni versity of Buffalo; M .S ., State University College at Buffa lo
Sumner F erri s ( 1964)
Associate Professor of E nglish
B.A., H arvard University; Ph.D ., University of Minneso ta

J.

Calvin F lemin g ( 1948 )
Associate Professor of Ph ysics
B.A., College of Woos te r; M.Litt., University of Pi ttsb urgh

Gab ri el F usco ( 1967)
Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Duquesne Uni versity; M.S., Duq ues ne
ity of Colorado

n.iversity; Ph .D ., Un ive rs-

Henry R. George ( 1965)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
A. B., University of Pittsbu rgh; M. Litt, University of Pittsburgh
Pauline Glod ( 1959 )
Associa te Professor of Ed uca tion
B. S., Waynesb urg College; M .Ed., Wes t Virginia U niversity
Jack D . Goodstein ( 1967 )
Associa te Professo r of English
B.A., Queens College; M .A., ew York University

218

Charles M. Hackett (1965 )
Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., U niversity of D elaware; M.S., University of Delaware
Gene P. Halboth ( 1965)
Associate Professo r of English
M.A., University of Chicago
John F. Harsh
Associate Profess or of Geography
B.S., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., South Dakota School of Mines; Ph.D., University of Nevada
Richard B. H art ( 1968)
Associate Professo r of Chemistry
B.S., Franklin and Marshall College; Ph.D. , University of Minneso ta
Howard L. Hausher ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S ., Waynes burg College; M.A., W es t Virginia University
William H epner ( 1956)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S. , California State College; M.A., Wes t Virginia Un iversity
Francis J. Herron ( 1960 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Californi a State College; M .Ed., Unive rsity of Pittsburgh
Robert V. H erron ( 1965 )
B.S. , University of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Duquesne University
Eugene H ester ( 1946)
B.S ., W es t Virginia University; M.S., W est Virginia Uni versity
Eleano re C. Hibbs ( 1966)
Associate Professor of English
B.S., California State College; M.A., University of P ittsbu rgh
Merrell Holman ( 1947)
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., CalHornia State College; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
Billie Hu brig ( 1967)
Associate Prnfessor of Education
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Ed., Unive rsi ty of Pittsb urgh ; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
Paul E. H;uffington ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., University of Maryland
Robert A. Kaiser ( 1965 )
Associate Professo r of Education
B.A., Allegheny College; M.Ed., Universi ty of Pittsburgh
219

Ann ette M. Kaleita ( 1965 )
Associate Professo r of E du ca ti on
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Duques ne University; M.A.,
No rthwestern Unive rsity
William Kania ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., W es t Virginia Unive rsity; M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
John H . Katusa ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Mississippi State College; M.A., W es t Virginia U nive rsity
Isa bella King ( 1956)
Associate Professor of Ed uca tion
B.A., Otterbein College; M. Ed ., Penn ylvania State U niversity
Rob ert C. Kirtl ey ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of Speech
B.F.A ., Drake Uni ve rsity; M.A., University of Southern California
Kad e Kos ( 1961 )
Associate Professor, Educatio n L ibra1ian
B.S., Clarion State College; M.S .L.S., Syracuse Uni ve rsity
I

orma Langham ( 1959 )
Associate Professor of Speech
B . ., Ohio State niversity; M.A ., Stanford
of Thea b·e Arts

niversity; B.T.A., College

John R. Lawrence ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of English
B.A ., U ni ver ity of Iowa; M.F.A., University of Iowa
Anthony Lazzaro ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., California State ColJege; i\1I. Ed ., Uni versity of No rth Ca rolina
Joseph Lechnar ( 1961 )
Associa te Professor of Social Studies
B.A ., St. Vincent College; M. A., otre I?ame Un iver ity
Karl F. Limbacher ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of English
B.Ed., Albany State Teachers College; M. S., Albany State Teachers
College
Robert W . Little ( 1965 )
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M .S ., University of Pittsburgh
Virginia Luckhardt ( 1949 )
Associate Professor
B.A ., University of Pittsburgh ; M .A., University of Pittsbu rgh; M.L.S .,
Carnegie Institute of T chnology
John

kCrory (1958 )
Associate Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S .. California State ColJege; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh

220

Scott McDonald ( 1963 )
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oklahoma State University; M.S., Oklahoma State University
James McIntyre (1964)
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.A., West Virginia University
James L. McPaul (1966)
Associate Professor of E nglish
B.A., Youngstown Univers ity; if.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
Schuyler Marshall ( 1958)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Albert F. Maruskin ( 1966)
Associate Professor, Library
B.S., Pennsylvanja State University; M.L.S ., University of Pittsburgh
Anthony Mattee ( 1965)
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., St. Vincent College; M.Ed., Universi ty of Pittsburgh
Robert C. Matzen ( 1962)
Associate Professor of Science
B.S., Un iversity of Pittsburgh; M.Litt., Un iversity of Pittsburgh
Lola E. Maxwell ( 1967 )
Associate Professor, Library
B.S., Clarion State ColJege; M.Ed ., Un iversity of Pittsburgh; M.L.S.,
Rutgers University
Richard L. May ( 1967 )
Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Franklin ColJege
E lmo Natali ( 1962)
Associate Professor of Education
B.S., California State ColJe.?e; M.A., W est Virginia University
Nancy Z. 1elson ( 1967 )
Associate Professor of Ed ucation
B.S., Indiana State University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ed. D., University of Pittsburgh
Theodore Nemeth ( 1946)
Associate Professor of Health and Physical Ed ucation
B.S., Pen11sylvania State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
James onn an ( 1961 )
·
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., California State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
George Novak ( 1959 )
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., California State ColJege; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh

221

Mary C. O'Brien ( 1960 )
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.Ed ., Duq uesne University; M.A ., University of Pittsburgh
Harry J. Orsag ( 1967 )
Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., E din boro State College; M.Ed.,

niversity of Pittsburgh

Robert E . Owsiany ( 1966 )
Associa te Professor of Ed uca tion
B.A. , Uni ve rsity of Pittsburgh ; M .Ed ., U niversity of Pittsburgh
George Papacos tas ( 1964 )
Associate Profes or of Social Studies
B.A., Monmouth College; M.A., New York University
Ra ldo 0 . Parascenzo ( 1965)
B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Litt., Un iversity of Pittsburgh
Joseph Planinsic ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of Social Studies
M.A., U nive rsity of Chicago; J.U .D ., Universi ty of Ljubljana; Ph .D .,
Un iversity of Rome
Joh n Pushkarsh Jr. ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.A., West Virgi Dia University; M.A., ·west Virginia University; M.A.,
1idd lebmy College
Louise Rakes b·aw ( 1946)
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Bucknell Univers ity; 1.A., Buckn ell University
Co nni e Mack Rea ( 1963)
Associate Professor of E nglish
B.S., Centenary College; B.A., Centenary College; M.Ed., University of
Colorado; M.A., University of Southern Cahforni a
Kry! Richards ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A. , University of Chicago
John H. Riggle ( 1964 )
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S ., Wash ington and Jefferson College; M.Litt., U ni versity of Pittsburgh ; M.A., Central Michigan University
Michael W . Robin ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Science
B.A., Hunter College; M.S., 1ew York University
Paul Ross ( 1957)
Associate Professor of Health and Ph ysical Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
Donald Sapko ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of Ma thematics
B.S., California State College; M.L., University of Pittsburgh

222

Earl R. Schmidt ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., University of W isconsin; M.A., Universi ty of Wisconsin; Ph. D .,
University of Pennsylvania
Andrew Sepsi ( 1950 )
Associa te Professor of Biology
B.A., W aynesburg College; M.A., W est Virgi nia Uni versity
Regis Serinko ( 1961 )
Associate P rofessor of Biology
B.S ., St. Vincent College; M .S. , Wes t Virginia U niversity; M .Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
Ru ssell Sessler ( 1966 )
Associate Profess or of Music
B.M., American Conserva tory of Music; M.M ., W es t Virginia University
R. Donald Simila ( 1966)
Associa te Professor of Education
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
W illiam R. Simpson ( 1967 )
Associate Professor of English
B.S., University of Miami; M.S ., University of Miami; M.A., W est Virginia University; Ph .D ., West Virginia University
Joh n S. Skocik Jr. ( 1967)
Associate Professor of Ma thematics
B.S ., California State College; M.S., W est Virginia University
Charles W. Slick (1964 )
Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M .A., W es t Virgin ia University
Vetolcl W. Sporny ( 1963)
Associate Professor of Mus ic
B.S ., Duquesne University; M.S., Duques ne University
Shirley Sutton ( 1964 )
Associate Professor of Music
B.M.Ed ., Drake University; M .M.Ed., Drake University

Tohn Swea ringen (1955)
·

Associa te Professor of I ndus h·ial Ar ts
B.S., California State College; M.A., University of Maryland

Raymond E. Sweeney ( 1963)
Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S. , I thaca College; D .O., D esMoines College
Joh n C . Tomikel ( 1965 )
Associa te Professor of Geography
B.S ., Clarion State College; M.Litt., University of Pi ttsburgh; M.S.,
Syracuse University

223

Mar tin F. Uher ( 1967 )
Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Western New Meidco; M.S., vVe tern New Mexico University
Frank L. Vu lcano ( 1965 )
Associate Professor of H ealth and Phy ical Education
B.S., Lock H aven State ColJege; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
John H. Wa lsh (1961)
Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Duques ne University; M .A., Duquesne University
Allen Welsh ( 1959 )
Associate Professor of Educa ti on
B.S ., California State College; M.A., W es t Vil-ginia Unjversity
Robert Wilseck ( 1966)
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Colorado State College; M.A., Colorado Sta te ColJege
Myles B. Witchey ( 1962 )
Associate Professor of Health and Ph ysical Education
B.A., W es t Liberty State College; M.A., West Virginja University
Wi lliam D. Womsley ( 1966 )
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., Crove City College; M.A., University of

1ew

Mexico

Albert Ya tes ( 1964 )
Associate Professor of Special Educa tion
B.S., California Sta te College; M.A., West Virg inia U niversity
Edward Zadorozny ( 1962)
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Universi ty of Pittsburgh; M .S., University of Pittsburgh
George Zemo ( 1958)
Associate Professor of Social Studies
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.Litt., Uni versity of P ittsburgh
Hobert Zoppetti ( 1961 )
Associate Professor of Science
B.S., Cali fornja State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State Universi ty

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Robert Aldstad t ( 1963 )
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A. , Gettysburg ColJege; M.Ed., Un iversity of Delaware
Dorothy E. Bell ( 1965)
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A ., Michigan State University; M.A ., Mi chigan State Uni versity
William K. Benne tt ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Pi ttsburgh; M.A., University of Pittsburgh

224

Robert J. Berman ( 1965 )
Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.B.A., Southern Methodist Uni vers ity; M.A., Southern Me thodist Unive rsity
William F. Blank (1965 )
Assis tant Professo r of Mathemati cs
B.S., Indiana U ni versity of Pennsylvania; M.A.T., Duke U niversity
Jess A. Cignetti ( 1968 )
Ass istant Professor of Science
B.S. , Slippery Rock State College; M.Ecl . Duquesne Unive rsity
Stanley Gogoj ( 1963)
Assis tant Professor of English
B.A_. , Villanova University; M.A ., Pennsylvania State University
Robert Grimes ( 1961 )
Assistant Professor of E nglish
B.A., Wes t Virginia University; M.A. , W es t Vi rginia Un iversity
Edward E. Harris ( 1965 )
Assistant Professor of Social Studies
B.A., Lincoln University; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph .D., State
University of Iowa
Clyde Hartman ( 1947 )
Assis tant Professor of Science
B.S., U niversity of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., Uni versity of Pittsburgh
Jay D . H elsel ( 1961 )
Assistant Professo r of Industrial Arts
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Rose Hu ghes ( 1938)
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M .Ed., U niversity of Pittsb urgh
Roger Keightley ( 1963)
Assistant Professo r of Inclusb·ial Arts
B.S ., California State College; M.A., West Virginia University
Gary Kenn ed y ( 1962)
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M .Ed ., W es t Virginia University
fa ri on I. Knill ( 1966 )
Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Educa tion
B.S., Eastern Michigan University; M.A. , Eas tern Michi ga n University
Alex R. Krill ( 1965 )
Assistant Professor of A1·t
B.S ., Edinboro State College; M .Eel. , U niver ity of Pittsburgh
Alan H . Krn eck (1966 )
Assistant Professor of Languages
B.A., Syracuse University; if .A., Michi gan
Un iversity of Zurich

225

ta te U ni versi ty; Ph.D .,

Ewald C. Krueger ( 1966 )
Ass istan t Professor of Biology
B.S., vVisconsin State University; if .. , West Virginia University
Joseph Ku likowski ( 1951 )
Assista nt Professor of Education
B.S ., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Dan iel Lee LaBute ( 1964 )
Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
Thomas A. Leavy ( 1964 )
Assistant Professor of Geography
B.S., Slippery Rock State Co!Jege; :M .S., Pennsylvania State Un iversity
Stephen Levendos ( 1961)
Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M .. , IIJinois Sta te

a nnal University

John R. Linton ( 1967 )
Assis tan t Professor of Industrial Ar ts
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Arthur L. Long ( 1963)
Assistant Professor of Languages
B.A., University of Oklahoma; M.A., University of Oklahoma; M.L.S.,
University of Oklahoma
Benjam in Lucas ( 1966 )
Assistant Professor of Social S tudie
B.A., Louisiana State Univers ity; M.A., Un iversity of Maryland
Janice McConnell ( 1963 )
·
Assistant Professo r of H ealth and Physical Education
B.S., University of Pittsburgh ; M.P.E., University of Washington
Donald McFeely ( 1964 )
Assistan t Professor of Education
B.S. , California State Co!Jege; M.Ed., California State Co!Jege
Sam fad ia ( 1966 )
Assistant Professor of Industria l Arts
B.S., West Virginia University; if .A., Wes t Virginia University
Margaret A. Maley ( 1967 )
Assis tant Professor of Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh
Margaret M. Martin
Assistant Professor of H ealth and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed ., University of Pittsburgh
D oris E. Nevin ( 1962)
Assistant Professor of Health and Phy ical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pi ttsburgh
226

Dolores Onuscheck ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of Art
B.S., California State College; M.S ., Pennsylvania State Univers ity
Joseph E. Pecosh ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S., California State College; M .A., W es t Virginia Un ive rsity
Thomas R. Petrick ( 1963)
Assistant Professor of Science
B.S., California State College; M.S., Syracuse University
Albert R. Pokol ( 1965)
Assistant Professor, Library
B.S., California State College; M.Ed.L.S ., Duquesne University
William Procasky ( 1965)
Assistant Professor of Geography
B.S., California State College; M.A., University of Nebraska
Donald E. Riggs ( 1968)
Assistant Professor, Library
B.A., Glenville State College; M .A., West Virginia University; M.L.S .,
University of Pittsburgh
E leanor Rowe ( 1959 )
Assistant Professor, Library
B.A., West Virginia Institute of Technology; M.A., George Peabody
College
Joseph Scarmazzi ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S ., California State College
E lwyn M. Schmidt ( 1966)
Assistant Professor of Mathema tics
B.S ., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., West Virginia University
Charles A. Schuler ( 1966)
Assistant Professor of Indush-ial Arts
B.S., California State College; Ed.D., Texas A & M University
Edward Sikora ( 1956)
Assistant Professor of Indush·ial Arts
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Gary A. Smith ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Juniata College
George Ralph Smith III ( 1964)
Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College
Alexander Smoyer ( 1946)
Assistant Professor of Industrial Arts
B.S. , California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh

227

Hubert Snyder ( 1949)
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
Mary T empera ( 1954)
Assistant Professor of Nursing Education
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed ., Duquesne University
Irene S. Van Dongen ( 1967 )
Assistant Professor of Geography
Candidat lngenieur Agronome, Agronomical Institute University of
Louvain, Belgium; l ngenieur-Chimiste Agricole, Agronomical Institu te
University of Louvain, Belgium ; A.M., Columbia University
Lola W illett ( 1961 )
Assistan t Professor of Ed ucation
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Sylvia S. Williams ( 1965 )
Assistan t Professor of Psychology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., W es t Virginia University
Miriam L. Wilson ( 1966)
Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., California State College; M.A., W est Virginia University
Donald B. Wodock ( 1967)
Assistant Professor of English
B.S ., West Chester State College; M.A., Middlebury College

I STRUCTORS
Dorothy L. Batchelor ( 1967 )
Instructor of Education
B.S., California State College
Larry Brown ( 1967 )
Instructor of Education
B.S., California State College
Clyde W. Clendaniel ( 1967 )
I nstructor of Science
B.S .Ed., California State College; M.Ed., Indiana University at Bloomington, Indiana
Elaine Costello ( 1966 )
Instructor of Science
B.S., California State College; M.S., University of Utah
Edward Coursey ( 1964)
Instructor of Speech
B.A., Illi nois Wesleyan University; M.A., Bowling Green State University

228

Gerald Gurner ( 1966)
Insh·uctor, Library
B.S ., California State College
Gertrude J . Davis ( 1965)
Instructor of Education
B.S., Californ ia Sta te College; M.Ed., California State College
Manuel C . Demetrakis ( 1966)
Instructor of Languages
B.A., W est Liberty State College; M.A., W est Virginia University
Joseph E. Francis ( 1966 )
Instructor of English
B.A., Duquesne University; M.A., Fordh am University
George J . Frangos (1964)
Instru ctor of Science
B.S ., California State College; M.A., W est Virginia Un iversity
Mildred Gath ( 1966)
Instructor, Library
B.A. , Ohio University; M.L.S ., U niversity of Pittsburgh
H ena L. Conzalez ( 1966)
B.A ., Institute of Cuines ; Ph .D ., University of Havanna, Cuba
John Hanchin ( 1967)
Instructor of English
B.A., Duquesne University
Roberta C. Harhnan ( 1966)
Instructor of Science
B.S ., California State College; M.S. , University of Utah
Arthur C. Hersh ( 1967)
Instructor of Science
B.S ., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., California State College
Douglas Horner ( 1965)
Insb·uctor of Speech
B.F.A., Ithaca College; M.A., Syracuse University
Howard L. Jones ( 1966)
Instructor of Education
B.S., California Sta te College
Arthur W . Knight ( 1966 )
Instructor of English
A.A., Santa Rosa State College; B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., San Francisco State College
Charles J. Kraft ( 1965 )
Instructor of Industrial Arts
B.S., California State College; M.A. , California State College

229

Karl L. Leiker ( 1967)
Instructor of Geography
B.A., Fort Hayes State; M.A. , University of Missou ri
Leonard Lizak ( 1966 )
Instructor of E nglish
B.A., University of Massachusetts; M.Ed., California State College
James T. McVey (1966)
Instru ctor of English
B.A., Youn gstown Un iversity; M.A., University of Virginia
Norma E. Maata ( 1965)
Instru ctor of English
B.S., California State ColJege; M.A., W es t Virginia Univers ity
Patrick L. Miller ( 1967)
Instrn ctor of Speech
B.S., Di ckinson State College
Ri chard R. Nemec ( 1967 )
Instru ctor of Educa tion
B.S ., Califo rnia State College; M.S., W est Virginia University
Luis V. Romero ( 1966 )
Instru ctor of Languages
B.A., Indiana State University;
University of H avanna

1.A.,

ni versity of Havanna; Ph.D.,

Joseph A. Sanfilippo ( 1965 )
Instructor of Industrial Arts
B.S ., California State College; M.S ., BaU State College
E lsbeth E . Santee ( 1966 )
Instru ctor of Languages
B.S., Californ ia State ColJege
Thomas C. Schneider ( 1967 )
Instru ctor of Social Stud ies
B.A., Uni versity of Oklahoma; M.A ., Duqu esne

ni versity

Terry E. Scott ( 1966 )
Instru ctor of Health and Physical Educa tion
A.B., Wi lliam JeweU; M.A., Wash ington University
F loyd W. Sch uler ( 1966 )
I nstructor of H ealth and Physical Educa tion
B.A., W es t Liberty State College; M .S., \Vest Virgin ia U niversity
Ge ne C. Suskalo ( 1967 )
lnsh·uctor of Music
B.S ., Duq uesne University
Charles R. Thomas ( 1965 )
Instructor of English
B.A., University of W est Virginia

230

Marian Weaver ( 1953)
Instru ctor of Education
B.S., Cali fo rni a State College
Francis H. Wi lson ( 1966)
Instru ctor of English
B.A., Washington and Jefferso n College; M.A., West Virginia University
Hemietta Wood (1959)
Instructor of Art
B.S., California State College
Angela K. Zondos ( 1966)
Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock Sta te College

23l

,

Index
Page
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Academic Standards . . . . . . . . . . 35
36
Addin g Courses . . . . . . . .
208
Administrative Officers .
Adm issions
Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . 67
Foreign Students . . . . . . . . . . . 21
General Studies Program .. . 21, 22
Out-of-State Students . . . . . . . 21
Post Graduates . . . . . .
20
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Revision Procedures . . . . . . . . 23
Special Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Teacher Education . . . . . . . . . 85
Teachers in Service . . . . . . . . . 20
T ransfer Students . . . . . . . . . . 19
Advan ced Place ment . . . . . . . . . . 23
. . 33, 67
Advanced Stand ing
Ad visory System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Areas of Speci aliza tion
Arts and Sciences . . . . . .
69
115
Dental Hygienist . . . . . . .
Elementary Edu ca tion . . . . . . 90
High way Safe ty . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Indush·ial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Medi ca l Technology .. . . .. . 76, 81
Mentally Retarded ... . ... .. 111
Outdoor Recrea tion . . . . . . . . . 76
Public School Nursing . . . . . . 116
Seconda ry Education . . . . . . . . 182
Special Education . . . . . . . . . . 111
Speech Pathology
and Audiology . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Ar ts and Sciences . .... . ... .. 12, 67
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Ca lendar:
1968-1970 . ( Inside front cover ) ii
8
Ca mpus F acilities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Certifi cation . . .. . .. . ....... 88, 89
Chu rches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Citizenship Requirements . . . . . . 28
Classifica tion of Students . . . . . . 32
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Page
Course Offerin gs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Art ... ...... . . . ....... . .. 119
Bie>logical Science . . . . . . . . . . 120
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
E conomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Edu ca tional Foundations . . . . 123
E lementary Education . . . . . . 125
E nglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
French ... . . . .. . .. . . ..... . 153
Geo graphy and Earth Science . 133
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
H ealth and Physical
E ducation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Highway Safe ty . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Indush-ial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Ma th ema ti cs . .. .. . .. . . .... 150
Mentall y Retarded . . . . . . . . . 201
Modern Language . . . . . . . . . 153
Music ... . ....... . ... . . . . . 164
Outdoor Recreation
and Education . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Philosoph y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Physical Science . . .. . . . ... . 172
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Politi cal Science . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Seco nd ary Education . . . . . . . 182
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Special Education . . . . . . . . . . 201
Speech and Theatre . . . . . . . . 196
Speech and H earin g . . . . . . . . 203
Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Correspondence . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
E valuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Honor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Normal School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Curriculums, Outlines of ..... 65, 83
Arts and Sciences . . . . . . . . . . 68
D ental Hygienist . . . . . . . . . . . 115
E lementary Educa tion . . . . . . 90
Indusb·ial Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

233

I

(

Page
76
Medical Technology . . . . . .
Outdoor Recreation . . . . . . . . 96
Public School Nursing . . . .
116
Second ary Education . . . . . . . 100
Special .Educa tion . . . . . . . . . . 111
27
Degrees
44
Deli nqu ent Accoun ts . . . .
Department of Public Instru cti on 36
Distinguished Service Awards . . 37
Droppin g Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
17
E ntrance Requi re men ts
Expenses and F ees . . . . . . .
41
42
Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adva nce Bi lli ng
.42, 43
Boob..........
~
Curricu lum F ee
41
43
Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree . . .
43
. . . . . . . . . 41
.Enroll ment
Infirmary
43
Late Registra tion . . . . .
43
41
Out-of-State Studen ts
Part-time Students . . . . . . . 41, 45
.. . . 42, 60
Room and Board
Summary ...... .. . . . .. . . .45, 46
Transcript . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Emeriti Faculty ............. . 209
Evaluation of Credits . . . . . . . . . 31
Faculty ...... .. . . ...... .. ... 210
F ees ( See expenses)
Financial Aid .. . . . . . . 61, 62, 63, 64
Fraterniti es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
General Studies Program . . . . .
21
Grade Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Grad ing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Gradua te Studies . . . . . . . .
14
Graduation Req uirements,
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
H ea lth Servi ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Hi ghway Safety and
Dri ver Ed uca tion
. . . . . . . . 142
History of th e College . . . . . .
6
H onor Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Page
Honors .... . ......... .. . . .. . 37
Housing Facilities . ..... . .... . 35
Community Accommodations . 59
Dormitories for Men ....... . 56
Dormitories for Women . .. . . 56
Din ing Room Faciliti es
59
Library .. . . .. . .... .. . . ... . . . 10
Na ti onal Defense Loan
64
i\"o nn al School Credits .. .. .. . 28
l\oss Laboratory School .. .
86
7
Objectives of th e College
Out-of-S ta te Stud ents
Paymen t of Bi lls . . . . . .
43
Placemen t Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Professiona l Labora tory
Expe riences . . . . . . . . . .
85
Quality Point Sys tem .. . ..... 29, 30
35
Readmission Proced ure . . .
RPfunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44
Residen t Requ irements
28
Saturday and Evening Programs 33
Scholarship and
Academic Standards . . . . . . . . 35
Sororities . . . . . . . . . . .
53
State Board of Educa tion . . . . . 207
Stud en t Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Student Classifica tion . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Student Load . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Student Loan Funds
64
Student Regula tions . . . . . .
50
49
Stud ent Responsib ili ty . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Summer Session ..... .. . . .. . 20, 32
Teacher Education .. . . . .. . . 13, 85
T he College . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Campus and Buildings . . . . . .
8
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . 14
7
Objecti ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transcripts of Credits . . . . . . . . 22
Transfers from oth er ColJeges . . 19
\Vithdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

234

I

...,